Francine Shapiro Library ~ EMDR Bibliography

Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

Year:
Format:
Language:
Title of Article or Chapter:
Title of Book or Journal:
Author's Last Name:
Keywords:

Your Results - you searched for the keyword Client Resistance 793 Results

1. 朱品潔 [Chu Pin-Chieh, & Zhu Pinjie]. (1999). 個人失落與EMDR之介入：個案研究 [EMDR of personal loss and intervention: A Case Study]Educational Psychology and Counseling]. National Taiwan Normal University, Department of Educational Psychology and Counseling, Taiwan.

Language: Chinese

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
本研究的目的是探索的眼動脫敏和再處理（EMDR）的干預治療結果與個人的損失。通過深入了解客戶的主觀經驗和在整個治療過程中不斷變化的課程，研究人員打算證明 EMDR的治療 efficaciously幫助客戶克服個人損失的創傷，重拾信心和活力。研究人員採訪了客戶端是誰願意分享他的生活和EMDR的治療經驗，通過一個半結構化的問卷。與客戶的許可，研究人員已經獲得了客戶的臨床記錄。有條不紊地綜合各種數據後，研究人員已開發出的情況下提出的生活經驗和客戶端的EMDR的治療干預的描述。研究者分析了廣義的數據，客戶端的適應性應對整個 EMDR的治療過程，並討論了從精神科醫生和其他輔導員干預的影響。（作者摘要）

The purpose of this study is to explore the treatment outcomes from the intervention of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) with personal loss. Through in-depth understanding of the client’s subjective experiences and changing courses throughout the entire therapeutic process, the researcher intends to prove that EMDR therapy has efficaciously helped the client overcome the trauma from personal loss and regain confidence and vitality. The researcher has interviewed a client who is willing to share his life and EMDR therapy experiences through a semi-structured questionnaire. With the client’s permission, the researcher has obtained the client’s clinical records. After methodically synthesizing the various data, the researcher has developed a case description presenting both the life experience and the intervention of EMDR therapy of the client. The researcher has analyzed the data, generalized the client’s adaptive coping processes throughout EMDR therapy and discussed the effects from the psychiatrist’s and other counselors’ interventions. (Author's abstract)

Keywords: Case Study Dissociation Personal Loss

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. 陳致豪 [Chen Chih-Hao]. (2004). 眼動減敏訊息再處理法中「眼動」與「正向認知」成分對於懼蟑症之療效眼動減敏訊息再處理法中「眼動」與「正向認知」成分對於懼蟑症之療效 [The efficacy of eye movement and positive cognition components of EMDR in the treatment of cockroach phobia]. 國立台灣大學心理學研究所 [National Taiwan University Graduate Institute of Psychology].

Language: Chinese

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
陳致豪眼動減敏訊息再處理法中「眼動」與「正向認知」成分對於懼蟑症之療效
眼動減敏訊息再處理法（Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing; EMDR）是Shapiro（1989a, 1989b）所發展的一套治療方法，最早被用來治療創傷後壓力疾患（post traumatic stress disorder; PTSD，後來也被認為對其他心理疾患具有療效。雖然Shapiro認為眼動程序可以加速訊息處理並降低個案的焦慮與困擾，不同治療變項的療效仍待由控制性研究法進一步釐清。本研究以部分減除（dismantling）的方式，運用實驗法來探討「眼動」與「正向認知」對懼蟑症治療效果的影響。藉2（有眼動、無眼動）× 2（正向認知、減敏延長）受試者間設計，探討單一治療次對懼蟑症者的治療效果。受試者為自大樣本篩選出的40名懼怕蟑螂的大學女生。研究結果顯示治療程序的主要效果顯著，四組的療效相當。在治療階段中，受試者主觀害怕程度、對負向認知之相信程度皆呈顯著的線性下降；對正向認知之相信程度則僅眼動組呈顯著線性上升。雖然生理指標（心跳速率）在前測時顯著較基線時高，而在後測時回復至接近基線水準，但就微觀歷程分析，治療階段中各組之心跳速率變化為，在第一階段內逐漸上升，階段間休息時心跳速率略為降低，在第二階段開始又逐漸上升。本研究結果亦顯示，就微觀的治療歷程（micro process）而言，在正向認知的治療情境中，僅眼動組的受試者對正向認知之相信程度逐漸提高。在治療效果上，雖曝露法（exposure）本身便具有療效；但眼動能夠進一步促進受試者第二階段中正向認知的相信程度（可能藉由促進訊息處理）。就巨觀的療效指標而言，雖然單一治療次在各組皆有顯著的療效，但是正向認知對療效的影響無組別差異，該療效指標可能需要較多的治療次始能反映出來。本研究亦就研究結果所顯示的意義與未來的研究方向提出討論

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1989a, 1989b) was initially used to treat post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and later has been thought to be effective in treating other psychological disorders also. Shapiro suggested that eye movement procedure could accelerate information processing and further reduced the client’s anxiety and disturbance. However, psychotherapy evaluation regarding crucial therapeutic parameters awaits elucidation. This dismantling study was to investigate the therapeutic effects of eye movement and positive cognition on phobias. Specifically, via a 2×2 between subject design, with “eye movement/non eye movement” and “treatment process” being two independent variables, a total of 40 female university students with fear of cockroaches were screened and recruited from introductory psychology class to explore the treatment effect of those two components. The results showed that, according to macro therapeutic indices, the effect of therapy was significant, and was not significantly different among groups. As to micro treatment process, while the participants’ SUDs decreased linearly, and so did the negative cognition VOCs, the positive cognition VOCs increased linearly only for the eye movement condition. In addition, while for macro index, the physical index, heart rate, was significantly higher at pre-test than at baseline and returned to baseline at post-test, the process measures indicated that heart rate increased during the first treatment stage, returned during rest period, and increased again during the second treatment stage. According to the micro process, the results also suggested that when presented with positive cognition participants’ VOCs of positive cognitions increased only for the eye movement condition. As to the therapeutic effects, although exposure by itself might be effective, eye movement could further promote participants’ VOCs of positive cognitions at the second treatment stage, probably by facilitating information processing. Nonetheless, regarding macro therapeutic index, there were equal therapeutic effects across groups within one-session therapy, and the superiority of positive cognition installation remained obscure, which implied that to become obvious more sessions might be called for. The implications of the present results and further research possibilities are postulated.

Keywords: Cockroach Phobia Eye Movement Phobia Positive Cognition Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. 陳致豪張素凰 [Chen Zhi-Hao, & Chang Sue-Hwang]. (2004年9月). 眼動減敏訊息再處理法中「眼動」與「正向認知」成分對於懼蟑症之療效國立台灣 [The efficacy of eye movement and positive cognition components of EMDR in the treatment of cockroach phobias]. 紙發表於第43屆年會台灣心理學會會議上，研討會焦慮症：心理素質，調解員和治療問題。政治大學，台北，台灣 [Presentation at the 43rd Annual Conferences on Taiwan Psychological Association, Symposium on Anxiety Disorders: Diatheses, Mediators and Therapeutic Implications. Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan].

Language: Chinese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
眼動減敏訊息再處理法（Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing; EMDR）是Shapiro（1989a, 1989b）所發展的一套治療方法，最早被用來治療創傷後壓力疾患（post traumatic stress disorder; PTSD，後來也被認為對其他心理疾患具有療效。雖然Shapiro 認為眼動程序可以加速訊息處理並降低個案的焦慮與困擾，不同治療變項的療效仍待由控制性研究法進一步釐清。本研究以部分減除（dismantling）的方式，運用實驗法來探討「眼動」與「正向認知」對懼蟑症治療效果的影響。藉2（有眼動、無眼動）× 2（正向認知、減敏延長）受試者間設計，探討單一治療次對懼蟑症者的治療效果。受試者為自大樣本篩選出的40 名懼怕蟑螂的大學女生。研究結果顯示治療程序的主要效果顯著，四組的療效相當。在治療階段中，受試者主觀害怕程度、對負向認知之相信程度皆呈顯著的線性下降；對正向認知之相信程度則僅眼動組呈顯著線性上升。雖然生理指標（心跳速率）在前測時顯著較基線時高，而在後測時回復至接近基線水準，但就微觀歷程分析，治療階段中各組之心跳速率變化為，在第一階段內逐漸上升，階段間休息時心跳速率略為降低，在第二階段開始又逐漸上升。本研究結果亦顯示，就微觀的治療歷程（micro process）而言，在正向認知的治療情境中，僅眼動組的受試者對正向認知之相信程度逐漸提高。在治療效果上，雖曝露法（exposure）本身便具有療效；但眼動能夠進一步促進受試者第二階段中正向認知的相信程度（可能藉由促進訊息處理）。就巨觀的療效指標而言，雖然單一治療次在各組皆有顯著的療效，但是正向認知對療效的影響無組別差異，該療效指標可能需要較多的治療次始能反映出來。本研究亦就研究結果所顯示的意義與未來的研究方向提出討論。

[Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1989a, 1989b) was initially used to treat post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and later has been thought to be effective in treating other psychological disorders also. Shapiro suggested that eye movement procedure could accelerate information processing and further reduced the client’s anxiety and disturbance. However, psychotherapy evaluation regarding crucial therapeutic parameters awaits elucidation. This dismantling study was to investigate the therapeutic effects of eye movement and positive cognition on phobias. Specifically, via a 2×2 between subject design, with “eye movement/non eye movement” and “treatment process” being two independent variables, a total of 40 female university students with fear of cockroaches were screened and recruited from introductory psychology class to explore the treatment effect of those two components. The results showed that, according to macro therapeutic indices, the effect of therapy was significant, and was not significantly different among groups. As to micro treatment process, while the participants’ SUDs decreased linearly, and so did the negative cognition VOCs, the positive cognition VOCs increased linearly only for the eye movement condition. In addition, while for macro index, the physical index, heart rate, was significantly higher at pre-test than at baseline and returned to baseline at post-test, the process measures indicated that heart rate increased during the first treatment stage, returned during rest period, and increased again during the second treatment stage. According to the micro process, the results also suggested that when presented with positive cognition participants’ VOCs of positive cognitions increased only for the eye movement condition. As to the therapeutic effects, although exposure by itself might be effective, eye movement could further promote participants’ VOCs of positive cognitions at the second treatment stage, probably by facilitating information processing. Nonetheless, regarding macro therapeutic index, there were equal therapeutic effects across groups within one-session therapy, and the superiority of positive cognition installation remained obscure, which implied that to become obvious more sessions might be called for. The implications of the present results and further research possibilities are postulated.]

Keywords: Cockroach Phobia Eye Movement Phobia Positive Cognition Psychotherapy Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. シャピロ、フランシーヌ [Shapiro, Francine]. (2004). 眼球運動脱感作と再処理：基本的な考え方、プロトコル、および手順 [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures]. 大阪：Niheisha [Ōsaka: Niheisha].

Language: Japanese

Format: Book

Abstract:
"この雑誌は、この本の初版（1996年世＃4頁99〜100）の主要な貢献として賞賛した。この新しい版は大幅に拡大され、更新された、反対の一部の研究者は、EMDRしなければならなかったことは多くを解決。結果は恐怖症の治療に有用な補助ステップバイステップの歴史的、理論的、実用的な導入され、心的外傷後ストレス障害を投稿してください。"-初版臨床老年学者称賛、"この実用的な本が重要であるの決定的なプレゼンテーションとしてEMDR法....臨床医は、その詳細な説明をお迎えいたします....いくつかの事例や五注釈転写物はきれいにし、メソッドの機微を示していますセラピストのクライアントは、ロールを中心に"-現代心理学は"書き込みは一般的には明らかである具体的な手順とサンプルのフレーズを説明するために典型的なケースのイラストでバランスのガイドラインは....利点の説明は特別な注意が、可能性のある副作用の説明で全体のバランスが期待されるセラピストによって使用されるように、困難な集団が発生したと手続きバリエーションは必要ありません。"- プライベート実践心理の"非常に数年間で、EMDRも進められている数多くの追加のアプリケーションとの（心的外傷後ストレス障害のための最も広く研究治療に奇妙な音新技術から成長してきた)....数最近のではなく、説得力のある研究が正当かつ強力な治療法としてEMDR確立している"-専門心理学-レビュー

"This journal praised the first edition of this book (1996 XVI #4, pp. 99-100) as a major contribution. This new edition is greatly expanded and updated, addressing many of the objections that some researchers have had to EMDR. The result is a step-by-step historical, theoretical, practical introduction to a useful adjunct for the treatment of phobia and post traumatic stress disorder."--Clinical Gerontologist PRAISE FOR THE FIRST EDITION "This pragmatic book is important as the definitive presentation of the EMDR method....Clinicians will welcome its detailed explanation....Several case examples and five annotated transcripts nicely illustrate subtleties in the method and the therapist's client-centered role."--Contemporary Psychology "The writing is clear with general guidelines balanced by exemplary case illustrations to illustrate specific procedures and sample phrases to be used by the therapist....The description of the benefits to be expected is balanced throughout by descriptions of the special precautions, possible side effects, difficult populations encountered and procedural variations needed."--Psychotherapy in Private Practice "In a very few years, EMDR has grown from a bizarre sounding new technique to the most extensively researched treatment for PTSD (with numerous additional applications also being pursued)....A number of recent, rather convincing studies have established EMDR as a legitimate and powerful treatment."--Professional Psychology -- Review

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. Spierings, J. (2011, August). (Non) cognitive interweaves in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect)tolerance.Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: (Non) Cognitive Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Dellucci, H. (2010, July). A 6 gear mechanics for a safe journey through complex trauma therapy. Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with EMDR with people who suffer from complex trauma leads often to difficulties not only about case conceptualization, but also desensitization and reprocessing, with a risk of destabilization or even decompensation. Often many targets, especially those in early childhood can be located in the timeline before verbal abilities and thus stay implicit. Should we then renounce to work with EMDR? Is it possible to use EMDR safely, by adapting to each client, and their somehow chaotic life events without getting lost? The six gear mechanics relies on the metaphor about a car journey through therapy with people who have complex trauma, and provides a structural hierarchy of treatment which allows adaptation, by knowing what is done and why. It tries to integrate what is yet known in EMDR therapy with complex trauma, and provides a dynamic and adaptive tool to navigate through therapy.

Keywords: 6 Gear Mechanics Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Sime, W., (2002). Absorption, concentration, dissociation, desensitization, flow and neurofeedback: The essence of Tiger Woods performing optimally focused "In the zone". Winter Brain Meeting.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Absorption that allows an athlete, a surgeon, an astronaut or a musician to get into the Zone, i.e., to block out all distractions unrelated to performance has been assessed by Tellegen, Csikszentmihalyi and others in self-report measures. It occurs relatively rarely at the very highest levels and is very elusive to achieve. Qualitatively speaking, it is the phenomena of being totally immersed in the activity with time moving slowly, senses being sharpened, but pain not recognized. Thoughts and images are clear and controllable while physical performance seems effortless and automatic. To measure this phenomenon accurately and completely is not possible in a dynamic state, but to shape it's appearance and to extend duration is essential in finite psychomotor skills like golf. Physical preparation for performance is mentally grueling and fatiguing. If often results in trance-like, dis-associative and sometimes dissociative states where depersonalization is a valuable technique to block out the intense suffering and pain associated with running, swimming or bicycling. The difficulty in sport is being able to switch in and out of full alertness for some strategic tasks while remaining in the dissociative state for endurance. The experience of flow, absorption and being in the zone is to harness power and ultimately unleash explosive yet finely titrated effort. Concentration is the umbrella concept that also encompasses EMDR. The process of actively shifting eye focus from left to right while striving to hold an image or statement of emotionality is exceedingly difficult and ultimately beyond control. The combination of EMDR with neurofeedback is an innovative intervention that holds potential for greater impact in removing negative images of failed effort or in solidifying the recall of a successful effort. The neurofeedback serves to reinforce the development of greater mental stamina toward intensively focus comparable to zooming in a camera lens thus blocking out distractions and irrelevant stimuli. Enhanced quality of visualization is the desired outcome for the performance enhancement sport psychology consultant and his/her client.

Keywords: Absorption Concentration Dissociation Desensitization Flow Neurofeedback Performance Enhancement Tiger Woods The Zone

Accuracy Verified: No

8. Crow, C., & Sause, E. (2007, June). Accessing preverbal trauma for effective adult EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recent research (Moberg, 2003, The Oxytocin Factor) indicates the potential of early pre-verbal trauma to set up biochemical and neurological responses which activate certain triggers. Since the touchstone event is pre-verbal, it is difficult to identify, but crucial in the resolution of later traumas resistant to full EMDR processing (Those who remain stuck at a greater than 0 SUDs). The antedotal experience is that this model can activate the material more fully and facilitate more thorough competion of phases 4-8. "Once upon a Time" contains every element of the EMDR Protocol in the prescribed order, Incident, Image, NC, PC, VOC, Emotion, SUD, Body sensation. This experimental model is not a substitute for standard EMDR. It facilitates access tohese preverbal traumas and the resultant cognitions which may have formed around them. It allows for a return to the standard EMDR protocol after this early material has been effectively targeted and reprocessed. "Once Upon a Time" model allows for fuller connection with early material. History is collected through antedotal information from third party informants and family photographs and is used to create a metaphor; this technique can access the multiple modalities of pre-verbal experience previously intellectualized. Phase three begins with a short continuation of Phase 1 using an interview format to review and briefly discuss the various elements of the troubling material. A "sentence completion" format is used to obtain the TICES elements. Those spontaneous answers form the script for a "Once Upon a Time" (Crow, 2004, EMDRIA Montreal, Canada), a deviation from Phase 4 of the standard protocol. Pertinent examples of the application of this model will be discussed and demonstrated with video taped excerpts of actual clients. Video taped client reports of the long term effect of the shifts resulting from the "Once Upon a Time" experience will provide validation that this technique enables retur to the standard EMDR protocol and full processing of previously incompletely processed material. Participants will create their own "Once Upon a Time" script from a video example of client history as an experiential introduction to the intricacies of this model. Evidence indicates that this technique is effective on a "consultant" basis, where the "Once Upon a Time" can be conducted by a separate therapist skilled in the technique, and returned to their regular EMDR therapist to complete this treatment. Currently a study is underway utilizing a pre/post text design (N=10) and statistical analysis of the results to measure the quantitative change within the client.

Keywords: Model Poster Preverbal Trauma Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas. El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos. Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo. En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento. Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas. Objetivos específicos: 1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma. 2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma 3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio 4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos 5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve. Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos. La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender. Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es. Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan. En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa. Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima. Procedimientos: - El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios. - Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado. - Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.

The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances. Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors. Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it. Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought. The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative. Specific objectives: 1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma. 2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma 3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change 4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries 5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques. Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy. The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood. Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not. Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek. In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house. Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem. Procedures: - The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures. - Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately. - Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.

Keywords: Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. Wesselmann, D. (2009, August). Adapting EMDR for children with reactive attachment disorder behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR approach is extremely helpful for treating problems in children exhibiting behaviors associated with Reactive Attachment Disorder (RAD). However, children with early pathological care frequently suffer from severe emotion dysregulation. They lack adaptive information or insights, and they feel alienated from others. All of these problems lower the child’s ability to cope, and they become easily overwhelmed and shut down during EMDR. This presentation will help the clinician adapt the standard EMDR protocol for this difficult population through creative methods to overcome resistance, help the child stay regulated, and assist reprocessing, leading to improved behaviors, coping, and relationships.

Keywords: Children RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Wesselmann, D. (2010, June). Adapting EMDR for children with reactive attachment disorder behaviours. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The EMDR approach is extremely helpful for treating problems in children exhibiting behaviours associated with Reactive Attachment Disorder (RAD). However, children with early pathological care frequently suffer from severe emotion dysregulation. They lack adaptive information or insights, and they feel alienated from others. All of these problems lower the child's ability to cope, and they become easily overwhelmed and shut down during EMDR. This presentation will help the clinician adapt the standard EMDR protocol for this difficult population through creative methods to overcome resistance, provide a secure holding environment, and assist reprocessing, leading to improved behaviours, coping, and relationships.

Keywords: Children RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Spierings, J. J. (2005, June). Adapting EMDR to work effectively with clients from other cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand your EMDR skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect : a different style of relating and communicating with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
This workshop offers a systematic way to understand this type of differences, it offers also very practical do's and don'ts, and tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The participants will learn intercultural competence in the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of their clients own culture.

Keywords: Culture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Miller, R., & Tay, K. H. (2009, August). Adapting the standard EMDR protocol for clients with mild mental retardation: Some guidelines and implications. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR as a psychotherapeutic approach has been shown to be effective. However, there is a paucity of studies examining the efficacy of EMDR for clients diagnosed with mild mental retardation. The DSM-IV defines mild mental retardation as below average intelligence (IQ between 70 and 55) along with some deficiencies in adaptive functioning skills demonstrated before age 18. The purpose of our clinical project was to explore the applicability of EMDR for our adult clients (n = 12; mean age 22.5) diagnosed with mild mental retardation by adapting the standard protocol. Studies showed that individuals with mental retardation learn and retain information more effectively when materials are presented to them in a visual, concrete, and interactive manner while utilizing the principles of positive reinforcements.
The prevalence of mental health problems and the wide range of clinical symptoms among these individuals have been reported in several studies. Additionally, these adults are misunderstood as being overly limited in their ability to reap any therapeutic benefit from counseling interventions. Prout and Strohmer (1998), for instance, argued that adults with mental retardation do benefit from counseling interventions. However, they stressed the need for more sophisticated or modified use of psychotherapeutic interventions. Psychotherapeutic techniques and models should be modified, if feasible, in regards to language and cognitive levels commensurate with the clients’ background.
Based on our clinical observations, the following are some examples of proposed guidelines to assist the EMDR clinicians in thinking more creatively when adapting the standard protocol.
1) Considerable amount of preparation at the onset of EMDR is necessary, as it plays a pivotal role in ensuring a successful outcome.
2) Visual depiction of the SUDs and VOCs on a scale of 0 through 5, or 0 through 10, depending on the client’s cognitive abilities is beneficial. Use of “faces” to depict concretely various levels of distress should be made.
3) The concepts of PC and NC may be too abstract for some in this population. We assist clients by operationally defining those concepts with the list of commonly used PCs and NCs in simpler language.
4) Coping resources are sometimes limited for these adults. Clients will benefit from having multiple reinforcements of self-soothing skills thorough the installation of the “safe place” and “resources”.
5) Positive reinforcements (e.g., frequent verbal reminders) should be used regularly in sessions throughout treatment. However, be mindful of clients’ desire to please the clinician.
6) Role-playing should be used when feasible throughout treatment, e.g., during the installation of future templates, as it heightens more sensory, affective, and behavioral modes of learning rather than verbal modality alone.
Based on the treatment outcomes reported by our clients, EMDR is an effective treatment option, as evidenced by sustained reduction in their level of distress to traumatic memories. Findings from this clinical project have practice and research implications. First, the standard protocol should be adapted for use with adults with mild mental retardation to achieve optimal gain. Second, empirical research is needed to provide further evidence for the efficacy of EMDR for adults with mild mental retardation.

Keywords: Mental Retardation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Waldon, A. (2008, February). Adios pensamientos y sentimientos feos, Manual de EMDR para ninos [Goodbye yucky thoughts and feelings, An EMDR workbook for children] . Lulu.com.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Translated from English by Maria Elana Aduriz, Utilizando este cuaderno, el psicoterapeuta de niño EMDR indica el cliente de niño por el protocolo de EMDR. Las ilustraciones visualmente atrayentes basadas en los dibujos de niños son utilizadas para favorecer el niño a dibujar imaginal y recursos existentes para la fuerza, para la maestría, y para el consuelo. Utilizando estos dibujos, el terapeuta prepara al niño para procesar un trauma. Entonces, después de que el niño dibuje un lugar seguro, el terapeuta utiliza el cuaderno para ayudar al niño identifica los pensamientos, las emociones, y las sensaciones del cuerpo relacionadas al trauma. El niño está entonces listo para la Fase 4, la insensibilización y volver a tratar del trauma. El cuaderno continúa ayudando al terapeuta indica el cliente de niño por las fases restantes del protocolo, terminando con un Certificado del Logro para el niño para mantener. Las instrucciones para el terapeuta y hojas de trabajo para las notas del terapeuta son incluidas.

Using this book, the child psychotherapist EMDR client indicates the child EMDR protocol. The visually appealing illustrations based on drawings by children are used to encourage the child to draw imaginal and resources for the strength, expertise, and for comfort. Using these drawings, the therapist prepares the child to process trauma. Then, after the child draw a safe place, the therapist uses the notebook to help the child identify the thoughts, emotions, and sensations of the body related to trauma. The child is then ready for Phase 4, the stunning and come back to the trauma. The book continues to help the therapist tells the client as a child for the remaining phases of the protocol, ending with a Certificate of Achievement for the child to maintain. The instructions for the therapist and worksheets for the therapist's notes are included.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Wheeler, M. S. (1997, December). Adlerian interventions and applications: The creating context technique. Journal of Individual Psychology, 53(4), 396-406.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Therapists who are trained in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (Shapiro, 1995) may try using the Creating Context Technique when a client is not stable enough for EMDR or when a client is unwilling to try EMDR. An example will be presented to demonstrate the use of the technique with a typical problem.

Keywords: Adlerian Psychotherapy Adlerian Psychotherapy Connexions Focusing Technique Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Broad, R. D. & Wheeler, K. (2006, May). An adult with childhood medical trauma treated with psychoanalytic psychotherapy and EMDR: A case study. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 42(2), 95-105. doi:10.1111/j.1744-6163.2006.00058.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Problem: Adverse childhood experiences have been found to be a strong predictor of emotional and physical problems in adulthood. However, the long-term sequelae for children who have suffered critical illness and exposure to invasive medical procedures are less well documented. Methods: This is a case study of an adult client who sought treatment for depression and attention deficit disorder. The psychotherapy treatment is discussed and the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is described targeting a memory of a medical trauma resulting from a tonsillectomy when the client was 8 years old. Conclusions: Significant healing outcomes were attained as a result of the therapy, i.e., decreased depression, less hypervigilance, and increased ability to concentrate, which resulted in the discontinuation of medication for depression and ADHD as well as significant improvement in overall functioning.

Keywords: Childhood Medical Trauma Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Adverse Childhood Experiences Depression Attention Deficit Disorder Early Experience Major Depression PTSD Psychoanalysis Childhood Development Clinical Case Study Empirical Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. Laliotis, D. (2000, September). Advance applications of cognitive interweave and resource development in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) enhance their ability to facilitate the client's processing with EMDR by broadening their repertoire of cognitive interweaves; 2) identify a variety of clinical situations where interweaves and resource development can be applied during the course of an EMDR session; 3) develop a greater understanding of the different kinds of cognitive interweaves that can be used in those clinical situations; 4) apply cognitive interweave and resource development to faclitate closure of an EMDR session and towards the creation of future templates; and 5) to develp a greater sense of how and when to intervene during a client's processing.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Resource Development

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.

Keywords: Creativity Performance Enhancement

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Foster, S., & Lendl, J. (1996, June). Advanced case consultations on EMDR applications to the workplace: Enhancing career performance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Explains the intake process for a client presenting with work-related issues.

Keywords: Career Performance Case Consultation Peak Performance Performance Enhancement

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors needs to be carefully evaluated. A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process. EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process. A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive behaviors. The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma. Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse") because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate "ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both). Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR protocol were employed are presented in detail.

Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Forgash, F., & Litt, B. (2008, September). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an important therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including dissociative disorders and certain personality disorders. This presentation will provide solutions to problems within the 8 phases of EMDR. Objectives include managing triggers and dealing with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, and hyperarousal. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves. Therapists will learn readiness criteria for trauma processing (phase 4-7) and how to avoid premature interventions. In phase 4, therapists will learn about the zone of optimal arousal and a sequence of techniques to maintain client stability and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four. Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile. Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.

Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Leeds, A. (2012, June). Affect phobias in EMDR therapy - developing affect tolerance capacities in client and clinician [Fobias afectivas en la terapia con EMDR -‐ El desarrollo de habilidades para la tolerancia afectiva en el cliente y el clínico]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Affect phobias may also be described as psychodynamic or dissociative defenses or as ego state conflicts. When patients present with affect phobias and fail to progress with standard EMDR procedural interventions, EMDR therapy can still be effective when clinicians have the conceptual knowledge and perceptual skills to recognize these defenses, and when they can make use of a flexible set of advanced EMDR procedural stills for responding. EMDR trained clinicians must also confront their own affect phobias and psychodynamic conflicts as they experience a range of responses to their work with patients including countertransference and vicarious traumatization that can disrupt their ability to make use of their conceptual, perceptual and procedural knowledge and skills. This presentation provides an overview of concepts from Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) and the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) and identifies procedures from Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera and Gonzalez (2010), and Leeds (2001), which clinicians can employ with cases involving affect phobia. We will also consider how clinicians can be sensitive to and mitigate the potential impact of their own affect phobias in their clinical work.

Las fobias al afecto también se pueden describir como defensas psicodinámicas, disociativas ó como conflictos del estado del yo. Cuando los pacientes presentan fobias al afecto y no avanzan con las intervenciones siguiendo los procedimientos de EMDR habituales, EMDR aún puede ser efectivo cuando los clínicos gozan del conocimiento conceptual, así como las habilidades perceptivas para reconocer dichas defensas y cuándo puede servirse de un conjunto flexible de habilidades de procedimiento de EMDR para responder [ante ellas]. Los clínicos formados en el uso de EMDR también han de afrontar sus propias fobias y conflictos psicodinámicos a medida que pasen por una variedad de respuestas a su trabajo con pacientes, incluidas la contra-‐transferencia y la traumatización indirecta que pueden perturbar su capacidad para aprovechar sus conocimientos y habilidades conceptuales, perceptivos y habilidades. La presente ponencia ofrece una visión del conjunto de los conceptos de Short-‐Term Dynamic Psychotherapy (STDP: McCullough, 1997, 2003) [psicoterapia dinámica breve] y de Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP: van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele, 2006) [teoría de la disociación estructural de la personalidad] e identifica procedimientos de Knipe (1999, 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010a, 2010b, 2010c), Mosquera (2010, 2011), Mosquera y Gonzalez (2010) y Leeds (2001) que pueden aplicar los clínicos en casos de fobia al afecto. También se contemplará cómo los clínicos pueden estar sensibles ante el impacto potencial de sus propias fobias al afecto y cómo mitigarlo en su trabajo clínico.

Keywords: Affect Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Colelli, G. (2003, September). After the World Trade Center disaster – Use of EMDR recent events protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Recent Events Protocol was used extensively in the treatment of World Trade Center survivors, first responders and recovery workers. In this workshop we will review the Recent Events Protocol and discuss the utilization in treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The workshop will describe when it is appropriate to modify the Recent Events Protocol. Clinical examples for civilian and non-civilian personnel will be presented. Specific techniques will be described on how to reprocess PTSD symptoms in 5 sessions or less even when the client has significant previous traumatic memories. The contrast in using the protocol for PTSD symptoms as compared to grief will be discussed.

Keywords: 9/11 Recent Events September 11th World Trade Center WTC

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2008, September). AIP model and treatment of clients with dissociative symptoms or disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Principles derived from Adaptive Information Processing, the theoretical basis of EMDR that are particularly relevant to working with clients with dissociation are discussed. These include principles that explain the development of dissociation, as well as those that inform treatment. Using case vignettes, these principles are applied to all phases of EMDR treatment, from case conceptualization to re-processing of traumas. It is shown how AIP informs the therapist of the prerequisites for successful trauma processing, needed resources, in-session tools, how to guide the client through reprocessing of the traumatic material in an adaptive way, and how to prevent re-traumatization.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Model Dissociative Disorders Dissociative Symptoms

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Picciano, L. (2009, Fall). Alumni incorporate EMDR into psychodynamic treatment. GSAPP Alumni Newsletter, 10(2), 1,4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
EMDR is a treatment developed by Francine Shapiro (2001) to reprocess traumatic experiences that are “locked” in the nervous system and give rise to current symptomatology. It involves an eight stage protocol in which clients select a target memory and, with the clinician, assess its cognitive, somatic, and emotional components as well as associated level of distress. The memory is then reprocessed through bilateral stimulation (most commonly eye movements) of the brain until the level of distress is reduced. Shapiro developed the “information-processing model” to explain EMDR’s “…treatment effects in terms of the association of memory networks” (Shapiro, 2002, p. 29). The reprocessing allows the client to “digest” a stuck traumatic memory by connecting it with more adaptive memory networks in the brain. EMDR originated as a treatment for PTSD, but EMDR protocols now exist for a variety of issues, such as phobias and grief. Originally developed with adults, its use has also been extended to children, but with modifications in technique.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Lovett, J. M. (1998). Am I real?: Mobilizing inner strength to develop a mature identity. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 191-216). New York: Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Chris was a 44-year old woman who had extremely low self-esteem, depression, panic attacks, and symptoms of dissociation when she began EMDR-facilitated therapy. Eye movement was used initially to reinforce healthy beliefs, physical sensations, and feelings related to experiences of safety, competence, well-being, and success based on prior learning. EMDR was then employed to target painful memories of childhood scenes with her parents, as well as erroneous beliefs and feelings of intense anxiety. Although none of the memories targeted occurred before age 5, the "white empty feeling" that was targeted seemed to represent the earlier deprivation. The desired positive cognition "I am significant" became the "umbrella cognition" containing various "sub-cognitions" (such as "I am loveable," "I deserve respect," and "I can take care of my needs").As Chris reprocessed traumatic childhood memories with EMDR, more and more of these sub-cognitions were integrated. Progress was not linear, but reprocessing the client's issues as she presented them gradually led to a more stable, flexible, and resilient sense of self. Eventually, the negative self-assessments dissipated. After 18 sessions Chris felt strong and confident, fully present, and eager to be involved in intimate relationships that were based on mutual respect. [Text, pp. 215-216] [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Americans Anxiety Disorders Case Report Child Abuse Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Neglect Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Esteem Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Traumatology of grieving: conceptual, theoretical, and treatment foundations (pp. 153-182). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Assessment Bereavement Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. Figley (Ed.), Death-Related Trauma: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatemnt Foundations. London: Taylor & Francis.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Death Traumatic Incident Reduction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. Vos, S. M. (2005, December). An application of the transtheoretical model to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. University of Stellenbosch. doi:10019.1/2938 .

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study demonstrates the use of the transtheoretical model in the context of sexual trauma in middle childhood. Exploring contemporary literature I found that there is no literature in South Africa available on this topic. It was not until 1997 that the transtheoretical model was implemented internationally with regard to sexual abuse. Taking this in consideration, I realised that there was much scope for exploring, discovering and reflecting on the transtheoretical model and its use within the boundaries of childhood sexual trauma. A qualitative case study within the social constructivist/interpretive paradigm, was chosen as research design. The study involved a participant in middle childhood. Elna (pseudonym) was selected from referrals from the Child Protection Unit of the South African Police Services to the Unit for Educational Psychology at Stellenbosch. The reason for referring Elna to the Unit was because of the negative and diverse effects sexual trauma had on her life story. The study explores the transtheoretical model and the appropriateness thereof as alternative treatment model in a case of sexual trauma, as well as insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Data was collected by means of interviews and therapy sessions during which Narrative therapy, EMDR, sandtray therapy (used in a narrative context) and art therapy techniques were used in an integrated manner. The data was analysed by means of interpreting codes, categories and themes. The study concluded with a discussion of the findings and a reflection on the impact the use of the transtheoretical model had on me as a research-therapist-in-training. The literature review and the findings of this research suggest that the transtheoretical model can be applied effectively to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. The use of the model also gives insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Thesis (MEdPsych (Educational Psychology)--University of Stellenbosch, 2005.

Keywords: Narrative Therapy South Africa Transtheoretical Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Fullam, P. (2003, Autumn). Applications of client self administered bilateral stimulation in the treatment of trauma. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net/ on 12/27/2008..

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This article looks at some of the situations where client self-administered bi-lateral stimulation has facilitated EMDR by increasing the client’s sense of control during therapy. Three conditions where this may be appropriate are discussed and partial presentations of two cases, Allen and Anna, in which the general approach has been used, are given. The second case, relating to client belief in childhood sexual abuse has, in addition to the above, some relevance to the debate relating to false memory syndrome.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Casadaban, A. (1996, June). Applying EMDR to physical illness, injury, and symptoms in adults and children: EMDR protocol for the assessment and treatment of physical phenomena with selected applications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Level I. Targeting of Physical Symptoms or Triggers. Installing of Positive States Use this level when: client readiness and safety factors are met. the experience of the symptom(s) is distressing to the client. a limited number of therapy sessions is available. the client does not necessarily have an awareness of the causes or functions of the symptoms. the client is not aware of a trauma related to the symptom. w the assessment does not reveal trauma related to the symptom. w trauma or other complicating issues are identified but the client's stability or circumstances does not tolerate Level I1 or 111, and client and therapist can devise ways to contain upsetting issues which may come up. the client wants to try for symptom relief without deeper processing. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Injury Physical Illness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Leutner, S. (2012). Arbeit mit inneren anteilen im EMDR-prozess: stärkung der bindungsfähigkeit [Working with inner components in the EMDR process: Strengthening the binding ability]. Präsentation auf EMDRIA Tag, Köln, Deutschland.

Language: Swedish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with EMDR and the AIP-Model have very similar goals in that they aim to strengthen the inner process of the client and overcome the effects of trauma. It is shown that the combination of both methods provides the therapist with a powerful tool. It is discussed which inner parts can play a part in processing trauma. Here we do not only look at the patient's side, but also at the side of the therapist and his or her ego-states, suggesting not only the patient takes care of traumatized ego-states and gets into touch with inner helpers, but the therapist, too takes into consideration which of his/her ego-states may be helpful or need protection whilst applying the emdr protocol.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Attachment Ego State Therapy Ego States

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) - though often useful - can interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence, more important than the mechanics of bilateral stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR is a "dance" between client and therapist with the therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation even more than through verbal communication. This workshop will focus on dealing with intense affect with EMDR (the dance) and include discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for dealing with intense material, both before and during EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing, and control intensity of processing. 4) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Solomon, R., Watkins, J., & Paulsen, S. L. (2004, September). Art of EMDR: Use of therapeutic self, resonance and managing effect at the optimal level. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The therapist's ability to continually assess and detect client response to EMDR is crucial in order to: 1) provide safely and containment; 2) titrate the level of client arousal; 3) enhance ego strength: and 4) facilitate optimal movement. Detecting subtle client movement and shifts enables the therapist to: a) optimize the tempo and rhythm of bilateral stimulation; b) assess if the material is moving: c) detect state changes that can potentially block processing; and d) point to cognitive interweaves for blocked processing. This workshop will teach participants how to utilize their therapeutic presence to provide containment, enhance the client’s ability to process through intense emotions, and adapt to continual changing states in the client.

Keywords: Managing Affect Resonance Therapeutic Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Sine, L. F., & Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1996, June). Assessing for EMDR appropriateness and readiness and determining EMDR targets. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Client Readiness EMDR Appropriateness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Sine, L. F., & Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1997, July). Assessing for EMDR readiness, intervening with deficit areas inhibiting readiness and determining EMDR targets. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Client Readiness Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Carter, A. (2007, June). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD and dissociative disorders in childhood and adolescence, the role and use of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Damage occurs to a child’s self in the context of relationship when raised in an environment of abuse and neglect. This damage to self is manifested through disruptions in development. A child or adolescent will be unable to perform tasks a non-traumatized child or adolescent has not difficulty mastering. These tasks may be physical, emotional, intellectual, sexual, social, or spiritual. When these disruptions become manifest in the environment with which the child or adolescent is interacting, home, school, or community, conflict arises. The conflict is both internal with self and external in relationship, behavioral, and biological. This is generally when a child or adolescent is brought into therapy for intervention Caregivers are not always aware of the impact traumatic events have on a child’s life or may not want to deal with the impact and the long term implications. The therapeutic relationship is a context outside of the system where the child was traumatized that provide the potential environment and relationship which can facilitate healing for the child, adolescent, and possible, the system in which they live.
Children and adolescents with a complex PTSD will often employ the use of dissociation as a way to cope with overwhelming events or chronically dysfunctional lifestyles. The degree and way in which the child dissociates to self regulate internal systems will determine behavioural and neurological trajectories in their life such as, how the child will cope, rupture of developmental task attainment, and it will determine what type of attachment process the child experiences. Also determined are: impulse control, sleep regulation, meta cognitive functioning, neurobiological processes and the integrative processes of self. When there is no therapeutic intervention, the self which emerges as a result of these processes is a “traumatic self” organization, that is a self structural in response to traumatic experience determined to avoid the repetition of the traumatic experience “at all costs.” The biological body that emerges is the traumatized body organized for avoidance in the forms of fighting, fleeing, or freezing and submitting.
The assessment phase of therapy will map for the therapist and client where the internal dysregulation occur, what are the maladaptive response which have been developed, and what the negative beliefs are which all contribute to the construction of the “traumatic self." There are a variety of assessment tools specifically designed for this purpose.
Once the map is established, a plan can be developed to use with children and adolescents and family for therapy and for EMDR. There are a variety of models which have been developed to use with children and adolescents to process bad memories, negative cognitions and to strengthen internal resources. EMDR can also be used to facilitate state change, strengthen self regulatory capacities, and promote integrative processes of authentic self, facilitating healing throughout self, body, and relational systems.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. Cavazos, M. A. (2012, June). Atracción al mismo sexo no deseada como sintomatología de memorias traumáticas: presentación de tres casos tratados con EMDR [Not desire same sex attraction as traumatic memories symptomatology: Three cases treated with the EMDR approach]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The cases presented show three patients that searched for clinical help, since they lived their sexual attraction as something dysfunctional and ego dystonic. The therapist clinically conceptualized this symptomatology as a probable result of traumatic memories, conceptualization which was finally adequate. This presentation will show three not desired sexual attraction cases treated with the EMDR approach. Cases follow-up - two months to one year and a half after treatment completion- is presented in a testimonial video from each client. Treatment phases 1,3,5,7 and 8 will clearly show similarities in the three client’s symptoms as well as the process evolution through traumatic memories reprocessing.

Los casos que se presentan se refieren a tres pacientes que llegaron a consulta debido a que vivían su atracción sexual como algo disfuncional y ego-‐ distónico, de ahí que la terapeuta conceptualizó clínicamente que esa sintomatología se podría deber a memorias traumáticas, conceptualización que resultó ser acertada. Estos pacientes fueron tratados con el abordaje psicoterapéutico EMDR, con un seguimiento -‐que va desde los 2 meses al año y medio de haber terminado su proceso psicoterapéutico. Se presentará un video testimonial de cada uno de los pacientes y se hablará sobre las fases 1, 3,5,7, y 8 del tratamiento, en donde se podrán observar con claridad la similitud y coincidencia en la sintomatología de los tres pacientes, así como la evolución del proceso a través del reprocesamiento de las memorias traumáticas con EMDR.

Keywords: Same Sex Attraction

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). Attachment repair and temporal integration: EMDR for early trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience reveals that attachment learning, affect dysregulation, and traumatic experience are predominantly held in the right hemisphere (Schore, 2009). Therapists can access trauma and neglect held in the right hemisphere using EMDR, somatic awareness, imaginal excursions, and the therapists mirror neuronal experience. This workshop summarizes the Early Trauma approach of EMDR (O'Shea, 2009; and its variations for the dissociative client (Paulsen, in press). Of note is a new stabilization procedure that appears to work directly on the subcortical affective circuits (Panksepp, 1998). The Early Trauma approach to EMDR processes preverbal implicit memory in sequential time periods, while attending to the nuances of somatic and affective experience as they emerge both in the clients subjective report and in the relationship field. As the infants story is told with the deciphering of these nuances, the therapy repairs developmental milestones imaginally. This enables integration from the bottom up, by time frame, called Temporal Integration (Paulsen, 2009), which contrasts with Strategic and Tactical Integration. Preliminary clinical findings are that the procedure helps repair injuries of attachment, structural dissociation, affect dysregulation and personality. The workshop will interest both EMDR and non-EMDR practitioners because of its significant implications for theory and practice Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to list a modification of the ET procedure for dissociative clients for each of the four steps. Participants will be able to list the seven hardwired subcortical affective circuits described by Panksepp. Participants will be able to name four steps of the Early Trauma procedure for non-dissociative clients.

Keywords: Attachment Repair Early Trauma Temporal Integration

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Parnell, L. (2012). Attachment-focused EMDR a client-centered therapy for healing childhood trauma and neglect. Shreveport, LA: Summit Interactive.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Dr. Parnell presents the five basic principles of Attachment-Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds"--Container

Keywords: Attachment Container

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. McKelvey, A. M. (2010). Awakening the buddha within, care of the caregiver utilizing chaplaincy coaching, EMDR and positive psychology. Upaya Zen Center and Institute, 1-76.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
I began to imagine working with highly functioning and resilient individuals who were ready to move forward into the future. I worked with my coach, diligently creating a coaching business that would sustain me financially, emotionally, mentally, spiritually, and physically. I began to transform EMDR, my major source of healing, from a trauma-based modality to a modality of proactively living and breathing into the mystery of the moment. I fell in love with EMDR all over again as my clients worked with the Standard Protocol through the lens of attaining their goals and dreams. EMDR was the modality each client used to encourage the unfolding of an enhanced life while developing action steps.

Keywords: Chaplaincy Coaching Positive Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Dale, S. (2010, April). Baby ache: Applications for EMDR in infertility, miscarriage, and perinatal loss. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Infertility, miscarriage, and perinatal loss can be among life’s most deeply painful experiences. Losses associated with these life events can be traumatic. For individuals and couples accessing fertility treatments, pre-existing trauma and phobias can complicate their efforts to achieve a successful pregnancy. This presentation outlines common emotional responses to infertility and reproductive loss. It reviews the role of EMDR in treatment of trauma and phobias and applies this knowledge to clients experiencing difficulty conceiving and/or maintaining a pregnancy. Case studies illustrate how EMDR has been used with this client group.

Keywords: Infertility Miscarriage Perinatal Loss

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Gunther-Sohst, J., & Hase, M. (2002, May). Back into the future – Research on the Client experience in the EMDR process. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Lendl, J. (2006, September). Back to basics: The positive template & affect bridge. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the reasons EMDR is such a powerful treatment method is the eight phase, three prong protocol. The robustness of the method is not achieved if any part of the protocol is dismissed. Dr. Shapiro's recent trainings have emphasized the need for the future template. The future template is a combination of the use of imagery, and used successfully in sport performance and health recovery, and bi-lateral stimulation. Back fo Basics: The Positive Template is a workshop to remind participants of the importance of positive templates in complete and incomplete EMDR protocol sessions. The future template, which addresses avoidance, adaptation, and actualization, is a part of phase eight/reevaluation and the third prong (future) of the EMDR protocol. Preliminary research will be presented that suggests positive templates are useful before phase eight. Participants will learn to integrate the positive template to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills and practice ways to handle resistance. There will be supervised practica for using the future template and ESP (End Session Positive) template. Additionally, this workshop has been expanded to go over the Affect Bridge and practice will be included.

Keywords: Affect Bridge Future Template Positive Template

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. O’Malley, A. (2012, October). BART: A new protocol to enhance EMDR therapy. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bilateral Affective Reprocessing of thoughts or BART is a dynamic new model of trauma therapy designed to complement traditional EMDR therapy. Often with early touchstone memories the client has no verbal recall. It is impossible to access negative cognitions. In BART gut feelings are activated and connected to feelings and sensations elsewhere in the body. Ultimately heartfelt sensations link to the cerebral hemispheres and eventually the prefrontal cortex. Examples will illustrate combining BART psychotherapy combined with traditional EMDR.

Keywords: BART Bilateral Affective Reprocessing of Thoughts

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Kiessling, R., & Kacsur, R. (2002, June). Being brief with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While there have been many modifications of the standard EMDR protocol to address a multitude of client issues, little has been said about integrating EMDR with Brief Therapy. Many clients seeking EMDR treatment may have a specific problem needing immediate relief, or have limited time, financial resources, or insurance benefits. This workshop is designed to help the EMDR clinician adapt brief treatment strategies to the standard EMDR approach. A belief/feeling cluster focused history taking approach is combined with a narrowly focused targeting strategy that effectively addresses identified past, present and future targets. The installation phase of treatment is extended into present and future targeting strategies. This strategy not only addresses present and future issues more rapidly, but also identifies additional blocking beliefs that may require targeting in order for the client to achieve full resolution of the presenting problem.

Keywords: Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004, January 4). Beware of weird, wacky psychotherapy treatments. Salt Lake City, UT: The Deseret News, All, Viewpoint, AA08.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.

Keywords: General Overview Salt Lake City

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Marich, J. (2012, April). Beyond client, clinician and method: Enhancing empathy in the practice of EMDR/Au delà du client, du clinicien et de la méthode : favoriser l'empathie dans la pratique de l'EMDR . Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Even with her emphasis on fidelity to the protocols of EMDR, Shapiro acknowledges the importance of the therapeutic alliance. She described the execution of EMDR as an essential interaction between client, method, and clinician. This workshop encourages participants to take Shapiro’s thinking a step further. After attending this workshop, participants will be able explain what a general literature review of the psychotherapeutic professions reveals about the importance of empathy in treatment. After participating in a guided imagery exercise that is designed to foster empathy, participants will be able to identify with the experience of a new client presenting for and experiencing EMDR treatment. Finally, participants will be able to evaluate one’s own capacity for empathy within the therapeutic context and apply it to their own EMDR practice. Learning objectives: 1.To explain what a general literature review of the psychotherapeutic professions reveals about the importance of empathy and therapeutic alliance in treatment (regardless of specific method) 2.To identify with the experience of a new client presenting for and experiencing EMDR treatment 3.To evaluate one’s own capacity or empathy within the therapeutic context and apply it to their own EMDR practice

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Armstrong, R. (2012, October). Beyond the basics: Developing your EMDR practice. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Drawing on my professional practice and research, with children, young people and adults, this presentation aims to provide information about a range of approaches to the implementation of EMDR therapy, combining theory and practice. There will be time for discussion among participants to share their own discoveries of EMDR refinements that work with different client groups.

Keywords: Implementation Practice Research Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Beyond the basics: Conceptual issues and advances in using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed for those comfortable with the basics of using EMDR. We shall discusses the importance of developing a conceptual framework in which to view the patient and his/her life experiences. Though any framework could potentially be used, the one we shall use is that of Jefiey Young's Schema-Focused Cognitive therapy. This workshop is too brief to go deeply into Jeff's work so let me give you some references. (Books: 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema Focused Appoach, Professional Resource Exchange, Sarasota, F1, (813) 366-7913 Or 2) Reinventing Your Life, Young and Klosko. Jeff can be reached at the CTC of NY (212) 717-1052). I would like to begin by presenting an overview of how I see the case conceptualization enhancing the effectiveness of EMDR. Next I want to present a case illustrating the points I am going to make. Then, for the remaining two thirds of the presentation, I would like us to share our experiences of cases using either this or your own framework. Why conceptualize the case? Why not just treat the trauma directly? Because I assume that it is the interaction of the events a person has experienced and the way in which they have interpreted, experienced and stored them that is most important in determining the amount and kind of pain that remains. If you took a group of 100 people who had been in serious accidents, were assaulted, etc. They will not all respond the same to the experience. Thus, I think that it is vitally important to "map" each patient's own idiosyncratic set of vulnerabilities, his/her schemas or life themes. One of the ways I do that is by attempting to combine all of the information that I obtain in the first few sessions. This would include history taking, any paper and pencil measures I use, e.g., Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire (Research Press, Champagne, IL.); Young's Schema Questionnaire (Jeffrey Young, Cognitive Therapy Center of New York), and my experience of the client in session. My assumption is that we all have specific vulnerabilities. In Young's system such issues as Emotional Deprivation - the feeling that we shall never receive the kind of caring we need - Abandonment, Mistrust/Abuse, Defectives, Vulnerability, Subjugation, Entitlement, etc., are assumed to be organizing themes around which memories and experiences are stored. (Use 'Types of Fruit' metaphor here.) Once you have identified these underlying vulnerabilities and life themes, educating patients as to the role of these early maladaptive schemas in their present life difficulties is quite usefull in a variety of ways. First, is its explanatory power. One of the problems clients often present is the pain of the event itself their subsequent reactions. How many of us have heard from our clients variations on the theme of "What's wrong with me that this is still bothering me? It happened years ago; how come I'm still overreacting?" Explaining that often the event was/is so painful because it taps into a whole series of memories (the childhood file folders that Francine talks about in Level I), frequently increases clients' ability to understand their emotional reactions and reduces their tendency to blame themselves. Second, it alerts you and the client to look for other examples in the past that might be thematically connected and to be aware of situations in the future that might be troublesome. For example, imagine a client who suffered a tremendous loss as a chlld through the death of a parent, divorce, etc. Through your interviews and data collection, you realize that the issue of abandonment is a very pow& for them. Naturally, you would want to use EMDR to clean out any past experiences connected to abandonment. However, you should anticipate that situations involving future separation will need to be addressed. How will they react when their spouse goes on a business trip? The conceptualization around this theme alerts you and the client to be aware of these issues. Also, it can be very helpfull in your couples work. Take the example of the spouse that gets upset about over his wife's upcoming business trip. (Knowing that sometimes the upset shows itself prior to the trip and sometimes it is only after they return that the spouse feels punished). Without knowledge of these underlying schemas and life themes, the wife might interpret the husband's upset as a result of jealousy at her success, fear of her growth, and as being a part of his controlling nature. With these interpretations, her anger and frustration would be understandable. How differently might she respond if she saw his difficulty in her leaving as reflecting his fear of losing her and being abandoned once again. Might this interpretation allow both of them to respond in ways helpful to the relationship? With this brief background, let me present a case and show you how these issues fit together and how by conceptualizing the case accurately I was able to provide better treatment. After if I finish this presentation, I want to open the floor to your comments and questions. I would then like to propose that we take the remaining time for you to present your own cases that illustrate either the usefulness of the conceptualization you did or the problems you ran into when you didn't. Case # 1 Case discussion. Case presentations and discussion by participants.

Keywords: Conceptual Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Rothschild, B. (2003, May). Beyond the model: Creating techniques from theory. Psychotherapy in Australia, 9(3), 36-40.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The following two cases are excerpted from Babette Rothschild’s newly published book 'The Body Remembers Casebook: Unifying Methods and Models in the Treatment of Trauma and PTSD' (W.W. Norton 2003). The first case advocates creative adaptation of learned methods, in this case EMDR. The second demonstrates the importance of regulating hyperarousal and halting flashbacks to facilitate increased client self-control and clear thinking. Both cases illuminate Rothschild’s principle of applying creative common sense to theory. The result is safer trauma therapy and interventions specially tailored to suit the specific needs of individual client situations.

Keywords: Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Laliotis, D. (2010, March). Beyond trauma: Part I and II - EMDR as a broad-based psychotherapy. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR is widely used as a highly effective treatment for PTSD based on neutralizing past memories of trauma, few therapists recognize how powerful a tool it can be in helping clients reprocess difficult experiences - traumatic or not - that impede their client's ability to move forward with their lives. In this workshop, you'll be introduced to an eight-phase information-processing model of EMDR for helping clients identify and reprocess significant childhood experiences and chronic patterns or themes that shadow their lives, hinder their emotional growth, and limit their ability to fully express their own identity. You'll learn a practical clinical procedure for identifying the predominant themes in clients' lives that underlie their current difficulties and freeing the, from attitudes that limits a fuller, more flexible experience of self.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Laliotis, D. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma: Rebuilding the self with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who present with life-long relationship problems and serious self-esteem issues often have pervasive developmental deficits that manifest as attachment and/or character disorders. While EMDR is an efficient treatment, addressing the early life experiences that contribute to a client’s ongoing difficulties is more than just reprocessing the nodal events of childhood; it is about generating corrective experiences of self in relationship with others. Participants will learn how to use EMDR to facilitate the uncoupling of negative core beliefs and core affects from positive, more adaptive aspects of self that have been depressed, dissociated, or otherwise undeveloped. To this end, clinicians will learn how to actively utilize the client’s emergent experience of self within the context of EMDR processing using an expanded repertoire of cognitive interweave strategies. Materials will be presented through lecture and videotape of actual continuous clinical cases as well as a large group discussion format in which participants will be able to discuss their own cases with the presenter. (All Levels)

Keywords: Rebuilding Self

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Schulherr, S. (2003, September). The binge cycle meets EMDR: Bridging the gap. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The "binge cycle" refers to the repetitive oscillation between binging and restrictive eating typical of binge eating disorder. Workshop participants will be enabled to identify and relate under-explored phases of the cycle. They will learn how to use a simple information-gathering tool to quickly enter the client's symptomatic work, make apparent the "inner logic" driving cyclic behaviors and, based on this, engage the client in the therapeutic work ahead. I will then demonstrate how this information can be used to devise an EMDR-based treatment plan and integrate it with various existing models for EMDR with E.D. clients.

Keywords: Binging Binge Cycle Eating Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Offen, L., Walker, R., & Freeman, A. (2008, August). Birmingham psychotherapy service for people with ID: 8 years on. In Symposium: EMDR therapy and psychotherapy and ID presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This study aimed to generate descriptive data relating to Birmingham Psychotherapy Services for People with Intellectual Disabilities in order to: a) Provide an understanding of the key characteristics of clients using the service. b) Identify those clients who find it difficult to engage with the service in order to introduce measures to improve its accessibility. c) Identify gaps in the information collected to date so that information gathering mechanisms can be improved. d) Provide a platform from which appropriate outcome measures for the service can be examined. Method: Data was collected by use of a proforma from client files. A selected sample of 141 files was analysed and the results collated. Results: Data pertaining to the above was analysed and the results recorded. Conclusions: A clearer profile of the clients using the service was developed that facilitated a change in clinical focus and the implementation of key changes in service delivery. This has led to a greater emphasis on the use of groups and on the development of more accessible information.

Keywords: Adolescents Adults Children ID Intellectual Disabilities Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Blore, D. (2009, October). Blind to therapist protocol. Presentation at the 2nd EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Leeds, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Blind to Therapist (B2T) Protocol (Blore & Holmshaw 2006, 2009), is aimed at helping provide EMDR in special circumstances – particularly where the client is unwilling to describe a target image either because the client fears that the therapist will be disgusted or overwhelmed by the content - as in sexual abuse trauma, and/or where the client is reluctant to relinquish further perceived control for the purposes of conducting EMDR. In essence, the B2T protocol abandons the idea of 'client avoidance' and modifies EMDR so as to accommodate avoidance until the client is ready to identify traumatic material.

Keywords: Blind to Therapist Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Knipe, J. (1998). Blocking belief questionnaire. Jim Knipe, Ph.D.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Sometimes a client's blocking belief will be right out their and apparent to both the client and therapist, and it can be useful to ask some version of the question, "Even though you believe (e.g. you can never get over this problem), would it be alright with you if you did?" If the client say "Yes," then "stay with that" and EM. (Excerpt)

Keywords: Blocking Beliefs Questionnaire

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Body memory - A single case study of recovered memories through treatment of EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case is presented with the client’s full knowledge and consent. Personal details have been changed to protect the client’s identity.
This case involved an adult male client with an over-riding sense of low self esteem and self-sabotaging behaviours, including binge eating disorder, gambling and drinking.
The client had no clear target memories relating to any of his behaviours or beliefs about himself – but reported a deep-seated sense of self-disgust – with no clear idea of where this feeling originated from or the thought behind it.
With nothing else to work with, we focused on the target body sensation of self-disgust, orientating in the heart area. Upon this point, the client reported having a circumcision operation as a child of around 7 or 8 years of age. Although this did not initially appear relevant, the client was asked to stay with the body sensation in the groin area, upon which the client reported “seeing” the surgeon’s face with a look of disgust on it. The surgeon removed the client’s foreskin and threw it in a plastic basin, looking at the client with a look of utter disgust, which the client interpreted and internalised as “You disgust me.”
Following on this unusual revelation, with the client’s involvement, collaborative evidence was sought on the memory. The surgical procedure was confirmed to be true by the client’s mother, although it was also confirmed by medical staff and the client’s mother that the client has remained under anaesthetic throughout the entire procedure. This may explain the lack of initial memory and why the memory was only accessible through body sensation.
Upon further inquiry, the client stated: “I didn’t see the surgeon with my eyes – I saw his disgust in my heart.”
The client’s mother further confirmed that the surgeon had indeed been disgusted and possibly expressed his disgust – however, not at the client, but rather at the previous inferior surgical attempt at a circumcision which had been botched during the client’s infancy, hence the client’s need for the second operation. The client somehow had “felt” the surgeon’s disgust – but being of such a young age, interpreted it as being disgust at his boy, rather than the previous operation.
What is interesting to note is that the client made a full recovery with a normal attribution of self-esteem and a complete absence of self-sabotaging behaviours with two treatment sessions, following his initial body memory. At 6-month follow up there continues to be no return of any previous self-sabotaging behaviours (e.g., drinking, gambling, binge eating) and the client expresses a healthy self-esteem.

Keywords: Body Memory Case Study Recovered Memory Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Rothschild, B. (2003). The body remembers casebook: Unifying methods and models in the treatment of trauma and PTSD (1st ed). New York: W.W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This is the first book of its kind to advocate utilizing and combining an assortment of trauma treatment models. Based on ideas put forward in the bestselling The Body Remembers, Babette Rothschild emphasizes the importance of tailoring every trauma therapy to the particular needs of each individual client. A breath of fresh air in the competitive "mine is best" atmosphere currently so divisive in the field of trauma therapy, each varied and complex case (presented in a variety of writing styles: case reports, session-by-session narratives, single session transcripts) is approached with a combination of methods ranging from traditional psychodynamic approaches and applications of attachment theory to innovative trauma methods including EMDR and Levine's SIBAM model. Read on its own on or in conjunction with The Body Remembers, clinicians from all disciplines will discover new strategies and gain insight into how to combine various treatment models for increased success with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Body Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.

Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Borstein, S. S. (2008, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many of us have been asked to provide some EMDR to a colleague’s client. How do we decide whether to accept such a referral, define our role, and conceptualize the work? This workshop presents a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. The workshop offers guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues and potential pitfalls will be discussed. Small group activities and handouts will help participants to implement the model.

Keywords: Adjunctive Therapy Referrals

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Borstein, S. (2011, August). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR-trained clinicians sometimes ask if “a little EMDR” might help their clients. This workshop presents a specific model of Brief Adjunctive EMDR that can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich ongoing work. Screening criteria are offered and potential pitfalls are outlined, along with ways to prevent or resolve these problems. An active collaborative relationship with the referring therapist is essential in this model; ways to develop collaboration are discussed. Participants will receive sample forms to educate prospective clients, inform referring therapists, guide case conceptualization, and measure treatment outcomes.

Keywords: Brief Adjunctive Therapy Referrals

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Borstein, S. S. (2006, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: A collaborative consultation model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR trained clinicians sometimes ask if "a little EMDR" might help some of their clients. When painful feelings about a single incident continue to intrude or interfere with otherwise productive psychotherapy, a short trial of EMDR may indeed resolve the impasse. By narrowly targeting specific traumatic memories or intrusive material, adjunctive EMDR can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich the ongoing work. This workshop will describe a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. In this model, adjunctive EMDR does not replace or intempt ongoing therapy. It is complementary to the primary therapy relationship. The workshop will include guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues will be addressed, and potential pitfalls will be discussed. The presenter will describe a pilot study of this model, including qualitative and quantitative measures of outcome.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004 January 4). Can be depressing. Monterey County, CA: The Monterey County Herald, Commentary, F1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Keywords: General Monterey County Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Sabey, A. (2001, May). Can EMDR be used within a client-centred (non-directive) play therapy sessions?. Poster presented at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The purpose of this exploratory study was to see whether EMDR could he incorporated into a Client-Centred model of Play Therapy, to enable children and adolescents to more rapidly process traumatic memories, thereby enhancing the therapeutic process. The Client-Centred (non-directive) Play Therapy model is now well recognised as a way of helping children and adolescents who have experienced psychological trauma to work through their experiences in a way that is both empowering and non-threatening. It is based on Rogerian principles (Rogers 1951), with the philosophy that given the right therapeutic conditions the children, like adults, have an innate drive towards health. The child leads the way, and the therapist follows. I have struggled to see how EMDR can fit comfortably within a client-centered play therapy model, although I recognise that Shapiro describes the model as client-centred. To test a hypothesis that EMDR could be integrated into a client-centred play therapy approach, three children were identified. All 3 were waiting for some regular weekly client-centred play therapy sessions, within the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service, in West Yorkshire. The subject of the study were two girls, one aged 8 years old and the other aged 14 years with a mild learning disability, and a boy who was 13 years old. All three had experienced complex psychological trauma including sexual abuse. My dilemma was whether it was in fact possible to introduce EMDR within the sessions, and if so, how to do this in a way that enhanced the therapeutic process and did not intrude. The sessions were set up introducing the EMDR protocol alongside setting up the client-centred play therapy sessions. Each child was offered 10-12 weekly sessions. In this presentation I will summarise my findings and hope to show how possible ways the two approaches can be integrated.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Naccarato, C. (2001, December). The capsule adventure. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 12-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In EMDR, a client often cannot seem to move forward in processing a particular memory or scene, and continued attempts seem to worsen the client’s physical response, causing pain or other discomfort. This is a potentially damaging situation in that the discomfort may remain, the memory may not get processed to resolution, and the client may develop a negative view of EMDR and of therapy. Some years ago, I developed a low-risk imaginal invasive technique to encourage clients to explore what was happening in, and to, their bodies, I call it the “Capsule Adventure.” Having used this intervention more than 50 times, I have found it to be a reliable way of resolving this type of impasse and moving the session forward.

Keywords: Capsule Adventure

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Shapiro, R., Hofmann, A., & Grey, E. (2013). Case consultation: Unremitting depression. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 39-44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.39.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Case Consultation is a new regular feature in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. In this article, an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinician briefly describes a challenging case in which a man, “George,” was referred for EMDR for treatment of a depression that began more than 2 years previously. After all his reported traumatic memories were completely processed with EMDR, George remains severely depressed and the therapist asks how to proceed effectively with treatment. Responses are written by three experts. The first expert, Robin Shapiro, describes a comprehensive list of possible etiologies, including attachment, early trauma, genetic, and other biological causes and their appropriate EMDR, ego state, or medical treatments. The second expert, Arne Hofmann, reviews the treatment that was provided and makes suggestions for alternate treatment targets, suggesting that the therapist could address the client’s belief that “nothing will change” and try the EMDR inverted protocol. The third expert, Earl Grey, recommends that the clinician focus on addressing small “t” traumas, even if the client indicates that he or she has little to no disturbance and explains how to develop and implement a “restorative life span target sequence.”

Keywords: Consultation Depression Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Leeds, A. (1993, March). Case formulation presentation. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The first principle in EMDR case conceptualization is recognizing the degree to which the treatment will need to address:
1) specific effects of trauma (large t traumas);
2) other developmental deficits (small t traumas) This is assessed during the client history taking (Phase 1); by responses to protocols in both preparation and assessment phases (Phases 2 and 3); reprocessing (Phase 4, 5, and 6); and during thle reevaluation (Phase 8).

Keywords: Case conceputalization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Boore, J. (1993, Fall/Winter). Case history: A client unable to track. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 17-18.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I recently worked with a woman in her early forties who, for the better part of our sessions, could not track my moving fingers. She presented as highly distraught and reported that her husband of 14 years had just left the marriage the week before our session. This woman, who has been a therapist for nearly two decades, wandered distractedly about my office, touching things, and barely able to speak. She has no known medical problems, other than myopia, and takes no meciications. I had used EMDR with her six months earlier on her fear of flying with no noticeable (to me) tracking difficulty, although she commented on how difficult tracking was for her then.

Keywords: Case Report Tracking

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Seubert, A. (2010, June). The case of mistaken identity: EMDR, attachment and ego states in the treatment of eating disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment and Ego States in the treatment of eating disorders is a 120 minute program, which introduces participants to 1. the kind of history taking, medical attention and goal establishment unique to clients with eating disorders, 2, the extensive preparation, which includes emotional expertise and somatic awareness, 3. the inevitable presence of dissociation and the use of ego state therapy to access the source of the eating disordered addiction, 4, the need for attachment repair and 5, slight modifications to trauma processing given emotional fragility and the tendency to return to the disorder. even after extensive preparation. The modifications entail A. a return to attachment/reparenting work, even during phases 3-6, a5 a way to 'pendulate' between the traumata and resources, B. the use of dissociation strategies, e.g., having the eating disordered part look through the eyes with the client, and C. titrating the target memories. THE CASE OF MISTAKEN IDENTITY employs an EMDR phase model, which includes an evaluation phase, focusing on medical safety, case formulation and mutual goal creation. In the preparation phase, participants will learn a4-step method of teaching emotional competence, and the use of ego state therapy to free the self from identity with the disordered part&), and strategies for attachment repair. Preparation and Processing phases both require body awareness and acceptance, as well as the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize (Re-evaluation) after EMDR application to touchstone events. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning. Learning objectives: 1 Participants will describe the trauma-based purpose for dissociation in eating disorders, 2 will describe the practice of awareness and four steps to emotional competence. 3. will name two ego-state strategies methods in identifying and collaborating with ego states, 4. two attachment repair methods, and 5. describe two minor adaptations to the processing phase. WHAT IS NEW: Eating disorder treatment often recognizes, but rarely offers treatment solutions, to the traumatic origins of an eating disorder. This fact, coupled with a lack of awareness of the role of attachment injury and dissociation, renders many of the contemporary approaches to eating disorder treatment incomplete and often ineffective.

Keywords: Attachment, Eating Disorders Ego States

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Dale, S. (2009, May). The case of the phantom foreskin: Using EMDR for pain after adult circumcision. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A 39-year-old man three years prior had had a circumcision due to his tight foreskin causing pain during intercourse. After the surgery, the pain remained, though the foreskin was gone. EMDR successfully treated the pain. This presentation reviews the role of EMDR in treatment of chronic pain. The impact of adult male circumcision is discussed. Phantom limb pain in amputees and the use of EMDR in its treatment is presented. The application to phantom foreskin pain is explored. The case study of the client’s EMDR is presented. Implications and possible applications for EMDR for medical personnel and therapists are discussed.

Keywords: Circumcision Foreskin

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Fang, L. (2005, June). Case presentation: “Relative mild negative situations” - 2 single session cases using the standard EMDR protocol. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It has proven that EMDR is successful in helping people who have experienced psychological difficulties that originate from some kind of traumatic experience. I used standard EMDR protocol successfully in single session for two persons who experience short negative moments. One client was a young man who had intrusive recalls of the male acquaintance telling him about oral sex intercourse between men that happened 38 hours before he asked for psychological help. The other client was a young nurse, one of my colleagues, who was scolded and threatened by the husband of a patient less than 2 hours ago before I did EMDR for her. They both had moment of trauma was very precise and very short: the moment the words were spoken. The recent events don't have several hot spots (difficult affect laden moments in the experience), but just one clearly shocking moment. So I used standard protocol and it helped stabilizing them very quickly, they both retouched their resources quickly. Two months later, I followed up my colleague. She was still stable and had the same positive cognition about the negative moment.

Keywords: China Psychotrauma Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Miller, P. W., McDougall, I., O'Rawe, B., & Kirk, R. T. (2007, June). A case series detailing phenomenology, EMDR protocol and clinical outcome of EMDR in severe depression with psychosis, delusional dysmorphobia and schizophrenia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The author will by means of oral presentation of clinical case material from patients seen as outpatients; didactic teaching and 'question and answer' explore the efficacy demonstrated by EMDR in a series of patients with disorders including ‘depression, severe with psychosis'; delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
There will be detailed description and presentation of case studies. The author will present and discuss clinical cases seen by them and another colleague where EMDR has been used in patients preventing to their facility with ‘depression, severe with psychosis;' delusional dysmorphophobia and schizophrenia.
The author will explore the phenomenology of the case material and discuss how it potentially relates, diagnostically, to the utility of EMDR in such cases. Particular mention will be made of the role EMDR had within the overall treatment plan of these cases and discussion of potential indicators that will aid appropriate targeting of cases for EMDR will be made.
A detailed description of how to apply EMDR protocol in monosymptomatic delusional disorder, including delusional dysmorphophobia will be given. This will include discussion of the use of Floatback; explore the use of affect bridge and the possible role of the unconscious or repressed material in the development of psychotic phenomena.
As patient with psychotic phenomena are often on one if not several psychoactive medications, the author will discuss the impact of EMDR on drug therapy in this group of patients with: schizophrenia, depression, severe with psychosis and delusional dysmorphophobia, illustrating the points from the case material. They will also look at the possible effect of medication on the efficacy of EMDR in this client group.

Keywords: Delusional Dysmorphobia Depression Personality Disorders Phobias Psychosis Schizophrenia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. Cartwright, L. (2000, September-October). Case Studies: Expanding our tool kit: A new technique that compliments TFT and EMDR. Family Therapy Networker, 24(5), 71-82.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In recent years, increasing numbers of therapists have discovered the effectiveness of neurologically based therapy techniques, such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Thought Field Therapy (TFT), not only for trauma, but for a wide range of problems, including anxiety, anger, grief and phobias. Like most therapeutic approaches, however, they provide remarkable results for one client and little or no results for another, no matter how skilled the therapist. Even more mysterious, they can significantly help a client with one problem, but not with a different problem. For instance, Sarah, age 40, had been suffering from depression for five years. The depression was triggered by the death of her father, loss of a good-paying job due to downsizing and her fiance's breaking off their engagement--all within a one-year period. After six months of increasing anxiety and worsening depression (accompanied by low energy, disinterest in life and withdrawal from social situations), Sarah entered therapy. Biweekly sessions for the next three years, which frequently included EMDR, significantly reduced her anxiety, but did not alleviate the depression. Nor did antidepressants. Years before, I had had a similar experience. EMDR had sharply reduced my obsessive-compulsive symptoms, but didn't help my depression. TFT eliminated recurring anger, but also didn't help my depression.

In the course of five years of research into neurologically based approaches, I happened upon a working hypothesis that explains such inconsistent results. The side-to-side eye movements of EMDR that activate the left and right hemispheres of the brain seem to help people resolve problems based on a lack of communication between the left and right hemispheres of the brain. The tapping, or front/back stimulation of acupuncture points, in TFT is effective when there is a lack of communication between the front and back of the nervous system (controlled by the energy center, well known to acupuncturists and martial artists, that lies below the navel). And since we are three-dimensional creatures, I hypothesized that some problems stem from a lack of communication between the top and bottom of the nervous system as well, which I correlate with the brain and the enteric nervous system of the digestive tract (the source of gut feelings). Working from this hypothesis, I have also developed processes to reintegrate the top/bottom dimension.

I have found that although certain emotions tend to be based within a given neurological dimension (indecisiveness is often in left/right, anxiety in front/back and depression in top/bottom, for example), a client may experience any emotion as a block within any dimension or combination of dimensions. As a result, depending upon both the client and the specific problem being addressed, a therapist might need to use techniques that facilitate integration of the left/right, front/back and/or top/bottom dimensions of the nervous system. When a client is blocked within two or three dimensions of the nervous system, working within just one dimension will sometimes activate healing across the entire nervous system. If this does not happen, it is then necessary to work in the remaining dimensions.

From these hypotheses I developed a system called Shifting Consciousness through Dimensions (SCtD), which provides therapists ways to assess the dimension(s) the client is blocked in, processes to identify, if necessary, which dimension to start with and specific integrating techniques for each dimension.

Keywords: TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. Angell, J. D. (1995). Case study. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The client is an intelligent, attractive, 46-year-old married woman with an abusive background (as well as multiple dysfunctions in her blended family). Using EMDR, as well as other approaches, we have worked through many issues of co-dependency, anger, self-worth, boundaries, and assertiveness. Although she was feeling better, something was still amiss.

Keywords: Case Report

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. Loris, M., & Johnson, D. R. (2001, December). Case study: Client treatment preference and imaginal exposure in three cognitive behavioral PTSD treatment. Poster presented at the 17th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This case discussion will examine the intervention of EMDR (Shapiro, 1989), Prolonged Exposure (Foa, Rothbaum, Riggs & Murdock, 1990), and the Counting Method (Ochberg, 1996) on three adult female patients with PTSD symptoms. A recent treatment outcome study of 40 female trauma victims (Johnson and Lubin, 2001 in press) comparing these three treatments finds that the efficacy of the three treatments is supported and that the element of imaginal exposure may be the critical therapeutic factor. The presentation of these three cases focuses on the issue of client’s treatment preference and client personality traits as factors which may interface with imaginal exposure in treatment efficacy.

Keywords: Counting Method Prolonged Exposure Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. Schultz, E. A. (1993, Spring). A case study: Paradox and EMDR with paranoid schizophrenia. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 11-13.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The client, a 34 year-old woman diagnosed with paranoid schizophrenia was first hospitalized at age 19. She took hard drugs for about one year at age 24, with the result that she became more paranoid. I started to treat her in June of 1993 and saw her for a total of 13 sessions during the next six months. In January of 1993, I began EMDR, using weekly one-and-one-half-hour sessions. After two sessions, the therapy was temporarily interrupted by a severe paranoid episode which made her feel hopeless. I have not used EMDR with her six times, and two more sessions remain.

Keywords: Paranoid Schizophrenia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. McFarlane, A. (2003, October-November). CBT vs. EMDR in the treatment of PTSD. In B. A. van der Kolk (Chair), Treatment outcome studies of PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 19th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treatment Outcome Studies of PTSD: This symposium presents three large carefully controlled treatment outcome studies using four different treatment modalities (CBT, EMDR, psychopharmacology and Cognitive Processing) and presents data on comparative efficacy, treatment responsiveness and resistance, effects on comorbidity, quality of life, and biological changes that accompany symptom improvement.

CBT vs. EMDR in the treatment of PTSD: 114 subjects were randomized into the study, but only 45 completed up to week 10. The subjects in the study comprise 45 sufferers of Post traumatic stress disorder as defined by the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) (caps score > 50, and who satisfied criteria A,B,C and D for PTSD diagnosis) and the PCL-C (PCL-C>50). All subjects were victims of a traumatic experience and were recruited through newspaper or radio advertisements, referrals from private practitioners (18 subjects) or through the State Government Insurance Commission (SGIC) (27 subjects). Subjects were randomised into one of three treatments. Fourteen subjects received EMDR, 21 received CBT and 10 were control subjects. The mean age of the sample was 41.38 (SD=11.55) with the minimum age of 19 and the maximum age of 61. Sixteen of the subjects were male and 29 were female. During the treatment period 17 of the subjects were taking antidepressants and 6 were taking anxiolytics. Approximately half of the sample was married (22 subjects 48.9%), 12 had never married, 4 were separated, 1 was defacto and 6 were divorced. The mean number of treatment sessions for the entire sample was 8.53 (SD 1.65). Out of the 45 participants in the study, 26 had suffered only one single trauma in their lives, 11 had experienced several single traumas, 3 had suffered one ongoing trauma and 5 individuals had suffered at least one ongoing and one specific trauma. The following results were performed on the treatment groups (total 35 subjects), with the control group being excluded from all analyses. All subjects, were aged between 18 and 65, lived in metropolitan Adelaide and had an adequate command of English (reading and writing).All subjects gave informed consent to the study and expressed their willingness to comply with the protocol. Subjects with a history of adult seizure disorder, organic brain disease or who were assessed to be at significant suicide risk (a score of 3 or more on suicide question in HAM-D), were excluded from the study, as were subjects taking psychotropic drugs (anticonvulsive/ antipsychotic) or sedatives more than 4 times a week. All assessment and treatment sessions were conducted at the University of Adelaide Department of Psychiatry at the Queen Elizabeth Hospital. Assessment sessions were conducted by trained research assistants and all therapy sessions were conducted by a clinical psychologist, trained in both EMDR and CBT. Subjects were assessed for suitability to enter the study via an initial screening instrument (sent out to subjects in the post) and an initial screening interview. Patients were further evaluated at week 0 (baseline/immediately prior to commencement of treatment), 3, 4, 6, 8 10, 20 (10 week followup).

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Herbert, C. (2002, June). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. European Journal of Psychotherapy, Counseling & Health, 5(2), 135-144.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Countertransference Distress Phenomenology Physical Manifestations Psychoanalysis Psychotherapy Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychological Distress Psychosomatic Phenomena Self Destructive Behavior Self Harm Somatoform Disorders Thinking Trauma Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Herbert, C. (2002, May). A CBT-based therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This paper offers a therapeutic alternative to working with complex client problems, based on a cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) approach, which is informed by a combination of schema-focussed cognitive behavioural therapy (McGinn and Young 1996; Young 1994; Padesky 1994; Pretzer and Fleming 1989), specialized cognitive behaviourally-focussed trauma therapy (Herbert 1996, 2001, 2002a, 2002b; Herbert and Wetmore 1999, 2001), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing techniques (EMDR - Shapiro 1995) and mindfulness techniques (Bennett-Goleman 2001; Teasdale et al. 1995; Kabat-Zinn 1994; Linehan 1993). This paper attempts to illustrate how such an approach might be applied to working with complex client problems, such as Tracey's, by addressing some of the therapeutic issues that have been highlighted in the original case study of Tracey by her therapist and introducing an alternative understanding of these.[Taylor-Francis]

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Counseling Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Greenwald, R. (2001, December). Celia’s capsule and Robin’s two hands. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 18-20.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This past year, I've learned of two EMDR-related interventions which I've wanted to try and work into my repertoire. I have been aware of Robin Shapiro's "Two Hand Interweave" technique (Shapiro, 2000, in this issue) for some times, and have had good luck with in on several occasions. Basically this entails holding one side of a conflict in each hand and concentrating on that while doing eye movements. This seems to engage the body and mind in a unique manner, which is within the reach of clinicians who may not feel comfortable with more dramatic movement therapy formats. More recently I learned of Celia Naccarato's "Capsule" intervention (Naccarato, 2000, in this issue), a cross between an interweave and guided visualization. The indication for this intervention is physical pain, which arises during EMDR and then does not resolve. It entails putting herself in a capsule, swallowing the capsule, and then inside the capsule going to the site of the pain. Once there, she is asked to describe what she sees, and then what she wants to do about it. Then she does it. The intervention ends when the client has come back out and returned to normal size.

Keywords: Capsule Two-Hand Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Paterson, M. C. (2008). Changing cognitive schemas through EMDR and ego state therapy. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 121-139). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Often clients require extensive preparatory work to ensure that they have the ego strength to allow them to experience EMDR. Failure to do this may result in harm to the client and litigation against the therapist. Ego strengthening is required where the client's personality is less than totally integrated, usually indicated by the presence of enduring irrational beliefs and behavior. Such beliefs exist despite extensive evidence to the contrary; for example, a man may believe he is worthless and a failure despite being in a stable marriage and also holding a college degree. Similarly, irrational beliefs often prevent clients from progressing in therapy due to the blocking action they exert on cognitive processing. This chapter examines maintenance fo irrational beliefs and behaviors and a case study that looks at a former police officer in Northern Ireland. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Cognitive Schemas Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Zangwill, W., Kominksy, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time: A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.

Keywords: EMDR Implementation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety) procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video segments of a therapy session.

Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Method Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Emotional Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Chilson, M. (2002, March 4). Client can direct treatment, define goals. Topeka, KS: Topeka Capital-Journal, B1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
A volunetter network of therapists trained in post-traumatic stress disorder is providing free treatment programs for people affected by the World Trade Center terrorist attack. The clinicians are trained in a technique called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) that is proven to help the stress disorder, and the free service is part of the nonprofit Disaster Mental Health Recovery Network. The Mental Health Association of Suffolk County will provide names of EMDR specialists participating in the program. For information call the association at 631-226-3900, or 917-626-9117 for clinicians in the five boroughs. The Nassau County Mental Health Association also has social workers trained to deal with people contemplating suicide. The help line is 516-504-HELP.

Keywords: General Overview Topeka

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Loris, M., & Johnson, D. R. (2001, December). Client treatment preference and imaginal exposure in three cognitive behavioral PTSD treatments. Presentation at the 17th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case discussion will examine the intervention of EMDR (Shapiro, 1989), Prolonged Exposure (Foa, Rothbaum, Riggs & Murdock, 1990), and the Counting Method (Ochberg, 1996) on three adult female patients with PTSD symptoms. A recent treatment outcome study of 40 female trauma victims (Johnson and Lubin, 2001 in press) comparing these three treatments finds that the efficacy of the three treatments is supported and that the element of imaginal exposure may be the critical therapeutic factor. The presentation of these three cases focuses on the issue of client’s treatment preference and client personality traits as factors which may interface with imaginal exposure in treatment efficacy.

Keywords: Imaginal Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Anonymous. (1998, September). A client’s poem: EMDR……Peace of mind. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(3), 19.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Events from my past haunt my memory. They hold be prisoner not wanting to let go. When I least expect it, they jump out at me. Hurting, hating, they take my breath.

Keywords: Poem

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Maxfield, L. (2003). Clinical implications and recommendations arising from EMDR research findings. Journal of Trauma Practice, 2(1), 61-81. doi:10.1300/J189v02n01_04.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a treatment approach found to be efficacious for trauma-related disorders. This article provides an overview of the EMDR treatment process and briefly describes treatment components. It reviews the current research investigating EMDR treatment of PTSD and research investigating the role of eye movements. The practical clinical implications arising from the findings are discussed. These include factors related to treatment provision, such as treatment fidelity, length of treatment, homework, and the use of eye movements. Also highlighted are client-related factors such as population, type of trauma, multiple traumas, symptom severity, comorbid disorders, and complex PTSD. Where possible, recommendations are made for clinical practice and comparisons are made with other types of treatments. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Clinical Implications Compelx Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Stressors Survivors Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Dworkin, M. (2005, June). Clinical strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/1 strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments; and variations of cognitive interweaves designed to repair moments of misattunement, returning both parties to a co-regulated states so that trauma processing may proceed.

Keywords: Challenging Client

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Marich, J. (2009, Summer). Clinically significant trauma: Insights from the adaptive information processing model on grief and loss. The American Academy of Bereavement Newsletter, 1, 5, 10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The adaptive information processing (AIP) model, the theoretical model developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro to explain why psychopathology develops and why EMDR works to resolve it, can often be usefully applied for case conceptualization by non-EMDR therapists. In this article, the author explains how the AIP model can be used to better understand a case of complicated bereavement in a 27-year-old client, and how a treatment plan can be more sensitively developed.

Keywords: Grief Loss

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Dworkin, M. (2005, September). Clinican strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these moments and learn strategies to overcome potential moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied RDI strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of a cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire Countertransference Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Byron, H. (1999). Clinician adherence to and combination of methods with EMDR for post traumatic stress disorder. University of Canberra, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The clinical adherence to and combination of methods with EMDR to treat PTSD has not been explored. This is of some concern as 27 000 clinicians are trained in EMDR globally. This exploratory study gained information on Australian trained EMDR clinicians' adherence to EMDR, and the methods they combined with EMDR to treat PTSD. Survey responses from 126 clinicians were analysed using predominantly descriptive statistics. The findings of this study showed that the majority of respondents perceived that they closely adhered to the standard EMDR treatment. However, respondents reported adhering more closely to the phases than the steps of EMDR. Statistically significant findings showed that more experienced EMDR level 1 clinicians were more likely to add steps and phases to EMDR, and to change the standard sequence of steps. Clinicians with greater years of experience were also more likely to change the standard sequence of steps. In addition, more experienced EMDR level 2 clinicians, were less likely to educate their clients about PTSD. Almost all respondents combined EMDR with other methods to treat PTSD. Combined methods included CBT, hypnosis / relaxation, system / solution focused methods and exposure. This research has contributed to theory and practice by uncovering that clinicians appear to use EMDR differently to researchers, by changing EMDR to meet client needs, combining EMDR with other methods and Holly Byron 16/9/99 vi therapies, and introducing EMDR in the mid stage of treatment. These findings are vital to reduce the scientist-practitioner divide by accurately testing EMDR's efficacy and enabling future controlled trials to reflect the clinical use of EMDR.

Keywords: Postrraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Dworkin, M. (2009). The clinician awareness questionnaire in EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 401-408). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Whenever an EMDR treatment session becomes problematic, consider this self-administered instrument when reflecting on this session. EMDR consultants can also use this measure in their consulting groups to assist consultees in understanding when work with clients have an impact on the clinician. The purpose of using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire includes the following: (1) To assist in raising awareness of what may be triggering the clinician; (2) To assess what may be coming from the clinician and what may be coming from the client; and (3) To develop EMDR Relational Strategies. Different problems can arise in different phases of the protocol. Sometimes, problems for the clinician may occur in Phase 1 when a client shares information that evokes negative arousal; or Phase 2 when the client has trouble understanding the elements of preparation or wants to get going processing trauma prematurely and the clinician has a negative response; or Phase 3 when there is a problem structuring the Assessment piece. Sometimes, client information may not evoke negative arousal in the clinician until Phase 4 when the client is actively processing. Often times, the clinician's triggers are from old memories. These memories may be explicit; at other times, implicit (somatosensory). As clinicians begin to notice these moments in themselves, they may aid themselves and their clients in continuing productive processing by using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire. The Clinican Awareness Questionnaire Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Clinician Awareness Questionnaire Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Grimmett, J. (2012). Clinician experiences with EMDR: Factors influencing attrition and retention. University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs. UMI 3517361.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study investigated factors contributing to clinician attrition from eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy. The primary areas under investigation were factors contributing to attrition and retention, as well as the quest to obtain information pertaining to training experiences. A sample of 239 clinicians was purposefully obtained. Several patterns emerged within the data, highlighting the issues of attrition: Loyalty to other treatment modalities and discomfort with using EMDR, either through lack of confidence, inadequate training, or discomfort with client distress, were both correlated with clinician attrition. Treatment efficacy and ongoing consultation were remarkable for retention. Practice setting surfaced as statistically significant, and operating in private practice was positively correlated with greater participation in EMDR support activities. Additionally, the adequacy of the training format was presented, as well as how prepared the participants felt after completion of EMDR training. A number of findings were consistent with earlier studies and the converging results of loyalty to previous modalities and discomfort using EMDR gave rise to recommendations for future training and support of newly trained clinicians. The limitations of the current study were presented, in addition to directions for future research.

Keywords: Attrition Clinician Experiences Retention Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Allen, W. (2002). Coaching amateur athletes: From frozen to fearless. In L. Grodzki (Ed.), The new private practice: Therapist-coaches share stories, strategies, and advice (pp. 178-191). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents a case study in which the coach, who works with amateur athletes, addresses the fear of an amateur horseback rider who broke her arm horseback riding but wanted to continue the sport. The author describes how she set the goals of addressing and diffusing the upsetting mindset; installing a cognitive-behavioral link to support new skill integration and application; and looking at the client's riding through the lens of an amateur but competitive athlete to see how she could best make certain training decisions. She discusses her tools and techniques, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), neurolinguistic programming, shamanic healing, and Buddhist meditation, and presents an extract from her first EMDR session with her silent thinking about the process as it unfolded. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Athletic Performance Buddhism Buddhist Meditation Coaches Coaching Amateur Athletes Emotional Trauma Fear Goals Horses Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Professional Development Shamanic Healing Shamanism Therapists

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Neurobiological Basis of Behavior Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Zangwill, W. (2001, June). Combining EMDR and meditation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experiential workshop combines EMDR with meditation to teach EMDR clinicians how better to enhance client safety during and between sessions and to address issues of their own. Participants will practice specific meditative techniques for use with themselves and their clients.

Keywords: Meditation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Hartung, J. G., & Galvin, M. D. (2002). Combining eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and energy therapies. In F. P. Gallo (Ed.), Energy psychology in psychotherapy: A comprehensive sourcebook (1st ed) (pp. 179-197) NewYork: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: Observing that there has been a rapid increase in the number of practitioners trained in both eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and the energy psychotherapies, the authors describe ways to combine these modalities to increase their effectiveness. Topics include correcting psychological reversals prior to initiating and during EMDR; muscle testing with EMDR; EMDR along with energy therapies to limit the severity and disruption of abreaction, dissociation, "looping," and blocking beliefs; treatment of addiction; using one method to further client receptivity to use of the other; self-use of EMDR and the energy techniques; and, among others, energy training for paraprofessional crisis teams for use in residential programs with EMDR clients. [Adapted from Introduction]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Latin Americans Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Leutner, S., & Cronauer, E. (2012, June). Complex trauma in mind and body [Trauma complejo en mente y cuerpo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It will be shown how to get into touch and how to work with traumatic and somatic ego-states by simultaneously activating resourceful ego-states in mind and body. The work will be resource integrating from top to bottom. In the body it will be from bottom to top. Two different experiential protocols will be given and respective videos will be shown: the resource integrating protocol and the bottom-up protocol The neurological background of balancing work with traumatic memories and resources will be discussed. It lies in promoting effective and permanent links between the neuronal trauma network and one or more corresponding resource networks. The integration of resources can greatly accelerate processing. It is imperative, however, that the use of these resources is not random, rather orients itself to the specific needs of the client at that specific point in time with attention given to how much resource or trauma is activated. Participants will be informed about the impact of complex trauma in mind and body. They will learn how to apply EMDR combined with Claire Frederick's and Maggie Phillip's Conflict Free Image as well as Gendlin's Focusing and Levine's Somatic Experiencing. By those means complex traumatized clients are enabled to broaden their windows of tolerance. Participants will be able to supply their clients with a powerful tool for self healing.

Se mostrará cómo ponerse en contacto y trabajar con los estados del yo traumático y somático mediante la activación simultánea de estados del yo recursivo en la mente y el cuerpo. El trabajo será de integración de recursos desde arriba hacia abajo. En el caso del cuerpo, será desde abajo hacia arriba. Se darán dos protocolos experienciales distintos y se presentarán vídeos pertinentes de los protocolos respectivos: el protocolo de la integración de recursos y el protocolo desde abajo hacia arriba. Se hablará de los antecedentes neurológicos del trabajo de equilibrio con recuerdos traumáticos y recursos. Estriba en favorecer vínculos efectivos y permanentes entre la red neuronal del trauma y una o más de las redes de recursos correspondientes. La integración de recursos puede acelerar en gran medida el procesamiento. Sin embargo, es imperativo que el empleo de estos recursos no sea aleatorio, si no que se oriente hacia las necesidades específicas del cliente en ese momento concreto con atención prestada a la cantidad de recursos o el trauma activado. Se les informará a los participantes sobre el impacto que tiene el trauma complejo en la mente y en el cuerpo. Aprenderán a aplicar EMDR en combinación con la “imagen libre de conflicto de Claire Frederick y Maggie Phillip”, así como con al “Focusing de Gendlin” y la “Experimentación somática de Levine”. Con estos medios los clientes con trauma complejo son capaces de ampliar sus ventanas de tolerancia. Los participantes podrán ofrecer a sus clientes con una herramienta potente para la auto-curación.

Keywords: Body Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Herbert, C. (2012, October). Complex trauma: Road to psychiatric dysfunction or path toward posttrauma growth?. Keynote at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Healthcare service providers, as well as, mental health practitioners, frequently associate the suffering of complex trauma with pathology, mental illness, personality disorders and severe psychiatric dysfunction. Clients are perceived as difficult to treat, interventions are guided by the nature of the psychiatric diagnosis and therapy focuses on crisis management and on helping clients to achieve reductions of symptoms that account for the psychiatric diagnosis. Although symptom reduction can be of great value and importance to sufferers, sole focus on this misses the great potential to engage a person in a transformative process that can lead to considerable inner strengthening, alignment and positive growth, as a result and in spite of their early traumatic experiences. This keynote introduces a shift in perspective away from the traditional focus on psychiatric dysfunction toward a model of positive growth for clients suffering from Complex Trauma and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is proposed that development of empathic empowerment of the individual toward greater personal authenticity, honesty, accountability and compassion can open the path toward posttrauma growth. However, in order to achieve such development specific parameters must be fulfilled. These parameters, which include therapist factors, the nature of the therapeutic relationship, an underlying therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma and the guiding principles and ingredients that nurture growth rather than dysfunction, will be outlined and illustrated through the use of client vignettes.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Posttraumatic Growth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Merkies, Y. (2012, March). Complexe PTSS: Evaluatie van een behandeling door cliënt en therapeut - "Je moet niet typen tijdens de EMDR" [Complex PTSD: Evaluation of treatment by patient and therapist - "You need not type during EMDR."]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Inhoud Presentatie: Het behandelen van complexe PTSS gaat met ups en downs. Tevreden zijn over een behaald succes kan afgewisseld worden met een periode van wanhoop. Het is voor de behandeling van belang dat de therapeut steeds een helikopterview houdt. Vragen die de therapeut daarbij zichzelf onder andere stelt zijn: waar zitten we in het proces, ben ik als therapeut te voortvarend of neem ik te weinig risico. De patiënt kan indien mogelijk gestimuleerd worden van een afstand naar zijn eigen behandeling te kijken en te leren analyseren: waardoor krijg ik nu een terugval of hoe gaat het nu met me? De verantwoordelijkheid en de regie liggen uiteraard bij de therapeut. Hoe kijkt de patiënt achteraf terug op zijn behandeling en de verschillende fasen hierin? Wat heeft hem in moeilijke periodes geholpen? Welk gedrag van de therapeut heeft hem echt geholpen en wat was juist storend (zie titel)? In hoeverre was humor helpend? Hoe kijkt de patiënt terug op de mate van inspraak. In deze presentatie wordt aan de hand van videobeelden en een interview met een patiënt teruggekeken op het therapieproces. De patiënt is een ernstig getraumatiseerde man, die na een periode van stabilisatie zijn traumatische ervaringen op papier tekende. De tekeningen zijn in het begin gebruikt bij de ordening en bij bepaling van de werkvolgorde van de EMDR- behandeling. Tijdens de behandeling kon hij zelf goed aangeven wat hem hielp en wat niet. Na een forse terugval was hij in staat om te analyseren waardoor dit kwam en wat er voor nodig was om hier weer uit te komen. Deelnemers krijgen mee wat de do’s en don’ts zijn vanuit patiënt perspectief. Het belang van het nadenken over de therapeutische houding wordt gestimuleerd. De mogelijke angst om blunders te maken is hierna verminderd.

"You need not type during the EMDR" Content Presentation: The treatment of complex PTSD goes with ups and downs. Satisfied with a success achieved can be varied with a period of despair. It is important that the treatment the therapist still keeps a helicopter view. Questions that the therapist himself, among other states are: where we are in the process, I as a therapist to energetically or I take too little risk. The patient may be encouraged where possible from a distance to his own treatment to look and learn to analyze: how do I get a relapse or how is it going with me? The responsibility and control are of course with the therapist. How does the patient subsequently returned to his treatment and the different phases in this? What has helped him in difficult times? What behavior of the therapist has really helped him and what was just annoying (see title)? To what extent humor was helpful? How does the patient back on the degree of involvement. In this presentation, using video footage and an interview with a patient look back on the therapy process. The patient is a severely traumatized man, who after a period of stabilization are traumatic experiences on paper signed. The drawings are in the beginning when used in the arrangement, and determining the operating sequence of the EMDR-treatment. During treatment, he could well indicate what helped him and what not. After a sharp decline, he was able to analyze and so this was what it took to come here again. Participants will take what the do's and don'ts are from patient perspective. The importance of thinking about the therapeutic attitude is encouraged. The possible fear of making mistakes is reduced below.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Pace, P. (2003, September). Connecting ego states through time with EMDR and lifespan integration. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be introduced to Lifespan Integration, an effective new technique, which connects dissociated ego states to one another, and eventually produces an integrated self. This technique brings up images related to the targeted trauma, and gives the client insights about the lifelong pattern of behaviors resultant from the trauma. External resources are rarely needed as clients spontaneously connect to internal resources. Participants will learn how Lifespan Integration can be used adjunctive to EMDR: 1) to quickly resolve feeder memories which are interfering with processing; 2) to help clients who are flooding with emotion regain connection to their cognitive capacities; and 3) to help clients access positive internal resources related to the targeted trauma.

Keywords: Ego States Lifespan Integration

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Monteiro, A. M. (2012, September). Conquistas na Psicoterapia: Estudos de caso com EMDR [Conquists in Psychotherapy: Case studies with EMDR]. Associação Brasileira de EMDR, Brasilia.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Book

Abstract:
Este livro de casos descreve sessões por diferentes autores/terapeutas que utilizaram a nova abordagem psicoterapêutica, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) para tratar seus clientes. Cada caso contem a história do cliente, o manejo clínico e os resultados - muitas vezes surpreendentes pela rapidez e eficácia de resolução. Trata-se do primeiro livro de casos de EMDR publicados por autores brasileiros.

This book describes cases of sessions by different authors / therapists who used the new approach psychotherapy, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) to treat their customers. Each case contains client history, clinical management and outcomes - often surprising the speed and efficiency of resolution. This is the first book-case EMDR published by Brazilian authors.

Keywords: Case Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Horne, B. (2010, September/October). Contain the case: Set a clear path to recovery. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide simple and specific tools for constructing a file so that it becomes a powerful clinical tool. It will teach, through live demonstration, a case illustration through all 8 Phases, and practice activities, how to take, record and summarize client-information on one-page Genograms, Trauma Recovery Plans and Resources Records, for ready access at any moment. This documentation system is informed by the AIP, as demonstrated by the neuroscientists, who show us why we need to take a good history from conception including both “T” traumas and “t” disturbing life events, as well as resources and developmental factors.

Keywords: File Genograms Resource Records Trauma Recovery Plans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Blore, D. (2008, January). Contraindications and safety considerations in the selection of clients for EMDR. Presentation at the meeting of the EMDR, NE England Regional Group, Darlington, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Client Selection

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Singer, M. T., & Lalich, J. (1996). Crazy therapies: What are they? Do they work?. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The relationship between patient and therapist is unique in important ways when compared to relationships between clients and other professionals such as physicians, dentists, attorneys, and accountants. The key difference is present from first contact: it is not clearly understood exactly what will transpire. There is no other professional relationship in which consumers are more in the dark than when they first go to see a therapist. In other fields, the public is fairly well informed about what the professional does. Tradition, the media, and general experience have provided consumers with a baseline by which to judge what transpires. If you break your arm, the orthopedist explains she will take an X ray and set the bone; she tells you something about how long the healing will take if all goes well and gives you an estimate of the cost. When you go to a dentist, you expect him to look at your teeth, take a history, explain what was noted, and recommend a course of treatment with an estimate of time and cost. Your accountant will focus on bookkeeping, tax reports, and finances, and help you deal with regulatory agencies. Consumers enter these relationships expecting that the training, expertise, and ethical obligations of the professional will keep the client's best interests foremost. Both the consumer and the professional are aware of each person's role, and it is generally expected that the professional will stick to doing what he or she is trained to do. The consumer does not expect his accountant to lure him into accepting a new cosmology of how the world works or to "channel" financial information from "entities" who lived thousands of years ago; or for his dentist to induce him to believe that the status of his teeth was affected by an extraterrestrial experimenting on him. Nor does the patient expect the orthopedist to lead him to think the reason he fell and broke his arm was because he was under the influence of a secret satanic cult. But seeing a therapist is a far different situation for the consumer. In the field of psychotherapy there is no relatively agreed upon body of knowledge, no standard procedures that a client can expect. There are no national regulatory bodies, and not every state has governing boards or licensing agencies. There are many types and levels of practitioners. Often the client knows little or nothing at all about what type of therapy a particular therapist "believes in" or what the therapist is really going to be doing in the relationship with the client. In meeting a therapist for the first time, most consumers are almost as blind as a bat about what will transpire between the two of them. At most, they might think they will probably talk to the therapist and perhaps get some feedback or suggestions for treatment. What clients might not be aware of is the gamut of training, the idiosyncratic notions, and the odd practices that they may be exposed to by certain practitioners. Consumers are a vulnerable and trusting lot. And because of the special, unpredictable nature of the therapeutic relationship, it is easy for them to be taken advantage of. This makes it all the more incumbent on therapists to be especially ethical and aware of the power their role carries in our society. The misuse and abuse of power is one of the central factors in what goes wrong. Questions to Ask Your Prospective Therapist Ultimately, a therapist is a service provider who sells a service. A prospective client should feel free to ask enough questions to be able to make an informed decision about whether to hire a particular therapist. We have provided a general list of questions to ask a prospective therapist, but feel free to ask whatever you need to know in order to make a proper evaluation. Consider interviewing several therapists before settling on one, just as you might in purchasing any product. Draw up your list of questions before phoning or going in for your first appointment. We recommend that you ask these questions in a phone interview first, so that you can weed out unlikely candidates and save yourself the time and expense of initial visits that don't go anywhere. If during the process a therapist continues to ask you, "Why do you ask?" or acts as though your questioning reflects some defect in you, think carefully before signing up. Those types of responses will tell you a lot about the entire attitude this person will express toward you - that is, that you are one down and he is one up, and that furthermore you are quaint to even ask the "great one" to explain himself. If you are treated with disdain for asking about what you are buying, think ahead: how could this person lead you to feel better, plan better, or have more self-esteem if he begins by putting you down for being an alert consumer? Remember, you may be feeling bad and even desperate, but there are thousands of mental health professionals, so if this one is not right, keep on phoning and searching.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Wildwind, L. (1991, December). Creating positive cognitions. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(2), 11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
We know that having a positive cognition in mind is crucial to effective EMDR. Sometimes the patient produces an excellent positive cognition with little help. However, more often, even when asked how s/he would rather think or feel about it, the patient is still unable to produce an appropriate positive self-statement. Instead, the desired cognition may refer to the actions of others, or contain a negative, or an unrealistic component. These factors limit the usefulness of the statement since an unrealistic cognition will not 'stick' for avariety of reasons; e.g., the person knows better, negatives are very tricky at the unconscious level, the work can never control the behavior of others, etc. When difficulty arises in producing a positive cognition, it is sometimes helpful to offer alternatives to the patient. However, many of us are uncomfortable about "putting words in people's mouths," which leaves us in the position of struggling to help the client obtain a positive cognition.

Keywords: Positive Cognitions

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Spierings, J. J. (2008, June). Creative cognitive interweaves with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring traumaresolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves; when the client gets stuck in a specific problem he is unable to solve with the information he has available. In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, and religious interweaves. Metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Holden, S. (2011, October). A creative look at cognitive interweaves. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Process Oriented Psychology’s founder, Arnold Mindell developed a therapeutic style assuming that everything that happens is meaningful and that the seed of the solution to a disturbance or problem lies within the problem itself. I will illustrate ways in which subtle signals from unintended, yet meaningful behaviours in EMDR can be woven back into a client’s awareness, and with the help of a little amplification, can provide a Creative Interweave, that helps to move the client on when processing is blocked. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Spierings, J. (2012, April). A creative new look at interweaves / Un regard nouveau et créatif sur le tissage (Interweaves). Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, ‘just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR, this type of intervening is called '(cognitive) interweaving’. In this presentation, a distinction will be made between process and content interweaves. The process interweaves are designed to keep the client within their window of affect tolerance. Or, the therapist may intervene on the content level, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem they are unable to solve with the available information. Content interweaves may be either cognitive or non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives: 1.To understand the concept of interweaves and when they are used 2.To understand the difference between process and content interweaves 3.To learn to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client 4.To develop a toolkit of useful content interweaves including both cognitive and non-cognitive examples, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous , symbolic and spiritual interweaves.

Keywords: Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Greenwald, R. (1999, June). A crisis response approach for suicidal teens. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In my current position as a clinical psychologist based on a hlgh school campus, I often have occasion to meet with adolescents who are suicidal, some having recently made suicidal gestures. Despite the complexity and variety of presenting issues, there is a set of more or less standardized steps to follow to ensure safety as well as appropriate follow-up. In this paper I present a case to illustrate how I have integrated EMDR. This approach to teen suicidality uses several elements of the motivation - anger - trauma therapy (MATT) approach for teens with conduct disorder, which has been described in detail elsewhere (Greenwald 1998, 1999, in press). In addition to the standard crisis interventions - letting the client talk out the problem, contracting for safety, implementing supports and restrictions as needed, and arranging follow-up - I have been using EMDR in various ways to enhance present safety as well as subsequent resiliency. For example: the Choices Have Consequences intervention (cited above, described below) helps the client to realize that self-harm leads to a poor outcome despite its initial appeal; the standard use of EMDR can help to reduce vulnerability to the type of stressor which led to the current crisis; and the Future Movies intervention (also cited above and described below) helps to create a more hopeful long-term perspective while enhancing coping skills.

Keywords: Adolescents Poster Suicide Teens

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Maxfield, L. (2002, June). Current research perspectives: What we know and don’t know about EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Besides providing an overview of current EMDR research, this presentation examine related clinical implications. Although EMDR is efficacious in PSTD treatment, different studies have achieved a range of results. Factors that might account for this disparity are examined, and their therapeutic relevance is emphasized. Possible explanations for poor outcomes in phobia/panc disorder studies are discussed, with treatment recommendations highlighted. Although fingings for the contribution of eye-movements are inconclusive, this research suggests aspects of dual attention stimulation that could be clinically monitored. Finally, suggestions are made to assist clinicians in objectively assessing client progress and evaluating edivence from their own practices.

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Young, W., Puk, G., & Rouanzoin, C. C. (1995, June). Current trends using EMDR in dissociative disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop covers the screening, diagnosis, treatment and pitfalls encountered in using EMDR in Dissociative Disorders. The unexpected finding of dissociative disorders among trauma victims using EMDR requires therapists to be able to recogme and screen for dissociative conditions. Under special circumstances, these patients may have negative reactions which the EMDR therapist should be prepared to manage. Treatment requires a strong alliance, an awareness of dissociation and the management of patients' abreactions. Treatment guidelines have been established for using EMDR which can guide therapists as our expmence with dissociative disorders evolves. A careful informed consent should be obtained and an assessment of the patient's inner resources made so that ffagile patients with histories of chronic trauma are not inadvertently injured. Further, EMDR is not designed as a tool for "memory work" but for the reduction of distress for events or experiences already known. Lectures, discussions, handouts and video tape demonstrations show the application of EMDR in a variety of conditions. The results of a pilot study using EMDR in 15 patients with 33 target symptoms will be presented. In this limited sample, between 50% and 60% of patients achieved significant reduction of their distress levels on selected targets. A variety of responses occurred including fusions, generalization effects, and establishmg inner dialogue. In addition, a variety of problems arose resulting in treatment failures or cessation of EMDR. These include such reactions as flooding, escalation of anger, paranoia and resistance to the treatment. The implications of these findings suggest that cautious patient selection and use of EMDR has a potential use and that as research in this population continues, strategies for overcoming problem areas can be developed.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation. À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)

It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions

Keywords: Target

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Oppenheim, H.-J. (2005, November). De som der delen: EMDR bij de behandeling van een vrouw met DIS [The sum of its parts: EMDR to treat a woman with DIS]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Er zijn, zover bekend, zeven artikelen verschenen over de toepassing van EMDR bij DIS. Young (1994) beschrijft de toepassing van EMDR gericht op de fobische symptomen bij DIS. Paulsen (1995) komt met een theoretisch model gebaseerd op neuronale netwerken voor de dissociatieve stoornissen. Volgens Paulsen zorgt EMDR voor de her-associatie van het gedisscocieerde materiaal. Zij maant echter tot behoedzaam gebruik van EMDR, zeker bij de ernstige dissociatieve stoornissen. Anderen maken melding dat, vaak aangepaste versies van, EMDR zinvol kan zijn als een beperkte toegevoegde techniek in de behandeling van DIS (Lazrove & Fine, 1996; Chemtob, Tolin, Van Der Kolk, & Pitnam, 2000; Twombly, 2000; Fine & Berkowitz, 2001). Gelinas (2003) gaat nog verder en stelt een behandeling voor waarin een gemodificeerde vorm van van EMDR wordt gecombineerd met een ‘fase georiënteerde trauma behandeling’.
In deze presentatie staat de behandeling van een 44 jarige, zeer ernstig getraumatiseerde vrouw met DIS centraal. Zij volgt sinds eind 1997 een cognitief-gedragstherapeutische therapie. In september 2004 is er gestart met EMDR. Mede aan de hand van videofragmenten wordt het half jaar durende verwerkingsproces verteld, van één van de vele trauma’s die de cliënte heeft meegemaakt. Te zien valt onder meer hoe met behulp van EMDR specifieke informatie van de diverse alters zodanig geïntegreerd wordt, dat volledige verwerking mogelijk blijkt te zijn. Er zal aandacht besteed worden aan de specifieke wijze waarop bij deze behandeling met EMDR moest worden omgegaan.

There are known to be seven articles about the use of EMDR in DIS. Young (1994) describes the application of EMDR focused on phobic symptoms in DIS. Paulsen (1995) with a theoretical model based on neural networks for the dissociative disorders. According to Paulsen EMDR allows for the re-association of the gedisscocieerde material. It urges, however, to cautious use of EMDR, especially in severe dissociative disorders. Others have reported that, often modified versions of, EMDR can be useful as a limited added technique in the treatment of CIS (Lazrove & Fine, 1996; Chemtob, Tolin, Van Der Kolk, & Pitnam, 2000, Twombly, 2000, Fine & Berkowitz, 2001). Gelinas (2003) goes further and proposes a treatment for which a modified form of EMDR is combined with a phase-oriented trauma treatment.
In this presentation, the treatment of a 44 year old woman with very severely traumatized central CIS. It follows since the end of 1997 a cognitive-behavioral therapy. In September 2004 has started with EMDR. Partly on the basis of video clips, the half-year process told by one of the many traumas that the client has experienced. Is to see how including using EMDR specific information from the various alters so integrated that complete processing proves impossible. Attention will be paid to the specific manner in which this treatment with EMDR should be handled.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work. Föreningen EMDR Sverige, EMDR Tidningen, 7(2), 6-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The concepts, interventions, and techniques presented in this workshop are culled from theory and techniques of working with the range of the dissociative disorders). They have proved to be an effective addition to the preparation stage of the EMDR protocol. In other words, they can be used with clients who dissociate under certain conditions but do not have a dissociative disorder Most of the traumatized clients seen for EMDR treatment have a range of dissociative symptoms as well as symptoms of PTSD. This combination of PTSD and a dissociative disorder is often labeled DDNOS. However, people with a more complex variety of PTSD usually have experienced very early and enduring severe physical or sexual abuse (generally perpetrated by a family member), atrocities, war, or severe environmental disruption such as earthquakes. They are more accurately diagnosed with disorders of extreme stress (DESNOS). For these clients, the dissociated neural networks, or dissociative fragmentation, cause serious problems in adult life. The adaptive information processing system is on hold for these dissociated fragments or parts. They are easily triggered by internal or external cues to which they can have extreme reactions, (flashbacks, amnesia, losing time and place, and so forth.) Our goal as therapists is to use EMDR to help clients (and their internal dissociated neural networks or parts) find stability and resources to function adaptively in their present life, and then desensitize and reprocess the dissociated trauma memories and the PTSD symptoms. We aim to help our clients manage their symptoms. It is not our goal to eliminate dissociation, which has been a major survival strategy, but to help the client utilize it with conscious control. It is important to note that attachment issues are an aspect of development that are especially impacted by trauma. The attachment styles of the family pre trauma may have already affected the client in negative ways, impacting the client's resources and responses to trauma. One way to look at this set of problems is to utilize two approaches in the preparation phase of EMDR. These approaches combine the treatment of dissociative symptoms with ego state work and are an essential aspect of treating these clients with EMDR. This work may extend the preparation phase considerably, but will add safety and structure to the trauma processing experiences for these clients.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Besson, J., Eap, C., Khazaal, Y., Montagrin, Y., Rihs-Middel, M., Simon, O., Tissot, H., Tomei, A., Zumwald, C., Zullino, D. (2008, Janvier). Dépendances [Addictions]. Revue Medicale Suisse, 4(139).

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Cette année, les commentaires de la toxicomanie met en évidence cinq aspects, dans une perspective bio-psycho-sociale: (1) La relation entre la méthadone et de cardiotoxicité. (2) L'introduction de la désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires et retraitement (EMDR). (3) L'apparition d'une pharmacothérapie possible spécifique pour le jeu excessif. (4) Une meilleure connaissance de la relation entre le cannabis et les psychoses. (5) La résistance au traitement dans la relation médecin-patient.

This year reviews on the addictions emphasizes five aspects, on a bio-psycho-social perspective: (1) The relationship between methadone and cardiotoxicity. (2) The introduction of Eye Movement Desensibilization and Reprocessing (EMDR). (3) The apparition of a possible specific pharmacotherapy for excessive gambling. (4) A better knowledge of the relationship between cannabis and psychoses. (5) Resistance to treatment in the doctor-patient relationship.

Keywords: Addiction Cadiotoxicity Cannabis Gambling Methadone Psychoses

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Arnezeder, K. (2001). Der beziehungsaspekt in der EMDR-behandlung [The relationship aspect of EMDR treatment]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Als Psychotherapeut bin ich in verschiedenen Methoden ausgebildet und diese therapeutische Sozialisation hat in mir die Identität eines „Beziehungsarbeiters“ geschaffen. Meine erste Begegnung mit EMDR war – wie könnte es anders sein – eine traumatische. Beim Schmökern im Buchladen hat mich die Lektüre eines Transskriptes einer EMDRBehandlung in Erschrecken und Erstaunen über die mangelnde Dialogbereitschaft der behandelnden Therapeutin versetzt. Die Klientin berichtet in diesem Transskript von einer traumatischen Erfahrung und die Therapeutin äußert sich dazu in der Form von: „Ja, sehr gut!“ und: „Bleiben Sie dabei!“ Offensichtlich bin ich in eine – wie ich heute weiß – „Reprozessierungsphase“ eines EMDRStandard- Protokolls geraten, und die weitere Lektüre hat suggeriert, dass es bei dieser Methode nicht auf den therapeutischen Dialog und all das ankomme, worin ich mich bislang habe schulen lassen, sondern auf einen durch Augenbewegungen initiierten inneren Verarbeitungsprozess. Inzwischen habe ich beides verarbeitet: sowohl mein Erschrecken als auch mein Erstaunen. Geblieben ist das Interesse an der Bedeutung der therapeutischen Beziehung im Rahmen der EMDR-Behandlung.

As a psychotherapist I am trained in various methods and this therapeutic socialization has created in me the identity of a "worker relationship. My first encounter with EMDR was - how could it be otherwise - a traumatic. Browsing in a bookstore I was reading a script of a Trans EMDRBehandlung in shock and surprise at the lack of dialogue of the treating therapist added. The client reported in this transcript of a traumatic experience and the therapist expresses this in the form of: "Yes, very good," and "Stay there!" Obviously I'm in a - as I now know - "Reprocessing phase" EMDR Standard a protocol advised and further reading has suggested that this method not to the therapeutic dialogue and all that matters is what I have so far can train, but on one eye movements initiated by internal processing. Meanwhile, I had processed both: both my shock and my astonishment. What remains is the interest in the importance of the therapeutic relationship in the context of the EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Transmission Dimension

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]

Keywords: Addiction Addictions Behavior Problems Behavior Therapy Bilateral Stimulation Compulsions Craving Desensitization of Triggers Dysfunctional Behaviors Information Processing Model Psychotherapeutic Techniques Urge Reduction Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2005, September). Developing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctantance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities of color, those that are impoverished and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas or agency reluctance concerning EMDR and will demonstrate the use af a simple assessment tool designed to identify where thc intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.

Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Schmidt, S. J. (2004). Developmental needs meeting strategy: A new treatment approach applied to dissociative identity disorder. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 5(4), 55-78. doi:10.1300/J229v05n04_04.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article describes the use of the Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy (DNMS) for the treatment of dissociative identity disorder (DID). The DNMS is an ego state therapy which guides a client’s own internal resources to meet developmental needs that were not met in childhood. After 17 months of DNMS treatment a client with DID reported a near total elimination in frequency and severity of symptoms of depression, anxiety and suicidal thoughts, her Trauma Symptom Inventory scores indicated no trauma symptoms, and her Multidimensional Inventory of Dissociation scores indicated she no longer meets the diagnostic criteria for DID. She was functioning well without any medication. Further research is warranted.

Keywords: Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Patti, M. S (2010, April). Diagnosing and treating complex PTSD: An integrated approach model - Borderline personality disorder and comorbid DID: intervening with EMDR, relational and sensorymotor psychotherapies . Symposium at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The paper presents a clinical case of an initial diagnosis of BPD referred to ARP by local psychiatric services where she was treated for a suicide attempt. The client presented serious affective dysregulation, impulse dyscontrol, dissociative symptoms and refused any medication. Clinical team opted for an integrated assessment which also stabilised the client. The assessment enabled to diagnose the client with structural dissociation isolating both ANP and EP aspects. Clinical intervention adopted an integrated approach using EMDR to treat specific dissociative traits, sensorymotor therapy to intervene on somatic symptoms, and relational therapy to develop therapeutic alliance. A preliminary stabilisation enabled the client to accept support from psychiatric services. This clinical case shed light on how the integration of assessment tools may detect better trauma disorders and challenged the importance of collaborative work between private practice and psychiatric services when intervening with seriously traumatized patients.

Keywords: Borderline Personalith Disorder Comorbid DID Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. de Jongh, A., ten Broeke, E. & van der Meer, K. (1997). Die bedeutung der kognitiven faktoren im rahmen des 'eye movement desensitization and reprocessing' (EMDR): Ein fallbeispiel einer klientin mit angst vor erbrechen [The significance of cognitive factors in the 'eye movement desensitization and reprocessing "(EMDR): A case example of a client framework vomiting with fear before]. In C.T. Eschenröder (Ed.), EMDR: Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen (pp. 123-133). Tübingen: DGTV-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Vomiting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Hopper, J., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., Yehuda, R., van der Kolk, B. A., & Simpson, W. (2003, October-November). Differential biological outcomes of EMDR and fluoxetine for PTSD. In B. A. van der Kolk (Chair), Treatment outcome studies of PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 19th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Fluoxetine Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. Stone, C., & Goode, P. (2012, October). Dilemmas of using EMDR in time limited environments. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Applying EMDR standard protocol in time limited settings with clients who have experienced multiple traumas, often in childhood and combined with disrupted attachments, poses an ongoing clinical challenge. It is necessary to continue to explore ways in which such clients might benefit from EMDR whilst keeping the client ‘safe.’ This presentation seeks to offer some practical EMDR strategies, which have been found to be effective with such a client population in these settings, accompanied by case studies.

Keywords: Time-Limit Constraints

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Darker-Smith, S. (2012, October). Dissociative disorders and EMDR: Depersonalisation, derealisation and dissociation. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Within the field of dissociative disorders, EMDR clinicians are advised that there should be significant stabilisation in the preparation phase of the standard protocol. Indeed, where a client has been experiencing depersonalisation and / or derealisation for a significant period of time, there can be elements of heightened risk, such as suicidal intent caused by living in this ‘half-life’ or ‘dream-state’. For these clients, using a float-back technique to introduce body sensation as a mechanism of grounding can be, and is, highly effective in terms of stabilisation. This can enable a swifter progression to a place of stability in order to target the cause of dissociation, where it has been triggered by a natural, protective psychological avoidance to a traumatic event as well as reduce risk of suicide in clients who are experiencing significant distress at being ‘trapped’ in this ‘alternate reality’.

Keywords: Derealization Depersonalization Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Edalatian-McCain, N. (2009, August). Distal-proximal process interweave for treatment of sexual trauma in DID clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn an extended interweave strategy to reduce the likelihood of re-traumatization in DID clients processing sexual trauma within the EMDR protocol. This strategy, Distal-Proximal Process interweave, involves an orientation phase to encourage and help the “host” to stay present during processing--even at the expense of not dealing with details of a trauma that are held in alters with limited range. The implementation phase involves using the Rescue Express Merge tactic to help the client process with empowerment. The client is helped through the trauma several times, each time handling more details until he/she can process the trauma in its entirety without needing interweaves.

Keywords: DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Distal-Proximal Process Interweave Sexual Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Shapiro, F. (1995, September/October). Doing our homework. Family Therapy Networker, 19(5), 49-53.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Michael Lerner's call to arms at last spring's Family Therapy Network Symposium (see page 44) challenged therapists to become a greater moral force in the world and to take more responsibility for the collective good. Lerner stirred an audience of 2,500 therapists with his impassioned appeal for the mental health community to mobilize politically, yet 1 was struck by an important omission in his address there was little mention of our own individual and collective responsibility for the current crises feeing our profession. I don't think therapists can take the moral high ground with anyone when we haven't cleaned up our own house. I remember hearing about a conversation in which a therapist who said he did family therapy was asked where he was trained. "What's the big deal?' he replied. "I'm a therapist and 1 was born into a family. What more do I need?" I asked the person who told the story, "How did you respond to that?" She shrugged and said, "Nothing. You know how people are. It goes on all the time."

In a field that prides itself on its mavericks and creative innovators, from Freud to Milton Erickson, doing therapy without training is often viewed as an indicator of a willingness to reject stultifying orthodoxies and break with outmoded clinical traditions. But the argument that individual clinicians need the autonomy to work intuitively can often become an excuse for not bothering to become thoroughly prepared and knowledgeable about what has already been developed.

As the originator of a new therapeutic approach called Eye Movement De-sensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), I have had the opportunity to get a close-up view of how therapists incorporate new clinical methods into their practices. After publishing a controlled study on EMDR in 1989, I decided to teach it to licensed mental health professionals as an experimental procedure. This way, as we awaited further research, clinicians could use EMDR judiciously, careful to employ other procedures if the method did not work. However, I soon began getting reports about clients who appeared to be harmed by EMDR and discovered that they had been treated with improvised versions of the method taught to their therapists by past participants in EMDR trainings. Some participants had even trained lay hypnotists and massage therapists in their version of EMDR. There seemed to be little understanding that you are not qualified to teach something you just learned. My psychiatrist friends laughed at my shock and said, "Why are you surprised? Haven't you heard of 'See one, do one, teach one?" Advertisements for "eye movement therapy" started appearing around the country taught by people who had never been fully trained themselves. Some even started to run workshops based on their reading of the two-page procedure section of my eight-year-old research publication.

The intentions of these therapists may have been benign, but the consequences for their clients were sometimes disastrous. One young woman who had been raped was treated by a therapist who had heard that EMDR was useful for treating trauma. Without any other information, preparation or procedural safeguards, the therapist started using the eye movement component of EMDR, without any real grasp of the method. The young woman appeared to calm slightly, but when she returned home, she started crying uncontrollably, ended up in a fugue state and had to be hospitalized. When I told the story to another therapist, his response was, "Clients do that all the time. How do you know it wouldn't have happened anyway?" The answer is I don't, but I know that there is much less likelihood of a client being hurt if clinicians are well trained in their methods. As long as we shrug off the use of methods by colleagues who haven't been adequately trained in them, we have to accept part of the responsibility for their results.

Keywords: Cautions Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Samec, J. R. (2005, December). Dorothy's dilemma: A patient with an insecure base for treatment. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Client Readiness Cognitive Interweave Resource Installation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Samec, J. R. (2005, Februari). Dorothys dilemma, När en patient inte har en trygg bas för behandling [Dorothy’s Dilemma: A patient with an insecure base for treatment]. EMDR Tidningen.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
James R. Samec, leg. psykoterapeut med privat verksamhet i Stockholm och Norrtälje. Han är också verksam vid barn- och ungdomspsykiatriska mottagningen i Norrtälje. Artikeln är en omarbetad version av den som publicerades i EMDR-tidningen i februari 2005. Författaren tackar också leg. psykoterapeut Lotta Landerholm för hennes ovärderliga och insiktsfulla observationer. Hur gör man när en patient vägrar att berätta om vad hon har varit utsatt för, vem som utsatt henne för det och hotar henne i hennes aktuella liv? Denna artikel illustrerar hur psykodynamisk psykoterapi med Eye Movement Densensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ger möjlighet att bearbeta ett trauma utan att psykoterapeuten vet vem och vad patienten har varit utsatt för och hur en omvänd applicering av EMDR kan hjälpa en patient som fortfarande är utsatt för den förövaren som orsakade traumatiseringen.

A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.

Keywords: Adolescents Client Readiness Cognitive Interweave Resource Installation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Morphing Resource Figures

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Bonnel, F. (1997, December). E.M.D.R: Eye-movement desensibilisation and reprocessing. Revue Française de Psychiatrie et de Psychologie Médicale, 1(13),.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A new therapy using a saccadic eye-movement desensitisation .EMD procedure has recently been introduced to treat posttraumatic stress disorder, a disorder that has been difficult to treat in the past. This paper reports the treatment of a woman with posttraumatic stress disorderusing the EMD procedure. She was treated with only two sessions of EMDR lasting approximately one hour and a half. The 90 day follow-up showed that the treatment gains were maintained and after a year the positive therapeutic effects were stable. These results show the efficacy and efficiency of EMDR method in the treatment of chronic traumatic memories.
EMDR perspectives reports recent research on the adaptative and maladaptative consequences of the experience of trauma. It is suggested that EMDR generates directions for future research and is helping in the treatment of patients with impaired ego-strength. The procedure fits well in a psychodynamic oriented setting : EMDR through the flow of associations, is developing an awareness,that might help the client to establish a contact with the internal representation.

Keywords: Accelerated Information Processing Adaptative Resolution AIP Desensitization Dissociation Negative Cognition

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Bar-Sade, E. (2003, May). Early trauma: Revisited and revised through EMDR, the narrative story and the implementation of attachment theory concepts. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
If we regard adult psychotherapy as the basis for a kind of attachment relationship in which the client seeks proximity by having a physical and emotional closeness with the therapist through which the client tries to create a”safe haven” soothing him or her when upset while providing a sense of security, child therapists often regard child-psychotherapy as a means to develop an attachment relationship between child and caregiver, whenever possible. It is a common assumption, that in child-psychotherapy, especially while dealing with trauma, the therapist must stress the importance of empowering the parental figure as an attachment figure and as a “secure base”.

Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Janssen, J. (2012, February). Een bijzondere casus (serie): EMDR-behandeling van vroegkinderlijke trauma’s bij een cliënte met een eetstoornis [A special case (series): EMDR treatment of early childhood trauma in a client with an eating disorder]. Tijdschrift voor Psychotherapie, 38(1), 21-37. doi:10.1007/s12485-012-0003-3.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Onveilige hechting en vroegkinderlijke trauma’s liggen aan de basis van veel problemen die onze cliënten ervaren in hun dagelijkse leven en zij leiden tot disfunctionele gedachten- en gedragspatronen. In de babyfase ontwikkelt zich het (sociale) brein op basis van liefde of het ontbreken ervan. Het is de interactie tussen baby’s en hun ouders in de eerste jaren die bepalend is. Het introduceren in de therapie van liefde en liefdevolle ouders die er voor hen zijn, lijkt van essentieel belang te zijn voor een succesvolle behandeling. In dit artikel wordt het vier-stappenmodel van Katie O’Shea uiteengezet. De eerste drie stappen bieden de effectieve stabilisatie die nodig is om de behandeling van vroegkinderlijke trauma’s aan te gaan. In stap 4 kan deze behandeling vervolgens op gestructureerde wijze plaatsvinden. Met haar ‘EMDR’-model creëren we als het ware een nieuwe blauwdruk in het brein met als uitkomst ‘een reconstructie van het zelfbeeld’. O’Shea beoogt met haar model herstel van prenataal en perinataal trauma, wat met het standaard EMDR-protocol niet gemakkelijk wordt bereikt. DRS.

Insecure attachment and early childhood traumas are the basis of many problems that our clients experience in their daily life and they lead to dysfunctional thoughts and behavioral patterns. In the infant stage develops the (social) brain based on love or lack thereof. It is the interaction between babies and their parents in the early years is decisive. Introducing into the therapy of love and loving parents who are there for them, seems of vital importance for a successful treatment. In this article, the four-step model Katie O'Shea put apart. The first three steps provide effective stabilization to the necessary for the treatment of early childhood trauma to go. In step 4, this treatment can then structured by manner. With its' EMDR' model we create as were a new blueprint in the brain as being 'a reconstruction of the self '. O'Shea aim with the recovery model of prenatal and perinatal trauma, what with the standard EMDR protocol is not easily achieved. DRS.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma Eating Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (1993). Een nieuwe behandelingsmethode voor angst en trauma's: ‘Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing’ [A new treatment for anxiety and trauma: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing]. Directieve Therapie, 13(2), 78-83. doi:10.1007/BF03060028 .

Language: Dutch

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In deze bijdrage wordt een beschrijving gegeven van de achtergronden en principes van ‘Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing’ ( EMDR), een recente ontwikkeling op het gebied van de psychotherapie. Deze procedure wordt gepresenteerd als een snelle en effectieve behandelmethode voor aan angst gerelateerde klachten, waaronder posttraumatische stress-stoornissen. Een belangrijk onderdeel van EMDR is dat de therapeut bij de cliënt een aantal snelle en ritmische oogbewegingen uitlokt door hem te vragen zijn vinger te volgen, terwijl de cliënt een beeld van de traumatische herinnering in gedachten houdt. Dit zou resulteren in cognitieve veranderingen en een langdurige vermindering van angst, alsmede een verdwijnen van terugkerende herinneringen en indringende gedachten. Zoals naar voren komt uit onderzoek en twee gepresenteerde gevalsbeschrijvingen (een geval van extreme angst voor de tandheelkundige behandeling en een geval van seksueel misbruik), kan EMDR reeds effectief zijn in slechts één zitting. Het artikel sluit af met evaluatieve opmerkingen en aanbevelingen met betrekking tot het gebruik van deze behandelingsmethode in de praktijk.

In this article describes the background and principles of "Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing "(EMDR), a recent development in the field of psychotherapy. This procedure is presented as a rapid and effective treatment for anxiety-related symptoms, including post-traumatic stress disorder. EMDR is an important part of the therapist to the client a number of rapid and rhythmic eye movements provokes him by asking his finger to follow, while a client image of the traumatic memory in mind. This would result in cognitive changes and a lasting reduction of anxiety and a loss of recurrent and intrusive recollections thoughts. As emerges from two studies and presented case studies (one case extreme fear of dental treatment and one case of sexual abuse), EMDR can already effectively in only one session. The article concludes with evaluative comments and recommendations regarding the using this treatment method in practice.

Keywords: Anxiety Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Colosetti, S. D. (1997). Effect of relaxation training alone and relaxation training paired with EMDR on incarcerated, battered women. University of Georgia, Athens, GA. AAT 9735499.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Every 15 seconds a woman is beaten in the U.S. Many of these women meet the criteria for a diagnosis of PTSD. Some of them end up in prison. This study used a sample of 5 battered women, incarcerated in a Southern state prison, to test the efficacy of EMDR following relaxation training. A-B-C designs were used to compare baseline assessment (Phase A), relaxation training utilizing Miller and Halpern's audiotaped instructions (Phase B), and EMDR (Phase C). A script of the worst memory of abuse was dictated by each woman during assessment and read by the researcher at the beginning of each session. The Beck Anxiety Inventory and Impact of Events Scale, measuring avoidant behaviors and intrusive thoughts, were given weekly, following the script. Client logs and measures of SUDS and VOC were taken during the EMDR phase only. A one-month follow-up was used. ANOVAs with repeated measures comparing 2 groups, E1 (n = 2) that received 3 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR and E2 (n = 3) that received 6 weeks of relaxation training prior to EMDR, were not statistically significant. Avoidant Behaviors scores approached significance for the main effect of treatment (F = .06) and for the group by phase interaction (F = .08). Due to intrasubject variability, blocking was used to identify trends. A distinct improvement was noted in Subject 2 -- Anxiety dropped from 36.5 to 8.0, Intrusive Thoughts 27.5 to 11.0, and Avoidant Behaviors 27.0 to 24.0. Individually graphed data and calculated mean scores by phase permit further investigation. Implications for future research include appropriate screening for dissociation and development of coping skills prior to EMDR, decreasing avoidance by having the woman read her script aloud prior to completing outcome measures, monitoring medication during treatment, continuing treatment as needed, using additional outcome measures, and employing a multi-baseline design across subjects, matching women on several demographic variables. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International Section A: Humanities and Social Sciences. 58(6-A), Dec 1997, pp. 2392.

Keywords: Adults Americans Battery Empirical Study Females Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prison Inmates PTSD Relaxation Therapy Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Greenwald, R., & Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The effect of resolving early memories on the level of distress associated with later memories: Two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma therapists must make clinical judgments about which memories to target in what order, taking into account the palticular client's abiiity to tolerate a potentially challenging trauma-focused session (eg., see Greenwald, 2007). Greenwald & Schmitt (2008) previously found that working on an earlier "floated back to" - presumably thematically related - memory led to signiiicantly reduced SUDS on the later untreated memory. However, the participants were non-trearment seeking therapists, and the reduced SUDS was found immediately following treatment of the carlier memory. The questions for thc present study: Does this beneficial effect occur with real clients in treatment? Does this beneiiciai effect persist over time?

Keywords: Case Report Memories Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Yarosh, D. (2002, June). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To treat high-functioning clients who suffer from intimacy problems EMDR must be integrated into a necessarily long-lerm treatment where issues of relationship and attachment are paramount. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into existing long-term treatments or to create new comprehensive treatment plans with the cooperation of the client. Participants will learn to use Greenwald's Motivational Interview to set goals, a Trauma History to prioritize EMDR targets, and the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives lnto the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated. Issues of timing and ego stabilization will be discussed.

Keywords: Motivational Interview Resource Installation Trauma History

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.

Keywords: Attachment Intimacy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Manfield, P. (2006, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop begins with a discussion of which clients this technique is appropriate for. The technique is not recommended for couples in which either or both partners do not have adequate affect tolerance, observing ego, or trust of each other's integrety. Other risk factors for using EMDR in couples therapy that have been highlighted in other presentations and literature will be briefly reviewed. Participants will learn to differentiate between clients' statements that represent present experience and those that represent concepts of present experience or reporting of past experiences. Participants will be taught specific interventions which they will practice in guided exercise that will enable them to facilitate both individuals and couples to stay in their present experience during EMDR targeting. Irrational emotional responses to daily interactions and conflicts are often the result of unresolved issues resulting from underlying feeder memories. Participants will learn a simple method for identifying underlying issues of each individual partner related to a given conflict. The final and most substantial portion of this presentation will be focused on using a refined "affect bridge" technique to identify the feeder memories associated with those issues so that they can be targeted with the standard EMDR protocol. Specific methods will be taught to overcome clients' resistance and difficulties with accessing memories; these methods include use of accessing cues (re: Neurolinguistic Programming) and developing eidetics (re: Eidetic Psychotherapy) These methods will be illustrated using a case transcript, guided participant experiential exercise, and live demonstration.

Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Manfield, P. (2005, September). Effective EMDR targeting with couples. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Based an a relatively simple protocol for finding targets specific to the partners' issues, this approach is especially effective with couples who tend to want to spend sessions complaining about each other and recounting the conflicts of the past week. Equal time will be devoted to identifying targets and then developing them using the basic principles of Ahsen's Eidetic Psychotherapy and a modified version of Walkins' "affect bridge." Methods will be taught to overcome resistance and difficulties clients have with accessing memories. Through case transcripts and participation exercises, the basics of this protocol will be explained and demonstrated.

Keywords: Couples Couples Therapy Targeting

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Dexter, B. A. (2006, September). Effective therapy with military and their families. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many more families are now affected dramatically by military service and combat. War is a disturbing experience for the service member and the family. Yet military culture is something that mental health providers do not receive training on in graduate school. Military medical systems tend to lead military families to expect certain services and knowledge when they seek help from a therapist. If military families are able to utilize military medical facilities they expect they providers to be experts on military culture. It is not neccssary however, for therapists to have served in the military in order to provide high quality service to military individuals and their families. The military community is an entire culture with many honorable customs and traditions. To fail to learn about military culture when working with military families would be tantamount to telling a client that ethnic minority issues were not worthy of therapeutic consideration. It is more critical now for mental health providers to learn about military culture because many Activated Reservists, National Guard and their families will need to receive mental health services outside of the structured military mental health setting. There is no one "central source" for military information needed by a clinician in order to provide the most effective therapy. In this workshop we will include up-todate handouts and referral sources for therapists serving military families. We will also identify how to use military culture knowledge to build rapport and to set up effective targets for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Families Military

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Smith, G. (2004, September). Effectively applying 8 phases of EMDR to any age child or adolescent. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide a comprehensive system for effectively applying the eight phases of the EMDR protocol with any age client. Participants will learn: 1) Three critical components of effective EMDR Case Conceptualization with children; 2) Steps to take in the Preparation Phase to ensure optimal client safety and treatment effectiveness; 3) Age-based variations for doing BLS and obtaining the Picture, NC, PC, VOC, Emotions, SUDS, and Physical Sensations; 4) Strategies for facilitating optimal processing with children, including strategies for intervention when processing is blocked or looping; 5) Closure and reevaluation strategies for enhancing treatment effectiveness with children.

Keywords: 8 Phases Adolescents Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Thieman, S. L. (2009). The effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized children. Prescott College, AZ. AAT 1465372.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The cost and benefits of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) on children who have endured trauma was reviewed in an effort to answer the following question: can EMDR, an established therapeutic tool for trauma recovery with adults, address the needs of children who are experiencing the after effects of trauma? This literature review included research on the brain, repercussions of trauma, and the process of EMDR treatment. A case study of an eight year old boy attending a psychiatric day treatment program depicts both childhood trauma and EMDR treatment and indicates that EMDR was an effective treatment modality for this boy with a history of abuse and neglect. The client's drawings indicate a reduction and release of trauma following a session of EMDR. These findings are congruent with much of the available literature.

Keywords: Children Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Becker, L., Black-Tanski, D., Nugent, N., & Thede, L. (1999, November). The effects of eye movement on the stream of consciousness. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A recent meta-analysis of PTSD treatments (van Etten & Taylor, 1998) found EMDR to be as efficacious as behavioral and drug treatments. There is considerable controversy, but little research, on the underlying mechanisms of EMDR. A conditioning model by Dyck (1993) suggests that eye movements (EM) effect a distraction from trauma related thoughts, causing an extinction trial. According to this model, the distraction of EM should cause thoughts to be directed outward. A psychodynamic model by Allen and Lewis (1996) suggests that EM facilitate the formation of new associations to traumatic memories and allow the client to “remain in the present while thinking of the past.” This model postulates that EM cause thoughts to be directed inward. We report two experiments in which thought processes were studied using a stream of consciousness (SOC) technique (Singer, 1993). In both studies, undergraduate participants wrote down a sad (or happy) target event from their life. They then thought about the target event and let their thoughts go where they may for 10 minutes. At approximately 1-minute intervals they were asked to report their thoughts. The baseline study (n = 42) looked at SOC with eyes closed; the second study (n = 27) compared SOC with eyes open, eyes closed, and with EM. Relative the to the eyes-open condition, EM tended to keep the SOC internally focused. During the last 4 minutes of the SOC, eyes open participants were externally focused (thoughts about the surroundings) about 50% of time; EM participants were externally focused 25% of the time; and eyes closed participants were externally focused 3% of the time, F(1, 11) = 6.08, p = .017. Eye movements produced a blend of external (eyes open) and internal (eyes closed) thoughts, offering support to the psychodynamic model.

Keywords: Eye Movement Poster Stream of Consciousness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conduct Problems Protective Services Psychotherapeutic Techniques Trauma Treatment Outcome Youth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Largo-Marsh, L. K., & Spates, C. R. (2002, December). The effects of writing therapy in comparison to EMD/R on traumatic stress: The relationship between hypnotizability and client expectancy to outcome. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 33(6), 581-586. doi:10.1037//0735-7028.33.6.581.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Many psychologists encourage clients to engage in journal writing to supplement individual psychotherapy. Empirical evidence supports the use of writing when targeted at traumatic memories. The most thoroughly researched writing strategy suggests that writing is most effective when it targets a specific memory along with the emotional components of that memory. Effective writing therapy is thus procedurally similar to effective exposure therapy for fear and traumatic memories. This investigation examined structured writing as a self-contained treatment by comparing it to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, and it was found to be effective. [Adapted from Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Clinical Trial RCT Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Writing Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2001, March). An efficient way of targeting traumatic material. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Besides the correct application of the basic EMDR protocol, one of the most important factors involving the treatment of trauma related conditions, is the way the traumatic material is targeted. For example, if clients have trouble processing, this could be due to a lack of focus which prevents the client from successfully tapping into his memory network. It’s our experience that, to adequately tap into the memory network, it is most useful to use a somewhat different strategy for ‘going back to target’ than which is described as part of the standard EMDR procedure. We would recommend the following procedure (see Box I).

Keywords: Targets

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Dworkin, M. (2006, June). El cuestionario EMDR v.6 de autoconocimiento para clínicos [EMDR v.6 questionnaire for self-awareness for clinicians]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Para comprobar un conocimiento creciente de cómo los estados antiguos y dependientes de memoria pueden ser activados; para poder valorar que es lo que proviene del clínico y qué proviene del cliente; para desarrollar estrategias relacionales de EMDR. Muchos problemas pueden ocurrir en la fase 1 cuando el cliente aporta información que suscita un arousal negativo; o en la fase 2, cuando el cliente tiene dificultades en entender los elementos de preparación o desea avanzar procesando el trauma de forma prematura; o en la fase 3, cuando existe un problema que subyace a la pieza de valoración. Muchas veces la información del cliente puede que no despierte un arousal negativo hasta llegada la fase 4, cuando el cliente está procesando activamente. Muchas veces, nuestros desencadenantes provienen de nuestros recuerdos antiguos. Estos recuerdos pueden ser explicitados; y otras veces siguen implícitos (memoria somatosensorial). Observando estos momentos en uno mismo puede ayudarle en la continuidad de un proceso productivo.

To verify an increased awareness of how ancient states and dependent memory can be activated, in order to evaluate what they from the clinician and what comes from the client to develop relational strategies EMDR. Many problems can occur in phase 1 when the client brings information that raises a negative arousal, or in phase 2, when the client has difficulties understanding the items you want to advance preparation or processing the trauma prematurely, or in phase 3, when there is a problem underlying the piece of assessment. Many times the customer information may not appeal to a negative arousal to arrival phase 4, when the client is actively processing. Many times, our triggers memories from our past. These memories can be made explicit, and sometimes they are implicit (memory somatosensory). Looking at these moments can help yourself in continuity of the production process.

Keywords: Clinicians Questionnaire Self-Awareness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Jarero, I. (2011). El EMDR: Una alternativa efectiva para el tratamiento del trauma psicológico [EMDR: An effective alternative for the treatment of psychological trauma] . Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 2(2).

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
El modelo teórico en que se basa el EMDR, es el Sistema de Procesamiento de la Información a Estados Adaptativos (SPIA). Este modelo postula que mucho de la psicopatología se debe a la codificación mal adaptativa y/o procesamiento incompleto de experiencias de vida adversas perturbadoras o traumáticas. Esto deteriora la habilidad del paciente/cliente para integrar esas experiencias de una manera adaptativa.

The theoretical model on which EMDR is the System Information Processing Adaptive States (AIP). This model postulates that much of psychopathology is due to poor adaptive coding and / or incomplete processing of adverse life experiences disturbing or traumatic. This impairs the ability of the patient / client to integrate these experiences in a way adaptive. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"The Body Keeps the Score" (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996) Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid about disturbing and painful somatic symptoms. Structural dissociation alienates from body reactions. Nevertheless it is the body that "holds" the discomfort and painful memory of neglect and violence. Trauma Survivors tend to perceive their body as hostile. They suffer from Alexithymia deficiency of interpreting the meaning of body reactions and muscle activation. Trauma Survivors are easily irritated and tend to react with rage on very slight provocations and freeze when they are frustrated. Even minor problems cause fear and helplessness. The Polyvagal Theory (S. Porges 2010) proves the neurological aspect of behavioral patterns. Neurozeption describes how we perceive others in a neurological way. Certain behavioral patterns are established through life experiences. This research underlines Francine Shapiros AIP model and confirms the importance of a body orientated approach. We know that experiencing the effect of eye movement -‐ and other bilateral stimulation, is a gentle and powerful way to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. EMDR helps to integrate cognitive, emotional and body sensations. Using movement and body orientated skills in difficult processes f.e. with severely and/or early traumatised clients, even enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: Short theoretical implications: Polyvagal Theory and AIP Model. Stabilisation and Movement -‐ creating a „Moving Container“: How to create a safe place of relationship and attachment between the client and the therapist by using movement and bodywork? The body is the most powerful resource: How to use movement to access this power. How to recognize and dissolve dissociation by body and movement awareness. EMDR Process and Movement : How to widen the „window of tolerance“ by using movement and deeper levels of body consciousness. Adding a fourth level of attention to the EMDR process: cognition -‐ emotion -‐ body scan -‐ movement. Movement and reflex feedback as interweave technique in difficult processes. Methods used in the Workshop: Lecture and Video Presentation. Practical demonstration of some movement orientated techniques. Discussion.

“El cuerpo lleva la cuenta” (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996), los clientes que sufren de estrés traumático tienen a menudo miedo sobre sus síntomas somáticos preocupantes y dolorosos. La disociación estructural aliena las reacciones del cuerpo, sin embargo es el cuerpo el que “mantiene” el disconfort y el recuerdo doloroso de negligencia y violencia. Los supervivientes a un trauma suelen tender a percibir su propio cuerpo como hostil. Sufren de Alexitimia, deficiencias para interpretar las señales corporales y la activación muscular. Son fácilmente irritables y tienden a reaccionar con ira, con leves provocaciones y se “congelan” cuando están frustrados. Incluso problemas de fuerza menor causan miedo y desesperanza. La teoría polivagal (S. Porges 2010) prueba el aspecto neurológico de los patrones de comportamiento. La neurocepción describe cómo percibimos a los otros desde un punto de vista neurológico. Ciertos patrones de comportamiento están establecidos a través de las experiencias vitales. Esta investigación se basa en el modelo SPIA de Francine Shapiro y confirma la importancia del enfoque orientado al cuerpo. Sabemos que al experimentar el efecto de la estimulación ocular, y otras estimulaciones bilaterales, es un camino poderoso y suave para traer la voz del cuerpo dentro del espacio terapéutico. EMDR facilita la integración cognitiva emocional y corporal. Usar el movimiento y las habilidades orientadas al cuerpo en los procesos difíciles con clientes traumatizados, severamente o tempranamente, incluso amplifica el efecto terapéutico del EMDR Contenido del taller: Implicaciones teóricas: Teoría Polivagal y modelo SPIA Estabilización y movimiento – Crear un “recipiente de movimiento” Cómo crear un lugar seguro en relación al apego entre el cliente y el terapeuta usando movimiento y trabajo corporal. El cuerpo es el recurso más poderoso: Cómo usar el movimiento para acceder a este poder. Cómo reconocer y disolver la disociación en el cuerpo y la atención al movimiento. Procesamiento EMDR y movimiento: Cómo ampliar la "ventana de tolerancia" mediante el uso de movimientos y niveles más profundos de la conciencia del cuerpo. Añadir un 4 nivel de atención al procesamiento de EMDR: Cognición-‐Emoción-‐ Escáner corporal-‐movimiento.

Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Schubbe, O. (2006). EMDR. Institut fur Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eine Ärztin gewinnt einen verlorenen Teil ihrer Biografie zurück; ein Mann kann nach einer Geiselnahme wieder Sicherheit erleben; eine Bäckersfrau drückt den stummen Schrecken über den KZ-Tod ihrer Großeltern zum ersten Mal mit Pinsel und Farbe aus. Solche Momente geben mir das Gefühl, von meinen Klienten ganz viel zurückzubekommen. Sie rücken die Perspektive zurecht und geben den Blick auf das Wesentliche frei. Seit ich EMDR einsetze, sind sie viel häufiger. Unter Fachleuten steht EMDR für "Eye-Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing", unter Klienten auch für "einmal musst du ran", in jedem Fall aber für eine psychotherapeutische Zusatzmethode zur geschützten Verarbeitung traumatischer Erfahrungen. EMDR besteht aus den acht Phasen nach Francine Shapiro. Die beiden ersten und letzten entsprechen dem in der Traumatherapie üblichen Vorgehen, während die Schritte drei bis sechs eine typische EMDR-Sitzung ausmachen. Am Anfang stehen wie üblich Anamnese und Behandlungsplanung (erste Phase). Nach den Leitlinien zur Behandlung posttraumatischer Störungen (Flatten u.a. 2001) gehört an den Anfang außerdem eine Phase der inneren und äußeren Stabilisierung (zweite Phase). Erst danach folgen die EMDR-Sitzungen im engeren Sinne, bestehend aus der Anfangseinschätzung der Symptomatik (dritte Phase), der zentralen (vierten) Phase der Neuverarbeitung, der Verankerung des erreichten Zustandes (fünfte Phase) und der Prüfung der Restbelastung auf Körperebene - kurz: Körpertest (sechste Phase). Wie in jeder traumatherapeutischen Arbeit wird bei EMDR besonderer Wert auf einen guten Abschluss der Sitzung gelegt (siebte Phase). Und ob die mit EMDR erreichte Veränderung stabil geblieben ist, wird zu Beginn der Folgesitzung überprüft (achte Phase). Es wird nun die Arbeit mit drei Klienten beschrieben, einer Augenärztin, einem Top-Manager und einer Bäckereiangestellten. Die unterschiedlichen Fälle illustrieren in verschiedenen Facetten, wie ich die Phasen von EMDR in therapeutisches Handeln umsetze. Namen und Details habe ich zum Schutz der Klienten geändert.

A doctor will recover a lost part of her biography, a man can experience after a hostage-taking back security, a baker's wife pressed the silent alarm at the concentration camp deaths of their grandparents for the first time with a brush and color. Such moments make me feel to get back from my clients very much. You adjust the perspective and give a view of the essentials. Since I use EMDR, they are much more common. Among experts EMDR stands for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, "among clients for" once you have ran, and in any case for a psychotherapeutic method for secure additional processing of traumatic experiences. EMDR consists of eight phases by Francine Shapiro. The two first and last correspond to the normal practice in trauma therapy, while accounting for three to six steps a typical EMDR session. In the beginning, as usual, are medical history and treatment plan (first phase). According to the guidelines for the treatment of post traumatic disorders (Flatten et al 2001) belongs also to the beginning of a phase of internal and external stability (second phase). Only after the EMDR sessions follow in the strict sense, consisting of the initial assessment of symptoms (third phase), the central (fourth) phase of the reprocessing, anchoring the achieved state (fifth phase) and the testing of residual stress on the body level - in short: Body Test (sixth phase). As in any trauma therapy work is placed in EMDR special importance to a successful conclusion of the meeting (seventh phase). And whether the change reached EMDR has remained stable, is checked at the beginning of the next meeting (sixth phase). It is now working with three clients described, an eye doctor, a top manager and a bakery employee. The different cases illustrate different facets of how I transpose the phases of EMDR in therapeutic action. I have changed names and details to protect the client.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Blore, D., & Holmshaw, D. (2009). EMDR "blind to therapist protocol". In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 233-240). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The "Blind to Therapist Protocol" (B2T) is, essentially, that. It allows a client to go through the Standard EMDR Protocol, without revealing the content of the problem. This protocol is often used in conjunction with any client group in which divulging information might be uncomfortable to the individual prior to the use of EMDR. It has been used to treat train engineers, airplane pilots, ship captains, police officers, prison guards, doctors, nurses, paramedics, and firemen—workers characterized by the need to make life-and-death decisions for which they are personally responsible. In other words, those who have memories associated with not being in control at precisely the time when they are responsible for being in control. Another client group that can often have difficulties with divulging information is child abuse survivors where the client fears overwhelming or disgusting the therapist with the nature of the material to be treated. In such instances the protocol is very successful and can be a useful addition to the therapist's repertoire. It helps build the therapeutic relationship by demonstrating to the client that the therapist has trust in them. Once the client has seen how the therapist copes with material being raised, the Standard EMDR Protocol would be used. The Blind to Therapist Protocol Script is presented. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: EMDR Blind to Therapist Protocol Script Survivors Therapeutic Relationship Traumatic Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. MacDonald, H. (2008, October). EMDR & pain. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Yorkshire Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will give participants an introduction to using EMDR with people who have persistent pain. The EMDR protocol (Grant and Threlfo 2002) can be used to promote more successful management of pain, and can change pain sensations. Targets might also include the impact of the pain on life situation. The workshop is aimed at people who have completed EMDR training, but who may not have applied it with this client group.

Keywords: Pain

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Burdett, C. (2010, March). EMDR & the law. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Shapiro (2001) notes that, “if a crime victim, witness or police officer is being treated for a critical incident, it is essential to establish whether a legal deposition or any specific kind of trial testimony is or may be required of the individual”. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing can affect the memory process. For this reason, it is important to discuss with the client, and with any lawyers or police officers involved, how testimony might be affected. The EMDR therapist must make clear to all concerned the potential effects of giving treatment and delaying treatment. The client, lawyers and other interested parties can then reach a decision on how to proceed. The therapist needs to understand the legal implications of their actions if they are asked to provide treatment under these circumstances. They also need knowledge of the procedures involved and of the way these differ between civil and criminal cases. These procedures will also differ between countries. The dilemma can be the conflict between the client’s best interests and the upholding of the law. Reference: Shapiro F (2001), Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, 2nd Edition, Guilford Press NY, p98

Keywords: Law Court Cases

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR & the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect: EMDR aanpassingen voor disregulatie bij Complexe PTSS [EMDR adaptations dysregulation in complex PTSD]. Keynote presented at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Wanneer clienten met vroege, chronische traumatisering door middel van EMDR behandeld worden, moet de therapeut vaak als een soort ‘psychobiologische regelaar’ functioneren, om ervan verzekerd te zijn dat cliënten binnen hun Window of Tolerance blijven. De EMDR therapeut dient daarvoor actief te zijn in het bepalen van het optimale tempo van het verwerkingsproces gedurende de EMDR zitting. Dit is van belang om toegang te kunnen krijgen tot de eerder gedissocieerde kennis, gedragsmatige impulsen, gevoelens, en/of sensaties, en deze te kunnen blijven verdragen. De therapeut moet in staat zijn de signalen van disregulatie (bv hyper/hypo-arousal, bevriezen, dissociëren) te herkennen en door middel van specifieke interweaves erop in te kunnen spelen, om de cliënt in het proces te houden en te helpen met het verwerken van diverse aspecten met betrekking tot verantwoordelijkheid, veiligheid en keuze. Deze keynote zal een kader neerzetten voor het werken met complexe PTSS en disregulatie. Een aantal specifieke technieken, gericht op het omzeilen van therapeutische valkuilen bij deze chronisch getraumatiseerde cliënten, zullen kort worden besproken. Dit zal verduidelijkt worden door middel van opnames van EMDR sessies waarin er van moment tot moment de interacties tussen de therapeut en de cliënt geanalyseerd zullen worden. In de eendaagse workshop op de maandag na het congres zal veel uitvoeriger ingegaan worden op de ‘hoe, wat, wanneer en waarom vragen’ in de behandeling van Complexe PTSS.

When clients with early, chronic trauma treated by EMDR, the therapist often as a kind of 'psychobiological regulator "function, to satisfy itself that its customers remain within their Window of Tolerance. The EMDR therapist is therefore to be active in determining the optimal pace of the process during the EMDR session. This is important in order to be granted access to the previously dissociated knowledge, behavioral impulses, feelings, and/or sensations, and to continue to bear. The therapist should be able to dysregulation of signals (e.g. hyper / hypo-arousal, freezing, dissociate) to recognize specific interweaves through it in order to respond to the client in the process to keep and help in processing various aspects of responsibility, security and choice. This keynote will provide a framework drop for working with complex PTSD and dysregulation. Some specific techniques designed to circumvent these therapeutic pitfalls in chronically traumatized clients, will be briefly discussed. This will be clarified by means of recordings of sessions in which EMDR is from moment to moment interactions between therapist and client will be analyzed. The one-day workshop on the Monday after the congress will be much more detailed presentation on the 'how, what, when and why questions "in the treatment of Complex PTSD.

Keywords: Abuse Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Keynote Neglect

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Titze, M. (1997). EMDR - Unterstützte thematisierung bei psychodynamisch fundierten fokaltherapien [EMDR - Supported theming in-depth psychodynamic focal therapy]. In C. T. Eschenröder: EMDR. Eine neue Methode zur Verarbeitung traumatischer Erinnerungen (pp. 179-188). Tübingen: DGVT-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Lange Zeit galt eine im Sinne der psychoanalytischen Standardmethode durchgeführte Langzeittherapie als qualitativ besonders hochstehend. Dabei ließ sich argumentieren, dass die entscheidenden Eckpfeiler des analytischen Prozesses (Erinnern, Wiederholen, Durcharbeiten) einer zeitaufwendigen Methodik (freie Assoziation, "gleichschwebende Aufmerksamkeit" und regressionsfördernde Zurückhaltung / Schweigen des Analytikers, Übertragungs- und Widerstandsdeutungen usw.) bedürfen (vgl. Thomä & Kächele, 1989). Eine unbestreitbare methodische Schwäche dieser Vorgehensweise resultiert allerdings aus dem Verzicht auf eine aktive Strukturierung durch den Analytiker. Dies kann dazu führen, dass sich manche Klienten in der realen therapeutischen Beziehung allein gelassen bzw. nicht ernst genommen fühlen. Eine nicht selten mehrjährige Behandlungsdauer kann zudem eine Unzufriedenheit hervorrufen, die dann zu realen Widerstandstendenzen auf Seiten des Klienten führen wird, wenn ein spürbarer Behandlungserfolg ausblieb (vgl. dazu Eschenröder, 1986, Kap. 11). Doch es sind nicht allein solche Einwände, die zu einer Relativierung der Bedeutung von analytischen Langzeittherapien geführt haben. Es waren auch reale ökonomische Gegebenheiten, die diese Bedeutung in den letzten Jahren zunehmend in Frage gestellt haben. Nachdem nämlich, zunächst in den Vereinigten Staaten, die Versicherungen dazu übergegangen sind, nur eine stark begrenzte Anzahl psychothe-rapeutischer Leistungen zu erstatten, kam es auch im Bereich der Tiefenpsychologie zu einer verstärkten Hinwendung gegenüber kurzzeittherapeutischen Verfahren (vgl. Goleman, 1981).

Long considered a standard in the sense of the psychoanalytic method carried out as long-term therapy of particularly high standing. It could be argued that the crucial cornerstone of the analytical process (remembering, repeating, working through) a time-consuming method require (free association, evenly suspended attention "and regression-promoting restraint / silence of the analyst, transference and resistance interpretations, etc.) (see Thoma & Kächele, 1989). One undoubted methodological weakness of this approach, however, results from the absence of an active structure by the analyst. This can cause that some clients feel in the real therapeutic relationship alone and not taken seriously. An often multi-year duration of treatment may also cause discontent that will lead to real resistance tendencies on the part of the client when a substantial treatment effect failed to (cf. Eschenröder, 1986, Chapter 11). But it is not only an objection that led to a relativization of the importance of long-term analytic therapies. There were also real economic conditions that have made this meaning in recent years increasingly in question. After that is to report first in the United States, the insurance companies have started, only a very limited number of psychotherapy therapeutic services were also provided in the field of depth psychology (1981 cf. Goleman,) to an increased turn over short-therapeutic procedures.

Keywords: Focal Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. Veerbeek, V. (2010, April). EMDR als onderdeel forensische behandeling van ernstig gewelddadig gedrag: Vreemde eend in de bijt? [EMDR as part forensic examination of serious violent behavior: Odd man out?]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Op ernstig geweld, zeker met fatale afloop, wordt door de maatschappij doorgaans geschokt gereageerd en is het resultaat van berechting vooral “leedtoevoeging” in de vorm van lange gevangenisstraffen. De behandeling in de gevangenis of op een forensische polikliniek staat overwegend in het teken van het nemen van verantwoording voor het gewelddadig gedrag en het aanleren van agressieregulatievaardigheden. Wanneer de cliënt zich als slachtoffer opstelt, roept dit bij de therapeut irritatie op; de cliënt merkt dit, neemt nog meer afstand van de therapeut, hetgeen vervolgens weer machteloosheid, veroordeling en boosheid oproept bij de therapeut. De cliënt als slachtoffer is taboe. In dat licht wordt door collega’s weleens met de nodige scepsis aangekeken tegen EMDR-behandeling van cliënten met ernstig gewelddadig gedrag. In deze workshop komen allereerst de vooroordelen van de therapeut zelf tegen de cliënt en de vooroordelen van de collega’s tegen traumaverwerking bij ernstig gewelddadige cliënten aan bod. Deze vooroordelen staan goede diagnostiek en een goede therapeutische relatie in de weg. Gepropageerd wordt om “neutraal” en grondig onderzoek te doen, net als bij een vliegtuigcrash. Aan de hand van casuïstiek komen enkele sleutelvragen aan bod, die in het zoekproces en de casusconceptualisatie van groot belang zijn. Wanneer onverwerkte ervaringen vanuit het verleden een rol spelen bij (de mate van) agressie, zullen deze ervaringen middels EMDR bewerkt dienen te worden. Hoe groter de vroeger ervaren machteloosheid en vernedering, hoe groter de kans dat de huidig ervaren agressieve lading niet zal verminderen met uitsluitend agressieregulatietherapie. Geïllustreerd wordt hoe EMDR, al of niet met recripting als CI, daarnaast een rol kan spelen bij actuele wraak-drang en wraakgedachten. Videomateriaal wordt ter illustratie gebruikt. Stil wordt gestaan bij de waarde van het inoefenen van de veilige plek en hoe agitatie in en buiten de therapiezitting hierdoor snel kan verminderen. Tot slot zal worden ingegaan op het experimenteel gebruik van EMDR als hulpmiddel bij delictanalyse – en delictverwerking, onder meer bij een cliënt die zijn kind ombracht. Bij huiselijk geweld is meer dan eens sprake van een lange opmaat tot het delict, waarbij een opstapeling van door de cliënt als vernedering ervaren incidenten (waarbij al of niet vroegere ervaringen worden getriggerd) kan leiden tot excessief en soms fataal geweld. Het middels EMDR “linksom” bewerken van deze “opmaat”-ervaringen, gevolgd door het middels EMDR doorwerken van het delict zelf, kunnen leiden tot het werkelijk voelen en nemen van de eigen verantwoordelijkheid, bieden een heldere inkijk in de emotionele dynamiek van de cliënt ten tijde van het plegen van het delict en bieden derhalve belangrijke aangrijpingspunten voor een gedetailleerd terugvalpreventieplan.

On serious violence, especially fatal, is usually shocked by the company responded and is mainly the result of trial "added suffering" in the form of long prison sentences. The treatment in prison or a forensic clinic is mainly devoted to taking responsibility for violent behavior and learning of aggression control skills. If the client is a victim accounts, the therapist calls this irritation, the client notes it, takes more from the therapist, which in turn helplessness, anger and condemnation by calling the therapist. The client as a victim is taboo. In that light by colleagues ever looked with skepticism at EMDR treatment of clients with serious violent behavior. In this workshop, first, the prejudices of the therapist himself against the client and the prejudices of colleagues from trauma in severely violent clients addressed. These prejudices are good diagnosis and a good therapeutic relationship in the road. Propagated to "neutral" and thorough research, as in a plane crash. Using case studies reveal some key questions addressed, in the search process and casusconceptualisatie of great importance. When unprocessed experiences from the past play a role (level of) aggression, these experiences need to be modified through EMDR. The greater the past experience powerlessness and humiliation, the more likely that the current load experienced aggressive not only will reduce aggression regulation therapy. Illustrated how EMDR, with or without recripting as CI, also play a role in current-craving revenge and revenge. Video material will be used for illustration. Silence is paid to the value of practicing safe and how the agitation inside and outside the therapy session this rapid decrease. Finally, consider the experimental use of EMDR as a tool for crime analysis - and crime scene processing, including in a client that his child killed. In domestic violence more than once been a long prelude to the offense, with an accumulation of humiliation experienced by the client as incidents (with or without previous experience are triggered) can lead to excessive and sometimes lethal force. It means EMDR "left" edit this "overture" experience, followed by using EMDR to work on the crime itself, can lead to really feel and take personal responsibility, provide a clear insight into the emotional dynamics of the client at the time of committing the offense and therefore provide important leads for a detailed relapse prevention plan.

Keywords: Forensic Examination Violent Behavior

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.

Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Affect Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Tibaldi, M. (2004, June). EMDR and analytical psychology: Imaginal use of eye movements in Jungian analysis. In psychodynamics and EMDR (B. Lilieblad, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Among Jungian typical methodologies, one of the most interested is active imagination indeed. Carl Gustav Jung's active imagination method is a process of "lucid dream," that takes shape from observing an internal emotionally meaningful aspect - mood, image, event. When the client focuses his/her attention on these charged elements, a chain of autonomous images will be activated. The arising of such unconscious images lead consciousness to a new situation: emotional content comes into contact with the rational, can be confronted and integrated, transforming the whole personality.
Epistemologically speaking, it is interesting to point out the affinity between Jungian conscious-unconscious integration process, pursued by active imagination, and the right and left brain connecting process, gained by EMDR.
My Jungian analytical practice, on the one hand, and my EMDR therapeutic experience, on the other, gave me the opportunity to confront both Garl Gustav Jung's and Francine Shapiro's methods and paradigms, giving birth to an EMDR imaginal use, a synergic therapeutic process with interesting outcomes.
The aim of my paper is to present this form of EMDR, stressing the advantages of such integration. The paper will be accompanied by a sequence of psychic images from a client's EMDR treatment; thanks to the imaginal use of eye movements, the client got in touch with some of the unknown emotional horizons, recognized the dissociative defences that prevented him from connections his emotional and rational brain and improved his psychic well being.

Keywords: Analyitical Psychology Case Study Imagery Imaginal Jungian Analysis Mind-Body Observation Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Darker-Smith, S. (2011, October). EMDR and borderline personality disorder and use of B2T protocol. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The adaptation of the order of the EMDR 8-phase standard protocol to target specific abandonment issues first and primarily limits the therapy interfering behaviours which lengthens overall therapeutic intervention duration and acts as a road-block (Leahy etc.) to therapy. Specifically, using a blind-to-therapist protocol for this client group once fears of abandonment (often acted out in the therapeutic dynamic) is addressed, then the risk of empathy-enhancing exaggerations is reduced. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR and case conceptualization from an adaptive information processing perspective. In F. Shapiro, F. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 3–36). New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In its 20-year history, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has evolved from a simple technique into an integrative psychotherapy approach with a theoretical model that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the basis of pathology. The eight-phase treatment comprehensively addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those that are needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. The concept of the transformation of the stored experience through a rapid learning process is the key to understanding the basis and application of EMDR and its guiding Adaptive Information Processing model (Shapiro, 1995, 2001, 2002). The purpose of this chapter is to provide an overview of both theory and practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Brain Cognitive Processes Integrative Psychotherapy Memories Memory Models Pathology Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapy Approach Stored Experience

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Grand, D. (2006, September). EMDR and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation addresses how creativity has been interwoven into the discovery and development of EMDR, as well as how EMDR is an effective tool in unblocking and enhancing creativity. Dr. Shapiro's discovery of EMDR and her development of the EMDR Protocol, are examined as underpinnings of EMDR and Creativity. EMDR processing will also be examined as an essentially creative process at the core of healing trauma-based blocks. The therapeutic relationship in EMDR is discussed as a co-creative process. This presentation addresses creative enhancements EMDR's healing tools including: "open listening" - avoiding assumptions while attending to all in-the-moment verbal and non-verbal client communications, creative use of eye movements with flowing hand movements and shifting rates of speed, integrating music and nature sounds into left/right auditory stimulation and enhancing of body sensations with color and imagery. This presentation also addresses using EMDR in addressing issues of creativity. Creative blocks are regularly reported by both artists and non-artists and often cripple and traumatize the artist, and interfere with the creativity of diallng living of non-artists. Using EMDR protocol to target creative blocks is discussed, as well as the contribution of trauma to these blocks. The EMDR future template is discussed as a tool for enhancing creativity with artists free of significant blocks. This includes actors, singers, dancers, writers and graphic artists. Mini-practica and demonstrations are used to operationalize the concepts presented in lecture and handout format.

Keywords: Creativity Creative Blocks Future Template Open Listening

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Grand, D. (2007, June). EMDR and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Creativity is interwoven into the discovery and development of EMDR, which itself is an effective tool for unblocking and enhancing creativity. Dr. Shapiro’s discovery of EMDR and her development of the EMDR Protocol are underpinnings of EMDR and Creativity. EMDR processing is also an essentially creative process at the core of healing trauma-based blocks and the therapeutic relationship in EMDR is a co-creative process.
This presentation addresses creative enhancement of EMDR’s healing tools including: “open listening” – avoiding assumptions while tending to all in-the-moment verbal and non-verbal client communications, using eye movement creatively by varying speed, plane and eye gaze, integrating healing sound into AIP and enhancing of body sensations with focus, color, and imagery.
This presentation examines using EMDR with issues of creativity. Creative block often cripple and traumatize artists and interfere with the creativity of daily living of non-artists. The use of the EMDR protocol (with emphasis on assessment, desensitization, installation and body scan) to target creative blocks is discussed as well of the contribution of trauma to these blocks. The EMDR future template is discussed as a tool for enhancing creativity with artists freed from significant blocks. This includes actors, singers, dancers, writers, and graphic artists.
Lecture, PowerPoint, mini-practica and demonstrations are used to illustrate the concepts, supported by handout materials.

Keywords: Creativity

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Virdi, P., Plassmann, R., Seidel, M., & Konuk, E. (2010, June). EMDR and eating disorders. In Eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Frequently for clients with eating disorders their complex histories contain many trauma experiences suggesting the potential illustration of EMDR as an adjunctive psychological treatment intervention. Although the amount of evidence based practice is presently not strong in supporting EMDR with this client group there is increasing practice based evidence outlining its potential usefulness with this client group. This symposium will outline the utilization of EMDR in various eating disorders clinical services in the United Kingdom, Germany and Turkey outlining how utilizing the AiP model end how EMDR was effectively integrated into the overall treatment pathway of care for children, adolescents, and adults.

Keywords: Eating Disorders Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Paterson, M. J. (2009, March). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the EMDR Association UK & Ireland, Manchester, England UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. It is necessary for clients to remain safe during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from EMDR. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop provides an overview of dissociation and a review of models to explain it. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR. Clinical case material is used to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see a video of a live case where EST is used effectively to moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives  Understand the forms of dissociation  Understand the concept of ego state therapy.  Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change.  Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Paterson, M. (2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting for the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Peterson, M. 2010, April). EMDR and ego state therapy: Healing complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We all display particular patterns of thinking, feeling and acting, depending on the situation. The transition is usually seamless in well-adjusted people, but where there has been disrupted attachment or sustained early life trauma the result is often the formation of particular ego states, also known as alters, parts, or schema modes. These states perform roles usually geared towards survival, but in adulthood they can be dysfunctional. Depending upon a client’s early life experiences some ego states can be malevolent, wanting bad things for the client such as willing them to suffer in some way. These clients present us with the greatest challenges through what we know as complex trauma and dissociative disorders. It is necessary for clients to remain stable during EMDR sessions and contained between sessions, particularly with complex trauma and dissociative disorders. There is a need, therefore, to learn techniques to work in the Preparation Phase with more difficult clients so they too can benefit from the full EMDR protocol. It is also helpful to know how to deal with blocked processing in the Desensitization Phase due to the interference of an ego-state. This workshop initially provides an overview of dissociation and how it impacts on EMDR processing. There will be an explanation of Ego State Therapy (EST) and how it fits with EMDR to provide the stabilization clients need, as well as dealing with blocked processing. Clinical case material is used throughout to illustrate learning points. Through demonstration and practice participants will learn how to build resources for clients, access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change. In the latter part of the day, participants will see videos of live cases where EST is used effectively in the Preparation Phase of EMDR to: 1) identify the part-selves and 2) moderate the malevolence displayed by two difficult ego states. Learning objectives Understand how complex trauma and dissociative disorders impact EMDR processing Understand the concept of working with part-selves as a way of preparing clients for the standard EMDR protocol. Learn how to access ego states in a controlled way and effect therapeutic change and stability. Learn techniques to deal with difficult ego states.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Paulsen, S. L. (2003, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Energizing disowned aspects of self with dissociative table technique interwoven with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ego State Therapy is a tool for EMDR practitioners seeking to resolve looping, identify early childhood targets, enhance containment, and more. Dissociative Table is an ego state approach that enables rapid visualization of disowned ego states without formal trance induction. It energizes and egotizes aspects of self so that resistance can reduced through internal education and mediation. EMDR and ego state therapy can be interwoven to manage the level of affective arousal by creating closeness to or distance from disturbing material. The workshop will also present ACT-AS-IF, a step-by-step approach to preparing dissociative clients for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Act-As-If Dissociative Table Technique Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Grand, D. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Experiential learning through video and audience participation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn technical complexities, knowledge base and experiential learning in synthesizing EMDR and Ego State Therapy; 2) learn to assess why, how, and when there is value in introducing ego state work in a client's EMDR process; 3) learn preparatory activation of ego state for resource installation purposes with pre-EMDR clients; and 4) learn calling out ego states as an interweave during desensitization phase, when clients are stuck or looping, and skillful use of egaging ego states helps both in identifiying and untangling treatment-impeding conflicts.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.

Keywords: Art Therapy Ego State Therapy Resource-Focused EMDR

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Forgash, C. A. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Theoretical overview, diagnostic approach, and client preparation for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) the fundamentals of Ego State theory, and application of Ego State work; 2) case conceptualization from an integrated Ego State/EMDR model; 3) how utilization of the Ego State model can prevent EMDR treatment failures; and 4) a variety of Ego State therapy strategies for helping prepare all clients for the EMDR protocol.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Curran, L. A. (2009, January). EMDR and EMDR related techniques for effective trauma treatment. Wayne State University, School of Social Work, Center for Social Work Practice Policy and Research, Fort Washington, PA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beginning in the 1990s, Francine Shapiro had discovered and began researching a new neurophysiological technique for treating traumatic material. This technique, alternating bilateral stimulation, was quickly subsumed by Shapiro’s psychotherapeutic orientation known as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). After many years of rigorous empirical studies demonstrating its uses and effectiveness in trauma treatment, EMDR has become one of only three approved treatments recommended by the veteran’s administration for the treatment of PTSD. Through didactic illustration and explanation; videotaped demonstrations; and experiential exercises, this seminar provides clinicians the basic principles of EMDR and EMDR- related techniques and how each would be incorporated into their personal therapeutic orientation and practice. Goals 1. Participants will gain understanding of neuroscience’s trauma paradigm · Biological nature of trauma · Specific trauma symptoms and their order of appearance · Primary treatment issues in trauma therapy. 2. Participants will gain understanding of trauma’s cognitive and somatic impact and how to effectively treat its sequelae including: · Hyperarousal · Affect dysregulation · Dissociation · Body memories and “flashbacks” 3. Participants will learn the theory of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and EMDR-related techniques for initial resourcing of clients, followed by desensitizing and cognitive reprocessing of traumatic material. Objectives 1. Participants will identify the biological nature of trauma; how trauma is stored in the body and limbic system, creating physical and psychological symptoms. 2. Participants learn to identify the symptoms of trauma- hyperarousal; affect dysregulation; dissociation, body memories and “flashbacks”. 3. Participants will learn the Adaptive Information Processing Model and clinical research associated with EMDR 4. Participants will learn how EMDR and EMDR-related techniques are used as an adjunct to psychotherapy. 5. Participants will identify and demonstrate the eight 8 Phases of EMDR protocol. 6. Participants will describe the differences between eye movement, auditory and tactile stimulation. 7. Describe the process for resourcing a client prior to actual processing traumatic material. 8. Describe the process of employing tactile alternating bilateral stimulation for the processing traumatic memories.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: No

182. Bohart, A. C., & Greenberg, L. S. (2002). EMDR and experiential psychotherapy. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 239-261). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter compares EMDR with three experiential approaches. Although various experiential approaches exist, the chapter concentrates on Gendlin's focusing-oriented psychotherapy (FP), Rogers's client-centered therapy (CCT), and Greenberg and colleagues' process-experiential psychotherapy (PEP) to explore similarities and differences. The exploration begins with an introduction of each approach to orient the reader. [Text, pp. 239-240]TOPICS TREATED: Self-healing; Summary of similarities between EMDR and experiential psychotherapy; Differences between EMDR and experiential psychotherapy; Integrating experiential therapies with EMDR.

Keywords: Adults Client Centered Psychotherapy Experiential Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Anton, A. (1995). EMDR and Meniere's disease. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Client was a college level female music voice major under extreme stress over ringing in her ears who anticipated taking a voice final examination. She successfully underwent treatment with sessions of EMDR.

Keywords: Meniere's Disease

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Martin, A. (1995). EMDR and Meniere’s disease. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
On March 6,1995, a female client, age 26, came in presenting extreme stress about performance anxiety in anticipation of her music halin voice. (She was a music major with a vocal emphasis at the state college where I am a counselor.) The client's complaint was that she could not hear many of the notes on the piano to sing due to the ringing and white noise in her ears.

Keywords: Meniere’s Disease

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines (Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do; we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders. One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process. Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than content change interventions.

Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Spierings, J. (2013, June). EMDR and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with mourning clients can be difficult. To face the irrevocability of loss and to stand helpless and empty-handed as a therapist is a heavy burden. Sometimes it seems there is nothing we can do to help our clients. Yet there are many ways in which EMDR can contribute to help our clients to live a valuable life after a serious loss.
In this presentation the psychodynamics of complicated mourning are discussed. Treatment strategies and treatment techniques (both EMDR and combined techniques) are developed for specific patterns of complicated mourning (i.e. denied mourning, postponed mourning, chronic mourning, distorted mourning, traumatized mourning, somatized mourning).
Some non-EMDR techniques (rituals, Gestalt dialogue, writing assignments, imagination techniques) will be integrated into EMDR treatment. Also practical interventions to address resistance and affect regulation problems will be discussed.
Learning Objectives: What are the key aspects of using EMDR with issues of grief and mourning; Outline the core characteristics of stabilization and resourcing for this population; Review the range of cognitive interviews that have an application when evidence of blocked processing is apparent with this client group

Keywords: Grief Mourning Resourcing Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Wachtel, P. (1999, June). EMDR and psychoanalysis: An intriguing interface. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) the key differences in the ways that psychoanalytic and cognitive-behavioral therapists view the objectives of therapy and understand what is troubling the patient or client; 2) the key differences in the ways that psychoanalytic and cognitive-behavioral therapists approach the task of evaluating the effectiveness of the therapy they do; 3) the ways that EMDR has incorporated a cognitive-behavioral epistemology and assumption set; 4) the ways that introducing some of the perspectives of the psychoanalytic approach can enrich and add to the repertoire of EMDR; and 5) the ways that introducing aspects of EMDR can enrich and add to the repertoire of psychoanalytic therapists.

Keywords: Psychoanalysis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Solomon, R., Hofman, A., Seidler, G., & Tiedt-Schutte, M. (2005, June). EMDR and recent event trauma: The tsunami disaster. In “EMDR in action,” Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be utilized shortly after a traumatic event as described by the protocol from Shapiro and Solomon (1992 and 1995). Even if there is no controlled study finalized, there is sufficient experience with the protocol to guide further research. Experiences from research studies and clinical experiences on EMDR and acute trauma will be presented. Discussion will focus on issues of client selection, client readiness for EMDR. and timing of EMDR. The EMDR recent event protocol and experimental protocols for extreme dissociation following a traumatic event will be presented. A European network for developing more research regarding the diversity of acute trauma reactions are proposed.

Keywords: Recent Event Trauma Symposium Tsunami

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Allon, M. (2004, June). EMDR and right-left brain stimulation. Poster presented at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will present and demonstrate my clinical observations, that clients while talking or working on their issues will sometime lean their heads toward the right or the left shoulder. People with their heads to the left will tend to report thoughts, while those with their heads to the right will tend to report images and emotions. In therapy, utilizing EMDR when clients have leaned their heads to one side, I have tended to reinforce the side they put their head to, utilizing eye movements in a diagonal direction, corresponding to the direction the head was learning. That is. If the person learned their head to the left, I would move my hand from their upper left side to their lower right side, and opposite if their heads leaned to the right. The outcome of these diagonal eye movements was that it tended to evoke cognitions when the head leaned to the left or images when the head learned to the right. Client who come to therapy requesting help concerning fears, tend to lean their heads to the rights, corresponding with imagery and imagination of the right hemisphere and may lack the cognitive, logical thinking skills (left hemisphere) to counter their fears. With these clients, when the SUDS do not drop significantly, I will tend to do body-cognitive interweave. I request that the client lean their head on the left and work over and over with cirrsponding sets of diangonal eye movmenets. The left hemisphere of the brain is thus stimulated and logical thinking (PC) is enhanced. This helps to counter and balance out the negative images, and the fear decreased.
Through care histories and examples, I would like to accomplish the following objectives: 1) to make the participants more aware of body language and it its significance in therapy; 2) to examine the differences between the right and left hemispheres of the brain and their relationship to therapy with EMDR; and 3) to introduce and demonstrate a body-cognitive interweave in EMDR therapy with client s who request help with fears.

Keywords: Body-Cognitive Interweave Left-Right Brain Hemispheres of the Brain Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Carvalho, E. R. (2013, May). EMDR and role therapy: Healing the folks who live inside. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The integration of EMDR with Role Therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to the treatment of a wide spectrum of clients. Role therapy is presented as a “normalizing” approach to trauma and dissociation, treating clients’ inner roles as EMDR targets. Central to this approach is the conceptualization of self and one’s inner roles and counter-roles. Discussion will include how to use a developmental approach to assessment, and will review the identification, mapping and accessing of roles, as well as how to promote the use of role-specific EMDR targets, facilitating the enhancement of EMDR processing. Learning Objectives: • Participants will be able to discuss and implement the applications of Role Theory concepts and techniques to all phases of the EMDR protocol in order to facilitate the treatment of clients. • Participants will be able to discuss and describe how to developmentally assess, identify, map and access client roles and how to treat roles with traditional EMDR protocols. • Participants will be prepared to utilize EMDR targeting clients’ inner roles to enhance the processing of clients’ issues and resolution of symptoms.

Keywords: Role Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Browning, S. (2008, October). EMDR and self soothing. Presentation at the 1st annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A brief review of what is happening as a physiological neurobiological level and then looking at self soothing techniques to stabilise and strengthen client's resources to tolerate EMDR processing of the trauma. Mindfulness and other techniques demonstrated and explored in a group setting. Be prepared to try it yourself!

Keywords: Self Soothing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Levine, L. (1998, July). EMDR and sex therapy. Prresentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to identify cultural messages about sex that can have a negative impact in the belief system of a client, and use there internalized messages to identify potential targets for EMDR; 2) learn and understand how EMDR can reprocess the negative effects of small "t" trauma; 3) learn and understand how EMDR can be used to generate new pathways for positive sexual templates that will result in successful sexual experiences; 4) learn and understand how EMDR can reinforce newly achieved successful sexual experiences; 5) learn and understand why it is important to take a psychosocial sexual history; and 6) learn and share relevant resource materials on sexuality for clients and clinicians.

Keywords: Sex Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2007, March). EMDR and Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) recipients: A case study of trauma treatment in the home. EMDRIA Newsletter, 12(1), 6-9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article, in case study format, seeks to expand how we think about and use EMDR in agency and community mental health settings. EMDR has been slow to grow in agency settings, and this article challenges the stereotype that EMDR is impractical in community mental health settings by describing the use of EMDR in a time-limited, homebased, solution-oriented framework within a non-profi t community family service agency. The client was a Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) recipient who had been the victim of domestic violence and who had developed post traumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Home-based Interventions Needy Families TANF

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Shapiro, F., & Laliotis, D. (2011, June). EMDR and the adaptive information processing model: Integrative treatment and case conceptualization. Clinical Social Work Journal, 39(2), 191-200. doi:10.1007/s10615-010-0300-7.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is compatible with all contemporary theoretical orientations. Internationally recognized as a frontline trauma treatment, it is also applicable to a broad range of clinical issues. As a distinct form of psychotherapy, the treatment emphasis is placed on directly processing the neurophysiologically stored memories of events that set the foundation for pathology and health. The adaptive information processing model that governs EMDR practice invites the therapist to address the overall clinical picture that includes the past experiences that contribute to a client’s current difficulties, the present events that trigger maladaptive responses, and to develop more adaptive neural networks of memory in order to enhance positive responses in the future. The clinical application of EMDR is elaborated through a description of the eight phases of treatment with a case example that illustrates the convergences with psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, and systemic practice.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Integrative Treatment Memory Networks

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Wizansky, B. (2011). EMDR and the challenge of treating childhood trauma: A theoretical and clinical discussion with case examples. In V. Ardino (Ed.), Post-traumatic syndromes in childhood and adolescence: A handbook of research and practice (pp. 297-321). Wiley-Blackwell.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Treating childhood trauma with EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing) requires the practitioner to be aware of the challenge inherent in adapting a focused therapeutic model created for adults to young developing clients. Problems involved in exposing young children to disturbing, often terrifying memories loom large. How do we cope with parents' fear of damaging their son or daughter? How do we answer our own internal resistance to leading a young client into a difficult session and the dangers of retraumatizing a child? These are problems which demand solutions. Recent neurological research has defined the necessity of including the processing of traumatic material into the treatment plan as directly as possible. No part of the brain can change if it is not activated. The chapter aims to detail how EMDR meets this challenge.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma Children Focused Therapeutic Model

Accuracy Verified: No

196. Weston, D. L. (1995, June). EMDR and the issues of gay clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an effective therapeutic method for working with the emotional issues of gay clients. The first portion of this workshop will examine the "pubic" and "relationship" definitions of homosexuality. Being gay is much more than how people express themselves sexually. A brief historical and cultural kamework for understanding the emotional issues of lesbian I gay persons will be presented. There will be a review of the psychological theories and the research about the origins of homosexuality. The second portion of the workshop will focus on the psychological path of persons recognizing they are gay. The changes in the "pre-stonewall' and "post-stonewall" experience will be highlighted. This review of psychological experience will look at the points where EMDR therapists can be sensitive to the presence of emotional issues related to being gay. Feeling "different" is often a precursor to recognizing that one is gay. It is impossible to grow up in our culture without internalization of negative attitudes about gay people. When an individual recognizes (s)he is lesbian or gay, this negative learning now applies to one's self. EMDR is effective in resolving this "internalized homophobia." "Coming out" to one's self is a shock because, "I am no longer the person I believed myself to be." EMDR helps clients see gayness, not as an event happening in Me at this moment, but as something with a history related to earlier life experiences and feelings. This perception of continuity reduces the sense of crisis around being homosexual. As internalized homophobia is resolved, acceptance and valuing of self increases. Using the EMDR "future template" protocol assists people in preparing to "come out" to family, fiiends, employers, etc. Gay activists suggests that lesbian/gay persons need to be "out" in all situations. EMDR can help people understand why they want to come out to various people in various situations. It assists in idenhfxation of what people want as the result of "coming out." EMDR is effective in workmg with the myths about homosexuality; the cultural homophobia. Among the myths to be focused are: gay men are promiscuous, being gay is immoral, gay sexual expression is perversion, gay relationships don't last, lesbian/gay persons recruit young people, etc. The third portion of this workshop will focus on issues of HIV disease. There will be a brief epidemiological presentation and focus on the medical and psychological issues of persons with HIV disease. Application of EMDR at "crisis points" of HIV disease will be presented: (1) the worried well, a diminishing population as the aids epidmc continues, (2) the time of HIV+ diagnosis when the potential for suicide is highest, (3) the time of the first AIDS defining illness, (4) response to declining health and approaching death, and (5) issues of "meaning" as life moves toward death. EMDR's application in grief and multiple loss will be presented. Our culture's attitude that grief is something to "be resolved" and "get over" is a mistake. Grief is an ongoing process, especially when people are dealing with multiple losses of partners, fiends, etc. EMDR is effective in reducing the pain around loss so that the grief process can proceed more comfortably. The workshop will end with discussion of characteristics which therapists need to evaluate in relation to the decision to work or not work with gay and gay HIV infected clients. Working with gay men leads to working with clients with HIV disease. Therapists need to be clear about their boundaries and comfort in dealing with home and hospital visits, touching people who have AIDS, being present at the death of a client, and other issues that arise in HIVIAIDS care. The rewards of working with this population and the life changes it may make for the therapist will also be highlighted.

Keywords: Gay Clients Homosexuality

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Nickerson, M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment for angry and violent behaviours. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will assist the EMDR clinician to more effectively treat angry and violent behaviour. It will include an initial review of the prevalence, impact and dynamics of the problem. The common cyclical nature of violent acting out will be depicted as well as other characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviours including perpetrator state and trait issues. Current non-EMDR clinical approaches and the evolving field of domestic violence will be reviewed to aid the EMDR clinician in skilfully integrating into existing clinical contexts and to appreciate the unique capacities of EMDR. The primary focus of the workshop will be on special considerations in the successfully tailored use of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Clients with problematic anger or violent behaviour present many challenges for the often undertrained clinician and commonly avoid, resist and manipulate treatment or drop out prematurely. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and case formulation will be highlighted as critical to early phases of treatment. A metaphor based guide to case formulation will be presented and a decision-tree style flow chart will be offered to inform treatment planning including determining client readiness for trauma processing. EMDR offers the potential for desensitizing the trauma that often drives violent behaviour. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. This will include use of the cycle of violence model for target identification. Multiple clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points including video taped case material.

Keywords: Anger Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Knudsen, N. J. (2006, September). EMDR and the treatment of chronic relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A history of failed or disappointing relationships is a primary symptom for many clients. Bowen Theory is a family systems model that offers a conceptual roadmap for working with individuals, as well as families on enhancing the capacity to be a Self, while staying in healthy connection to others. The theory helps guide clear thinking about how the emotional system works within a multigenerational frame and offers concepts that predict human relational behavior over time. Yet, as we know, intellectual understanding can only bring us so far without the kind of whole brain integration that can be so swiftly brought about with EMDR treatment. By integrating the Adaptive Information Processing Model and the EMDR approach with Bowen Theory, this treatment model facilitates a client learning to have a whole new experience in their significant relationships. This workshop will provide a basic overview of Bowen Theory. An integrative model using Bowen Theory and EMDR will then be described, followed by an in-depth case analysis illustrating the approach. The treatment includes an extensive assessment of the family system, the selection and processing of EMDR targets causing high levels of reactivity involving closeness to others, coaching to re-work and repair significant relationships in the family of origin, and finally the targeting of present day triggers in a newly forming relationship.

Keywords: Bowen Theory Relationship Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Nickerson, M. (2007, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much can be gained as the EMDR clinician develops sharper awareness of the dynamics of angry and violent “acting out” behavior. An AIP informed approach can aid in case formulation with these issues and lead to accelerated client gain. The cyclical nature of violence will be depicted, as well as other common characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviors, including perpetrator state and trait issues. The presentation will demonstrate ways in which EMDR processing can work in conjunction with widely used cognitive-behavioral interventions and, with careful target selection, offer opportunities for desensitization of the trauma that often drives them. Discussion will highlight advantages of an EMDR approach in minimizing problematic transferential issues with “resistant” clients. Theory and practice will be illuminated by a case presentation and clinical anecdotes. Graphic, user-friendly therapeutic tools will be offered. Implications for the use of this model in treating other cyclical “acting out” behaviors will be explored.

Keywords: Anger Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. Nickerson, M. (2009, August). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry, violent and abusive behaviors, including intimate partner violence, abusive parenting and bullying. A client’s unconscious drive to “make others feel the way I felt” can be dismantled with the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. A metaphor based guide to case formulation and a cycle of violence model for understanding behavior and identifying treatment targets will be highlighted. Practical and innovative techniques will be offered to aid in assessment, stabilization and effective reprocessing. Numerous video clips from clinical sessions will illuminate points. Relevant research will be cited.

Keywords: Anger Violence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Balbo, M. (2003, May). EMDR and treatment of binge eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The study shows use of EMDR therapeutic method in treatment of eating disorders with binge eating episodes with and without purging with clients treated with cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy. Dissatisfaction with the client’s own body and inadequacy stemming from the influence of cultural elements seem to be the highest maintenance factors of eating disorders associated with binge eating episodes. The study analyzes n.10 cases of clients with various dysfunctional ideas caused by distorted constructions with respect to their self-esteem, self-acceptance and personal value, as shown both in their EDI 2 (Eating Disorder Inventory – 2 by David M. Garner) scores and the analysis of their life histories. The SQ (Symptom Questionnaire by R. Keller) was also administered since it is particularly indicated for administration at short intervals. The EDI 2 and SQ tests have been administered after n.6 EMDR sessions. Results: Use of EMDR on the negative cognitions formulated, learnt and maintained by clients in their experience, as well as on alternatives to binge eating, has produced a considerable reduction of their dysfunctional ideas, and binge eating behaviors showing additionally an increase of the drive to change, leading to an increased compliance and autonomy in therapy progress. The results obtained shall be presented and discussed.

Keywords: Binge Eating Eating Disorders Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain; (b) a guided pain healing meditation; (c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques; (d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories; (e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating, drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population. The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer will be presented. Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the "C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed. The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing will be discussed. The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples): (1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR- (2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative; (3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with "secondary gains" minus primary losses; (4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering; (5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy self-care behaviors; (6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery for pain reduction; (7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins; (8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences, internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors; (9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient; (10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety. (11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers; (12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients; (13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave; (14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse; (15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in this population; (16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD. Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered. If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.

Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Wipson, E. C. (2001, June). EMDR applications in addictive disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) explain addictive brain process; 2) list two client readiness safety issues; 3) list two client resources for Resource Installation with addictions; 4) know standard and addictive EMDR protocol; 5) describe one negative cognition and positive cognition example for "urge" desensitization; 6) list two blocks to processing; and 7) list three "disturbances" connected with Addictive Illness suitable for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Addictive Disorders Client Readiness Resource Installation Safety Issues Urge

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Wipson, E. C. (2002, June). EMDR applications in addictive disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to explain the addictive brain process in relationship to EMDR treatment goals, list client readiness safety factors, and list appropriate client resources for R.I. They will learn appropriate NC & PC for Addictive Illness treatment. Participants will learn a variety of Addictive Illness issues to be targeted with EMDR including the "initial connection." They will learn an EMDR Addictive Disease Treatment Model with accompanying flowchart.

Keywords: Addictions Addictive Disease Treatment Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Doctor, R. (1995, June). EMDR applications to anxiety disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapy was originally developed around the effects of trauma on emotional and cognitive disorders. We are now seeing its effect application in other areas related to acquisition and maintenance of deviant and disabling reactions. The results of the application of EMDR outside of trauma itself have been very encouraging and successful. This presentation will focus on the use of EMDR with the anxiety disorders. Most of the presentation will concentrate on the most prevalent anxiety disorders, namely, panic, agoraphobia and phobia. There will be some-discussion on generalized anxiety disorders, social phobias and obsessive-compulsive disorders. The anxiety disorders will be discussed as a complex set of disorders that have multiple acquisition factors including life style, reactivity (which may have some genetic components), "personality, stressors and stress management. The presenter will make a brief summary of the role of these factors in each anxiety disorder from what we currently know clinically and empirically. The research on EMDR with anxiety disorders is almost nonexistent but the few case studies that have been published will be discussed because they offer excellent support for EMDR and for particular forms of its application. The rest of the presentation is divided into two sections: the use of EMDR as an exclusive treatment and its use with supplemental tools. The exclusive use of EMDR will depend on premorbid history factors both personally and in regard to the anxiety disorder. The discussion will focus on important information in the history taking and personal contact with the client as well as the potential targets for EMDR work with the various anxiety disorders. In many cases, EMDR therapy must be supplemented with exposure work, relaxation training, medications and other supplemental tools in order to make the intervention effective and enduring. How these supplemental tools might be implemented in the various anxiety disorders will be discussed as well as the general factors from client history or client experience that would suggest the use of supplementals. Finally, the importance of the client-therapist relationship will be discussed in relation to working with the anxiety disorders and, in particular, therapist factors that can improve effectiveness.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Horacek, C. (2005, Winter). EMDR as a therapeutic tool. The Conejo Connection, 4(1), 2-4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The main feature of EMDR is that by bilaterally stimulating the brain trauma, phobias and other disturbing experiences are “reprocessed” to move from one part of the brain to the higher-thinking cortical structures of the brain, and seem to lose their power to be disturbing. This is the “eye movement” part. In EMDR, the therapist moves their fingers back and forth in front of the client’s face and the client watches by moving their eyes (not turning their head) left right, left right. However, it has since been discovered that any type of bilateral stimulation works—auditory, tactile, even walking up and down, as the body moves first the left leg and then the right.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Royle, L. (2008). EMDR as a therapeutic treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(3), 226-232. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.3.226.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS) is a condition characterized by a new and persistent fatigue unexplained by other conditions and resulting in a substantial reduction in the individual's activity levels. Current treatment includes psychotherapeutic procedures such as cognitive-behavioral therapy, pharmacological interventions, and graded exercise therapy. This article considers the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for the condition of CFS. The case study describes the use of EMDR with a 49-year-old male client who had suffered debilitating CFS for nearly 5 years despite accessing other treatment methods. After 9 sessions, the client indicated that his energy levels were significantly higher, his need for sleep had reduced (from 15-20 hours to 9.5 hours in a 24-hour period), and he was able to resume employment. Results suggest that EMDR may be useful in treating CFS within a personalized treatment plan.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Study CFS Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Treatment Efficacy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Royle, E. (2008, June). EMDR as a therapeutic treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS): A case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronic Fatigue Syndrome is a condition that is characterized by a new and persistent fatigue, unexplained by other conditions, and resulting in a substantial reduction in the individual’s activity levels. Current treatment includes psychotherapeutic procedures such as Cognitive Behavioural Therapy), pharmacological interventions and Graded Exercise Therapy. This paper considers the effectiveness of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) for the condition of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome (CFS). The anonymised case study describes the use of EMDR with a client who had suffered debilitating CFS for nearly 5 years despite accessing other treatment methods. Results would suggest that EMDR may be of use in treating CFS within a personalized treatment plan.

Keywords: CFS Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. Parnell, L. A. (2007, September). EMDR as a transpersonal psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful and effective psychotherapeutic method for healing trauma-based problems. In addition to its therapeutic effectiveness, it also leads in many cases to clients opening to transpersonal experiences. In this presentation, information on EMDR’s Adaptive Information Processing model and EMDR procedure are reviewed. Description and discussion of the spiritual unfoldment in EMDR clients is given, along with new research highlighting the following areas: the development of wisdom, compassion, trust in life, forgiveness, insights, epiphanies, experiences of spiritual freedom, and openings into the psychic realm (Turpin, 1999). Also included will be discussion of how to use EMDR to access and strengthen spiritual experiences, using EMDR with clients who have experienced near death experiences, and EMDR and after death communication to heal grief, including research using a new protocol, (Botkin, 1995, 2005). Suggestions on ways to enhance client’s spiritual experiences will be provided, as well as meditation practices.

Keywords: Transpersonal Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Giannantonio, M. (2003, May). EMDR as an assessment tool in complex models of post-traumatic states. In Dissociation and theoretical models. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Though EMDR is normally conceived as a psychotherapeutical approach or, at least, as a clinical method with psychotherapeutical aims, any EMDR practitioner also knows it’s a useful means to make subtle diagnostic remarks on the client. Despite its importance, this matter has never been methodically studied in depth, but it’s informally discussed among clinicians when exchanging subtle pieces of information on micro-interventions and strategies employed in everyday practice. My purpose is therefore to make a report on EMDR as an assessment tool. Some cases will show how a full comprehension of EMDR as an assessment tool requires much more complex etiological and maintenance models of post-traumatic disorders than usually seen in part of the literature.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

Los infantes (0-‐4 años) pueden ser expuestos a diversos tipos de eventos traumáticos, por ejemplo procedimientos médicos intrusivos, abuso sexual y otras formas de violencia física o emocional, y pueden desarrollar síntomas de estrés post-‐traumático. Por otro lado, no es fácil determinar si están traumatizados desde esa edad, la mayoría de los niños no son capaces de comunicar verbalmente sus experiencias. En la mayoría de los ejemplo, son los padres los que notan un cambio en el comportamiento de su hijo y van en busca de ayuda. Los terapeutas junto con los padres y usando la información disponible del propio niño, desarrollan una hipótesis sobre el origen de los síntomas. Si existen indicios de que los síntomas actuales están relacionados con un evento traumático sin procesar, EMDR es idóneo. El método de Cuenta-‐cuentos de Lovett puede ser usado para este propósito. Se necesita prestar una especial atención a la interacción entre los padres y el niño. Los padres pueden encontrar difícil apoyar a su hijo o reaccionar adecuadamente al comportamiento del niño cuando se sienten ansiosos o culpables de este evento traumático. Este tipo de cuestiones deben ser tomadas en cuenta ya que pueden agravar los síntomas ya existentes en el niño Después de una pequeña introducción teórica, numerosos casos serán mostrados en video. Mostramos como los recuerdos traumáticos sin procesar en infantes pueden ser activados y procesados. En uno de los casos EMDR se combinará con elementos de la terapia orientada a padres. Conceptos sobre el apego y sus efectos en el EMDR serán mostrados.

Keywords: Infants

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Lendl, J. (2007, September). EMDR basics part II: The positive template. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Requisite for the workshop is Part I. Part II will include a historical review of the Positive Template in psychotherapy and sport. Preliminary research suggests that the Positive Template is useful before the installation phase to help maintain skills between sessions, encourage new skills, and practice ways to handle resistance between sessions. Shapiro’s latest trainings emphasize the Future Template to address avoidance, adaptation and actualization as the third prong and installation and reevaluation phases. Simulation videos will demonstrate the decision making process and the use of resources in the Future Template and the End Session Positive (ESP) Template. There will be supervised practica utilizing the Positive Template to complete processing of the Part I Touchstone Event.

Keywords: Positive Template

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt. De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek. In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen. Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan. Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling. Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast. Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.

This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR bei kindern [EMDR in the work with children]. Pre-Congress am 11. Kongress der European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapie und Psychosomatische Medizin, Wien, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Der Workshop gibt einen kurzen systematischen Überblick über die Techniken, die speziell EMDR in der Psychotherapie mit Kindern und Jugendlichen eingesetzt. Alter angemessenen Formen der bilateralen Stimulation und der Aktualisierung der Ressourcen und ungelösten Erinnerungen werden erläutert. Kleine Gruppe Übungen sollen den Teilnehmern eine praktische Lernerfahrung. Bewerber für die EMDR-Seminare mit Oliver Schubbe in Linz oder Graz kann dieser Workshop als Schnupperkurs nutzen. Die Teilnehmer sollten bereit sein, die Rolle der ein Kind oder Jugendlicher Client innerhalb einer kleinen Gruppe zu spielen.

The workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Leuning, E., & Mevissen, L. (2012, March). EMDR bij autisme spectrum stoornis en EMDR bij verstandelijke beperking, zoek de verschillen [Complex PTSD: Evaluation of treatment by patient and therapist - "You need not type during EMDR."]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland .

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Het herkennen van PTSS bij mensen met een stoornis in het autisme spectrum (ASS), of een verstandelijke beperking (VB) kan moeilijk zijn. Bij ASS, maar ook bij VB wordt de ontregeling vaak gezien als iets dat bij de stoornis hoort, en niet gekoppeld aan bijzondere ervaringen. De client zelf beschikt doorgaans over onvoldoende vaardigheden om te overzien dat zijn veranderde stemming/gedrag te maken heeft met een bepaalde gebeurtenis, en kan dit vervolgens doorgaans ook onvoldoende helder communiceren vanwege zijn beperkingen op dit gebied. Vanuit de literatuur is door diverse mensen aangegeven dat kinderen en jongeren met een stoornis in het autistisch spectrum een grotere kans hebben om getraumatiseerd te raken in verband met hun kwetsbaarheid en onvermogen om te communiceren. Dit geldt ook voor volwassenen met ASS en/of een verstandelijke beperking. PTSS wordt in deze beide groepen dan ook zelden onderkend. Wanneer PTSS wel onderkend wordt, is er nagenoeg niets geschreven over eventuele behandeling ervan bij de bovengenoemde doelgroepen. Als EMDR wordt toegepast bij mensen met een verstandelijke beperking wordt het protocol afgestemd op de ontwikkelingsleeftijd. Ook voor volwassenen met een VB wordt het protocol voor kinderen gebruikt. Als er dan nog stagnaties zijn in de EMDR behandeling is de kans groot dat er sprake is van comorbide problemen. ASS is zo'n veel voorkomende comorbide stoornis bij deze populatie: in ongeveer 50% van de gevallen gaat ASS samen gaat met een VB. In de workshop worden beelden getoond van verschillen tussen cliënten met ASS en cliënten met VB. Tevens wordt aandacht besteed aan het kiezen van de juiste afleidende stimulus bij cliënten met ASS. Daarnaast wordt een video getoond van een cliënt waar naar aanleiding van het verloop van de EMDR behandeling de diagnose wordt aangescherpt.

Recognizing PTSD in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), or an intellectual disability (VB) can be difficult. In ASD, but also in VB is the disruption often seen as something that belongs to the disorder, and not linked to specific experiences. The client will generally have insufficient skills to oversee his altered mood / behavior has to do with a certain event, and can then usually also lack clear communication because of its limitations in this area. From the literature by several people indicated that children and young people with autistic spectrum disorder are more likely to become traumatized because of their vulnerability and inability to communicate. This also applies to adults with ASD and / or intellectual disabilities. PTSD in these two groups therefore rarely recognized. When PTSD is recognized, there is almost nothing written about its possible treatment with the above target groups. If EMDR is used in people with intellectual disabilities is the protocol tailored to the developmental age. For adults with VB is the protocol used for children. If there are still blockages in the EMDR treatment is likely that there is comorbid problems. ASD is a common comorbid disorder in this population in about 50% of ASD cases coincides with a VB. In the workshop are shown images of differences between clients with ASD and clients with VB. Attention is also paid to choosing the right distracting stimulus in clients with ASD. In addition, a video display of a client, which as a result of the course of the treatment EMDR the diagnosis is tightened.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder C-PTSD Complex PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. ten Broeke, A., & de Jongh, A. (1997). EMDR bij debehandeling van Type II psychotrauma: Een casus [EMDR in the treatment of Type II psychotrauma: A case-study]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie, 39(3), 249-255.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Deze casus beschrijft de toepassing van EMDR bij de behandeling van ernstige en herhaalde seksueel misbruik. Tijdens een patiënt in de psychiatrische behandeling EMDR werd gebruikt om ongevoelig en "opwerken" de traumatische herinneringen. Zoals blijkt uit eigenbelang van de cliënt-verslag en gestandaardiseerde psychologische vragenlijsten, EMDR was succesvol in het verlichten van diverse ptss-symptomen en daarmee samenhangende klachten. De resultaten werden gehandhaafd op negen maanden follow-up. Zaak verslagen als deze kunnen stimuleren gecontroleerde outcome research over de toepassing van EMDR bij complexe (Type II) vormen van PTSS.

This case history describes the application of EMDR in the treatment of severe and repeated sexual abuse. During an in-patient psychiatric treatment EMDR was used to desensitize and 'reprocess' the traumatic memories. As is evident from the client's selfreport and standardized psychological questionnaires, EMDR was successful in alleviating various PTSD symptoms and associated complaints. The results were maintained at nine months follow-up. Case-reports like these may stimulate controlled outcomeresearch on the applications of EMDR with complex (Type II) forms of PTSD.

Keywords: Case Report Clinical Case Study Empirical Study Females Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rape Survivors Young Adults

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Staff. (2001). EMDR bij persoonlijkheidspathologie [EMDR with personality pathology]. Psychopraxis, 3(4), 151. doi:10.1007/BF03071947.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eind jaren tachtig werd Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (emdr) door de Amerikaanse psychologe Francine Shapiro geïntroduceerd als een veelbelovende, kortdurende methode voor de behandeling van psychotrauma. Bij deze methode wordt de cliënt gevraagd een zeer negatief geladen herinnering voor de geest te halen, waarna een afleidende stimulus wordt aangeboden. Al gauw kwam een stroom van onderzoek op gang naar de effectiviteit van deze opmerkelijke methode.

Late eighties Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) by the American psychologist Francine Shapiro introduced as a promising, short-term method for treating psychotrauma. In this method, the client asked for a highly negatively charged memories to recall, after a distracting stimulus is presented. Soon came a stream of research going into the effectiveness of this remarkable method.

Keywords: Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2010, April). EMDR bij preverbaal trauma [EMDR for trauma, preverbal]. Presentatie aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Hoe kan je preverbaal trauma verwerken, zodat er ruimte ontstaat voor herstel, inhalen en voortgang van de ontwikkeling?
Ook infants (0-4 jarigen) kunnen allerlei traumatische gebeurtenis(sen) in de eerste levensjaren meemaken zoals intrusieve medische handelingen, seksueel misbruik en andere vormen van mishandeling. Herinneringen aan deze gebeurtenissen zijn preverbaal en niet op bewust nivo toegankelijk. Bij deze jonge kinderen is het dan ook moeilijk te zien in hoeverre er sprake is van traumatisering. Door hun beperkte cognitieve ontwikkeling is verbale communicatie over ingrijpende gebeurtenissen niet of beperkt mogelijk. Soms zie je na enige tijd gedragsveranderingen bij dagelijkse handelingen die eerder geen probleem vormden (verzet bij verschonen, bij tandenpoetsen e.d.). Dit gedrag kan echter ook gekoppeld zijn aan de ontwikkelingsfase. Het diagnostisch beeld wordt duidelijker wanneer gedragsveranderingen (verzet, verdriet maar ook submissie!) zich voordoen bij soortgelijke traumatische ervaringen zoals nieuwe medische behandelingen. De link naar de onverwerkte traumatische gebeurtenis(sen) ligt dan voor de hand. De ouder kan soms uit angst of schuldgevoel over de ingrijpende gebeurtenis(sen) niet goed meer als steunfiguur en opvoeder optreden. Door een klachtbestendigend interactiepatroon kunnen gedragsproblemen van het kind zelfs verergeren. De omgeving gaat denken aan ADHD of ASS... Aan de hand van casuïstiek van infants bij wie sprake is van traumatisering worden de aanpassingen aan het EMDR protocol getoond bij de behandeling van 0 tot 4 jarigen. Pas na de verwerking van de traumatische herinneringen wordt echt duidelijk wat de invloed is geweest op het verloop van de ontwikkeling van het kind, zoals een sociaal emotionele achterstand, vertraagde spelontwikkeling etc. Er komt ruimte voor herstel, inhalen en voortzetten van de ontwikkeling. Zo nodig wordt een EMDR traject voor ouders ingezet om de behandeling af te maken. Vorm In de presentatie worden theorie en praktijk gecombineerd. Videobeelden ondersteunen het verhaal.

How do you handle preverbal trauma, so there room for rehabilitation, catch up and progress of the development? Even infants (0-4 year olds) can all traumatic event(s) in the first years of life experience as intrusive medical procedures, sexual abuse, and other forms of abuse. Preverbal memories of these events, not consciously accessible level. In these young children it is therefore difficult to see how there is trauma. Because of their limited cognitive development, verbal communication on major events is not possible or limited. Sometimes you see after a while behavioral changes in daily operations which were previously not a problem (resistance to changing, with teeth, etc.). This behavior can also be linked to the development. The diagnostic picture becomes clearer when behavioral change (resistance, but also sadness Submission!) arise from similar traumatic experiences such as new medical treatments. The link to the unprocessed traumatic event (s) is then obvious. The parent can sometimes out of fear or guilt about the traumatic event(s) not functioning properly to support action figure and educator. By klachtbestendigend interaction pattern may even worsen the child's behavior. The environment is reminiscent of ADHD or ASD ... Based on case reports of infants with trauma,0 to 4 years old treated with the EMDR protocol show changes only after the processing of traumatic memories is really clear that the impact has been on the course of the development of the child as a social-emotional retardation, slow game development etc. There is room for recovery, overtaking and continued development. If necessary, an EMDR process for parents is used to finish the treatment. Form In the presentation combining theory and practice. Video images support the story.

Keywords: Prevebral Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee. Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen. De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop. Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ? Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities. In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten. Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu. Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen. Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.

In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions. Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals. The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first. How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist? A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions. In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist. A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality. A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed. A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.

Keywords: Systems Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Forgash, C., & Leeds, A. M. (1999). EMDR case inquiry format. Authors.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
When consulting on clinical cases related to the application of EMDR, please consider providing the relevant portions of the following information to assist me in responding to your inquiry. NOT all these points need to be covered. There may be additional points that you need to include. Keep in mind you are responsible for obtaining your client’s permission for the release of any confidential information and for disguising any identifying data.

Keywords: Case Inquiry Format

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Lewis, V. M. (1997, January). EMDR client safety checklist. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Client Checklist

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Lewis, V. M. (1993, Spring). EMDR client safety checklist. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The idea for a Checklist arose from a concern that clinicians use EMDR competently and ethically. This checklist is one attempt to assist EMDR-trained therapists in developing professional attitudes and standards that reflect excellence.

Keywords: Client Checklist

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Dworkin, M. (2006, September). The EMDR clinician and the challenging client: How to improve relational responsiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with, both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these mornents and learn strategies to overcome potentla1 moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied R/D/I strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.

Keywords: Challenging Client

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Zangwill, W. M. (1998, December). EMDR consultation: The need for flexible rigidity. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(4), 8, 10, 12, 26, 28.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In addition to my work as an EMDR trainer and private practitioner, for the past several years I have provided supervision to EMDR-trained clinicians. During supervision, one of the most frequently asked questions has concerned how to handle requests for EMDR from a client currently in therapy with someone else.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Shapiro, F. (1993). EMDR déjà vu. the Behavior Therapist, 16(8), 187-188.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The letter from Dr. Thomson in Nova Scotia (the Behavior Therapist, Vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 113-114) addresses some interesting issues. First of all, let me say that I sympathize with his travel problem. The Australians called it the "tyranny of distance." Therefore, after a half dozen clinicians flew into the US to be trained, they coordinated a series of workshops in Australia later that year. During that first trip to Australia we trained almost 500 clinicians in EMDR, and another 350 clinicians six months later. The simple message here is "coordinate it and we will come." The larger issue, however, remains client safety and the consequent need for quality control.

Keywords: Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. EMDR Dissociation Task Force. (1994). EMDR Dissociation Task Force position paper. EMDR Institute, Pacific Grove, CA.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Ths paper will offer general guidelines in the application of EMDR with the dissociative disorders, with paramount concern for client day. The intended audience is the established clinician who is new to the diagnosis and treatment of dissociative disorders. The paper is not intended to define standards of care or specific training requirements or cenfication guidelines. Further, it is not intended to supercede expert clinical judgment, or training in dissociative disorders or hypnosis.

Keywords: Dissociation Position Paper Task Force

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Gomes, G. F. B. (2012, Novembro). EMDR e cura sistêmica: A gestação de uma nova história de vida [EMDR and systemic cure: The gestation of a new life story]. In EMDR e visão sistêmica. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objetivo: narrar a trajetória de uma cliente em relação a um trauma em específico, os desdobramentos deste, bem como os resultados do reprocessamento e sua abrangência no equilíbrio da ecologia de um sujeito tratado em duas sessões de EMDR. Pode-se afirmar que os sintomas são, em sua essência, um caminho que nos permite retornar ao evento chave, reprocessar a base traumática e a partir daí reescrever uma história saudável e, certamente, geradora de frutos em muitos níveis. O trabalho em questão apresentará a história de uma cliente que buscou a terapia com EMDR para reprocessar sua dificuldade de relacionamento com a irmã caçula. Fazia parte deste contexto, o acometimento da cliente em questão pela Doença de Crohn e Endometriose, além do desejo intenso de engravidar. Tendo-se definido o alvo, o trabalho com EMDR iniciou-se. Após duas sessões de reprocessamento, a cliente não só havia conseguido resolver a questão fraterna que lhe afligiu por 16 anos como, por meio de avaliação médica, constatou estar assintomática para o Crohn e com o processo de Endometriose sob controle. Ainda como possível desdobramento deste processo, o sujeito desta história pôde realizar um desejo muito especial: a gestação com a qual vinha sonhando. Após a compilação dos dados deste caso clínico, conclui-se que o EMDR é, em sua natureza, um tratamento orientado para o corpo, sendo a cura de um trauma efetivado somente quando se atinge o sistema como um todo em seus níveis fisiológico, neurológico e psicológico.

Objective: To narrate the story of a client in relation to a specific trauma, the ramifications of this, and the results of reprocessing and its coverage in the ecological balance of a subject treated in two sessions of EMDR. It can be said that the symptoms are, in essence, a way that allows us to return to the key event, reprocess the traumatic basis and from there to rewrite a story healthy and certainly generating fruit on many levels. The work in question will present the story of a client who sought therapy with EMDR to reprocess its difficult relationship with her younger sister. It was part of this context, the involvement of the client in question by Crohn's disease and endometriosis, besides the intense desire to become pregnant. Having set up the target work with EMDR started. After two sessions of reprocessing, the client had not only managed to solve the issue fraternal afflicted him for 16 years as a through medical evaluation, found to be asymptomatic for Crohn's and with the process of endometriosis under control. Yet as possible unfolding of this process, the subject of this story could make a very special wish: pregnancy with which had been dreaming. After compiling the data in this case study, it is concluded that EMDR is, in its nature, a treatment-oriented body, and the healing of trauma effected only when it reaches the system as a whole in their physiological levels, neurologic and psychological.

Keywords: Crohn's Disease Endometriosis Standard Protocol Systemic Cure

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Rijnders, H. (2006, November). EMDR en schemagerichte therapie: Casusconceptualisate en traumatische kernervaringen [EMDR and schema-focused therapy: Heart and traumatic experiences case conceptilization]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de tweede congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze presentatie zal een conceptueel model gepresenteerd worden voor het vinden van de kerntraumatische ervaringen( targets) die aan de basis liggen van de schema’s van Young. Er zal kort worden ingegaan op de theorie van de schemagerichte therapie van Jeffrey Young. De belangrijkste schema’s in zijn model zullen worden besproken die in veel gevallen verantwoordelijk zijn voor de persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten waar wij als behandelaars mee kunnen worden geconfronteerd. Daarnaast hoe met behulp van het emdr standaard protocol de targets worden opgespoord die ten grondslag kunnen liggen aan de eerdergenoemde schema’s of valkuilen.Het zijn deze traumatische ervaringen die later in de behandeling zullen moeten worden gedesensitiseerd. De integratieve psychotherapeutische behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten gaat uit van een fasengericht traumamodel. Het thema tijdens deze presentatie omvat een belangrijk onderdeel van deze behandelingswijze. Het biedt de behandelaar zowel als de cliënt(e) inzicht in de ontwikkelingspsychologische aspecten van de klachten en kan extra motiverend werken voor langer durende behandelingen. Interessant is hoe de voorgestelde cognitieve domeinen van Eric ten Broeke en Ad de Jongh een belangrijk hulpmiddel zijn bij het vinden van de correcte NC’s en PC’s bij bovengenoemde problematiek. De schemagerichte therapie van Young heeft op basis van recent wetenschappelijk onderzoek bewezen een van de meest effectieve behandelvormen te zijn bij ingrijpende persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. De emdr therapie van Shapiro wordt door onderzoek voortdurend genoemd als een van de meest effektieve behandelvormen bij acuut trauma. Experimenteel wordt emdr nu ook aangewend bij complex trauma. Samen vormen zij een gouden duo. Deze presentatie lijkt geschikt voor beginnende emdr therapeuten die zich meer willen gaan bezighouden met complex trauma en persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Voor gevorderde therapeuten is de presentatie een platform voor discussie aangezien vele wegen naar Rome leiden. Een en ander zal worden toegelicht met casuïstiek en mogelijk met videobeelden.

This presentation will be presented a conceptual model for Finding the key traumatic experiences (targets) that form the basis of the diagrams of Young. It will briefly examine the theory of schema-focused therapy by Jeffrey Young. The main schemes in his model will be discussed in many cases responsible for PTSD complex personality problems and complaints that we clinicians may be faced with. In addition, how to use the EMDR standard protocol targets are identified that may underlie the aforementioned schedules or valkuilen. These traumatic experiences will be desensitized later in treatment. The integrative psychotherapy of personality problems and complex PTSD symptoms is based on a phase oriented trauma model. The theme of this presentation includes an important component of this treatment method. It provides both the therapist and client (e) understanding of the developmental aspects of the complaint and may provide additional motivation to work for longer term treatments. It is interesting how the proposed cognitive domains of Eric ten Broeke and Ad de Jongh an important tool in finding the correct NCs and PCs to the abovementioned issues. The schema-focused therapy for Young, based on recent scientific study proved one of the most effective forms of treatment to be for major personality problems. The EMDR therapy research by Shapiro constantly mentioned as one of the most effective forms of treatment in acute trauma. EMDR is now used experimentally to complex trauma. Together they form a golden combination. This presentation appears to be suitable for beginning EMDR therapists who want to deal with complex trauma and personality problems. For experienced therapists, presenting a platform for discussion, since many roads lead to Rome. This will be illustrated by case studies and possibly video.

Keywords: Schema Focused Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Maiberger, B. (2009). EMDR essentials: A guide for clients and therapists. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
1)In easy-to-understand terms, Barb Maiberger explains EMDR to clients and, in turn, equips clinicians with a shorthand way of explaining it to their own patients. Topics include understanding trauma and its symptoms, how and why EMDR works (and when it won't), how to find the right therapist, and sample relaxation exercises. 2)This book discusses eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy. Part I explains EMDR, the phases involved in treatment, the nature of trauma and its effect on memory. Theories about why EMDR works, how it can work for children, and safety issues are addressed. Part II provides illustrations from the author's experiences as an EMDR therapist, presenting client issues and how EMDR helped them. The author notes that the purpose of this book is to inform potential EMDR clients what to expect from EMDR therapy and how it may help in trauma healing. (PsycINFO Database)

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Koempel, G. (2012, April). EMDR et psycho-dynamique: Une belle entente! Deux langages pour un traitement intégré et efficace [EMDR and psychodynamic: A great deal! Two languages for an integrated and efficient treatment]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Par la présentation détaillée d’un cas de burn-out, nous découvrirons ensemble comment une approche intégrée en psycho-dynamique et en EMDR enrichit la compréhension et le traitement du client et le travail du thérapeute. Nous insisterons sur l’alliance thérapeutique, la compréhension du client de sa propre psycho-dynamique comme une ressource et sur l’importance de la liste des évènements perturbateurs. Nous préciserons certains concepts psychanalytiques et rappellerons les concepts fondamentaux de l’EMDR afin d’identifier facilement leur utilisation lors de la présentation de cas. Attention! Il s’agit bien d’un cas de thérapie EMDR, infiltrée par une pensée psycho-dynamique.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: 1. Intégrer l’approche psycho-dynamique au traitement en EMDR (particulièrement lors de la phase 1 à 4) 2. Redécouvrir l’importance de dresser la liste des évènements perturbateurs avec tous les clients. 3. Établir comme nouvelle ressource la compréhension par le client de son propre enjeu psycho-dynamique. 4. Envisager l’alliance thérapeutique comme ressource principale pour le bon déroulement de la thérapie EMDR. 5. À travers l’exposé détaillé de séances de thérapie, suivre les 8 phases du traitement EMDR illustrant l’efficacité du modèle TAI.

For a detailed presentation of a case of burnout, we will discover together how an integrated psychodynamic and EMDR enhances the understanding and treatment of the client and the therapist's work. We will emphasize the therapeutic alliance, understanding the customer's own psycho-dynamics as a resource and the importance of disrupting the event list. We will specify certain psychoanalytic concepts and recall the basic concepts of EMDR to easily identify their use during the presentation of cases. Caution! It is indeed a case of EMDR, infiltrated by a psycho-dynamic thinking. Learning Objectives: 1. Integrate the psychodynamic approach to treatment in EMDR (particularly in Phase 1 to 4) 2. Rediscover the importance of listing the disruptive events with all clients. 3. Establish as a new resource for understanding the customer's own stake psychodynamic. 4. Consider the therapeutic alliance as a key resource for the success of EMDR therapy. 5. Through the detailed presentation of therapy sessions, follow the eight phases of EMDR treatment model illustrating the effectiveness of TAI.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process
Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: U
sing EMDR with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) and other dissociative disorders (DDs) requires careful adaptation to allow the unique benefits of EMDR to be used productively, without risking unleashing a flood of traumatic material and destabilizing the client. In this chapter I will discuss adaptations for each stage of treatment for dissociative clients. While I'll focus on work with DID (formerly multiple personality disorder) and dissociative disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS), the EMDR adaptations and protocols taught in this chapter can be used with people with other DDs and complex PTSD, and in ego-state work. This chapter is divided into three sections, summarizing the treatment of DDs within the three stages of standard phase-oriented trauma treatment. [Text, pp. 88, 90]
Keywords: Adults Child Abuse DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Hypnotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Blore, D. (2009). EMDR for mining and related trauma: The underground trauma protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 215-232). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The author has been providing EMDR to traumatized miners since 1993. As with other specialized client groups, the Single Trauma (STP) and Recent Trauma Protocol (RTP) have required modifications. The author has collated the modifications made, and presented them here as the Underground Trauma Protocol (UTP). The UTP is intended to provide a rapid and effective method of conducting EMDR with traumatized miners and other similar, very specific, client groups. The principal use of the UTP is for traumatized miners of coal, gold, nickel, gems, and so forth. It has also been used with the following populations: traumatized tunnelers (e.g., excavators of tunnels in both war and peace); those traumatized in rail accidents in tunnels (e.g., fire in Channel Tunnel, Kings Cross tube fire); those traumatized in underground leisure pursuits (e.g., exploration of caves, pot holing); those traumatized by being trapped (e.g., in collapsed buildings as in Turkish earthquakes); and those traumatized during 9/11 in New York and the 7/7 bombings in London. The author recommends that the treatment of this client group only be undertaken by fully trained EMDR clinicians who have experience with modifying protocols and existing clinical experience of using cognitive interweave. The Underground Trauma Protocol Script is provided. [PsycINFO Datab]
Keywords: Disasters Mining Trauma Underground Trauma Underground Trauma Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Blore, D. C. (2000). EMDR for mining and related trauma: The underground trauma protocol (UTP). The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The author has now been providing EMDR to traumatised miners for almost seven years. As with other specialised client groups, the single trauma (STP) and recent trauma protocols (RTP), have required modifications. The author has collated the modifications made, and presented them here as 'The Underground Trauma Protocol (UTP)'. The UTP is intended to provide a rapid and effective method of conducting EMDR with traumatised miners and other similar, very specific, client groups. The author welcomes feedback on its use.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Mining Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Laurel Parnell, L., & Burns, M. (2010). EMDR for the traumatized caregiver. Vernon, CT: Fair Point Productions.

Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
Live EMDR demonstration session conducted by Laurel Parnell with a participant from her EMDR training course. The session took place in a classroom setting with EMDR trainees observing the work. In this video, the client is a woman bothered by a recent traumatic event: the serious/chronic illness of a close family member.
Keywords: Caregivers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Fizel, D., Shapiro, F., Borderson, G., & Frank-NcNeil, J. (1997). EMDR for trauma (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an approach that combines elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although eye movement stimulation has garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions which are organized into eight phases of therapy. EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client's responses in the present. To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient's nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. The goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable. [Videorecording : DVD video 1 videodisc (53 min.) : sd., col. ; 4 3/4 in.]
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?
Keywords: Client Francine Shapiro Male
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Dworkin, M. (2003, September). EMDR from the heart: A relational view of healing traumatic memories. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many memories, explicit and implicit, and their concomitant sensations, are stimulated intersubjectively, spontaneously, and continuously, forming a multiplicity of feedback loops from clinician to client. This workshop 1s designed to raise the awareness of the clinician's witting and unwitting participation in these processes. Transferential remarks may become sources of potential targeting, which may spontaneously bring the client back to old unfinished material. Somatosensory countertransferential reactions may serve as sources of rich data to identify and work out blocks at a moment that a session seems to stall. The Relational Interweave, a relatively new intersubjective strategy, takes reactions of clinician and client into account and opens opportuntities for new and more powerful links to positive neural networks enhancing the work. This workshop will teach rapid methods of identifying and sequencing and intervening in these intersubjective processes.
Keywords: Relational Interweave Relational Strategies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Eliscu, D., & deGraffenried, D. (2009, August). EMDR group work in community mental health: engagement, stabilization, and preparation for treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address innovative EMDR group practice within an outpatient community mental health setting. As the poor, people of color, the disenfranchised, and multiply traumatized become our agency clients, clinicians are developing innovative, recovery oriented and solution based treatment models. Specific content to be reviewed will include a revolving five-session, time limited group model, teaching the theory of EMDR in a group setting, helping clients to recognize affect, use of limited BLS in group sessions, evaluative client solution based satisfaction scaling questions, and flexible group composition. Client videos will be shown to explore client feedback, satisfaction, and how the group process has supported and enhanced their recovery.
Keywords: Community Mental Health Group Work
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Luber, M. (2013, February). EMDR HAP client handbook. Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I).

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
If you're interested, or already engaged, in EMDR therapy with a registered EMDR therapist, this is the ideal supporting guide to take you through preparation and the main work. This is the electronic version of a simple EMDR Clients Handbook usually to be found on sale at EMDR Conferences and workshops in the UK and Ireland. All proceeds go to support the work of EMDR HAP UK&I, taking trauma training to therapists in regions around the world of conflict or disaster. Please visit the HAP UK&I website for more background information, at www.hapuk.org.
Keywords: Handbook
Accuracy Verified: No
242. Poon, Wai-Ling, M. (2012). EMDR in competition with fate: A case study in a Chinese woman with multiple traumas. Case Reports in Psychiatry, 2012, 1-4. doi:10.1155/2012/827187.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper described the application of eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) for addressing the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms in a Chinese woman who had experienced multiple traumas in her childhood. EMDR is an integrative therapeutic intervention that uses a standardized eight-phase approach to treatment. It is also a proven, effective, and efficient treatment for trauma. In this client with multiple traumas, the etiological event that lay the foundation of her dysfunctional responses was reprocessed first. The successful resolution of this event allowed the positive treatment effects to transfer to other traumatic events of a similar theme. This case also illustrates the importance of identifying a culturally appropriate positive cognition (PC) in contributing to the success of the treatment.
Keywords: Case Study China Trauma Woman
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. Eckers, D. (2010, June). EMDR in difficult circumstances - Working with a complex traumatized boy in Thailand. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In 2009 a training in psychotraumatology and EMDR was conducted in Thailand with participants from Thailand, Indonesia, Burma, Kambodscha and other countries. During that training of 8 days a 9-years-old boy was treated after some stabilization with 'safe place' and special containment - with EMDR. He was diagnosed with Asperger-syndrome (a form of autism), was traumatized by the loss of a near relative, the burning of his home, a car accident and by Tsunami. Time was limited, the boy wasn't acquainted with the therapist, didn't speak much English, needed his aunt to translate and was first time in his life away from his home. But even in these conditions treatment was possible in 1 session stabilization and 3 sessions of EMDR The case will be demonstrated with the boy's drawings and video clips of the stabilization phase and of the EMDR session about Tsunami. Learning objectives: 1. Understanding a client-adapted way to applicate EMDR in children. 2. Creative working with children in their cultural and individual context, What is essential in EMDR even with child-adapted and creative modifications?
Keywords: Adolescent Male Thailand Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Egli-Bernd, H. (2011). EMDR in dissociative processes within the framework of personality disorders: The impact of cognitions in the EMDR Process: The “dialogue protocol“. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 131-139. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.131.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A theoretical analysis of the psychodynamic dimension of cognitions in the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol can be beneficial in addressing the specific issues affecting the choice of appropriate cognitions in working with clients with personality disorders. This group of patients share the biographic commonality of emotional-narcissistic abuse and neglect in childhood by primary attachment figures and significant others in their lives. Arising from these experiences, a subtle dissociation (in childhood) can cause the development of parts of self with an emotional and cognitive fixation on a self-image. This is defined by the child's attachment figures and other significant people, and has subsequently been internalized by the child themselves. In such cases, the actual goal of treatment is not primarily the event on which the EMDR session is initially focused, but rather the complex emotional and cognitive significance that the event has on the client's self-perception and self-evaluation.
Keywords: Attachment Childhood Abuse Dimension of Cognitions Dissociation Processing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996). Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as hostile. As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations, using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised clients enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process can 'take place'. How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement awareness. How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into deeper levels of body consciousness. How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance" of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement and dance therapy.
Keywords: Body Dance Therapy Experimental Use Movement Therapy Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Hamilton, C. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of a client with psychosis and post traumatic stress disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) increase his/her knowledge about identifying post traumatic stress disorder in persons with psychosis; 2) increase his/her intereste in exploring the potential benefit of EMDR with clients with psychosis and trauma disorders; 3) identify aspects of psychosis that according to this single case study did not appear to benefit from treatment with EMDR.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychosis PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and development, nurturer and protector figures, spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories; TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Abreaction Abuse Adults Blocked Processing Closing Incomplete Session Cogntive Interweave Ego Strengthening Imaginal Interweave Target Development Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. McMahon, E. (2002). EMDR in the treatment of attachment and bonding difficulties. In J. Morris-Smith (Ed.), EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 31-36). London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
A case of a young mother with an insecure attachment history herself who suffered severe post-natal depression after the birth of her first child and who regretted having this baby. Although recovering well from depression when first seen, having benefited from drug therapy and group therapy, there ware nevertheless little progress regarding her bonding with the child. Assessment indicated the emergence of an insecure/ambivalent attachment on the part of the baby resulting in excessive clinginess, sleeping, feeding and management difficulties. Apart from EMDR a number of other models of therapy were used in this case, including mother-infant psychotherapy, solution-focused and narrative therapy. In my own estimation, and in feedback from Susan, EMDR was the most powerful of all interventions. I think this care then represents a very good example of how EMDR is integrated with other therapeutic approaches. In terms of our understanding of this process, one conceptual model (Shapiro, 1995) is that the positive perspective and more adaptive interpretation that traditional therapy provides – including insight and a coherent narrative – is held in a separate neurological network and therefore cannot influence the network containing the dysfunction ally stored material associated with the traumatic memory. Traditional therapy is often unable to help the client link one to the other, and this is where EMDR is so impressively effective.
Keywords: Attachment Bonding Children Occasional Paper
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Richman, S. (2009, March). EMDR in the treatment of survivors of torture. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual EMDR Association UK & Ireland Conference, Manchester, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation seeks to address some of the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who have been the victims of physical and/or psychological torture. The presentation will review characteristics of torture and how the helplessness experienced by victims physically and psychologically can help the therapist to case conceptualization and encourage adaptive learning with interweaves to assist the processing allowing adaptive linkage being made with dysfunctional memory storage. EMDR is very effective where trauma survivors present with somatisation, dissociation and frozen states but desensitization and reprocessing can only be embarked upon after adequate stabilization in the Preparation Phase. Methods of stabilization (including somatic stabilization) will be covered and thereafter the basic EMDR protocol implemented with the client focusing on damage to the self and the spirit.
Keywords: Symposium Torture
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Sautai, G. (2011, June). EMDR intensive therapy (EMDRIT). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Therapeutic Process seems to be blocked for some patients with strong Developmental Disorders or exposed to Disturbing Early Life Experiences (Bessel A. van der Kolk). A specific approach during EMDR Intensive Therapy (EMDRIT) using the Case Conceptualisation (Andrew Leeds), based on the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Francine Shapiro), the Attachment Theory (John Bowlby) and the Useful and Necessary Renouncement Principe (Judith Viorst) allow those patients to progress. As a pilot experience, we have been able to use this EMDRIT framework with 64 clients. Their complex disorders included, for each of them, at least 3 of the following symptoms: Anxiety, depression, primary structural dissociation, alcohol addiction, eating behaviour disorders, travel phobia, emotional numbing, affective isolation, hypochondria, phantom limb syndrome, fibromyalgia, cancer, psychological or physical abuse survivor, perpetrator of violent aggressions. For the 25 first clients, we have used the PCL-S (pathology threshold > 44) test. Their pre-treatment average score was 70. It dropped to 28 after EMDRIT treatment, down to 26 after 3 months and stabilised at 29 after 1 year. These first results allowed us to define a target population and an adapted protocol that provides client safety, efficiency and result sustainability. For the 39 next clients, we measured a decrease of the SCL-90-R (pathology threshold > 1,5) test score from 3 before treatment down to 1,4 after treatment, 1,2 after 3 months and 1,3 after 1 year. We measure efficiency on 87% of the clients and a suppression of 80% of the symptoms after 1 year. At the same time, a control cohort of 20 people with identical pathologies saw their score drop from 3 to 2,3 with the same treatment time, using the standard EMDR protocol. From this preliminary result, we are developing some research hypothesis: •Selection criteria for EMDRIT, based on the patient ability accessing Adaptive Memory Networks (AMN). •The Targeting Sequence Plan, seen as an expression of the Dysfunctional Memory Networks (DMN). •The importance of the client emotional Window Of Tolerance (WOT) for the efficiency of the Adaptive Information Processing system. •Epigenetic show possible structural brain modifications by rehabilitation of fluid links across the 3 levels of the brain (reptilian, limbic and neo-cortical). These changes are immediate and permanent. •Need to standardize appropriate scale for database, in order to foster international research and results sharing. We sea AIP model as an opportunity to move from an analytic and sequential approach to a systemic and integrative approach based on Complex System for a global understanding.
Keywords: EMDR Intensive Therapy EMDRIT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Marich, J. (2011). EMDR made simple: 4 approaches to using EMDR with every client. Eau Claire, WI: Premier Publishing & Media .

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has established itself as an evidence-based psychotherapy for the treatment of trauma and other related mental health disorders. Despite the numerous studies touting EMDR’s efficacy, it is still largely regarded as too complicated to understand, a major factor in why many who have been trained in EMDR no longer use it. EMDR Made Simple: 4 Approaches to Using EMDR with Every Client offers a fresh approach to understanding, conceptualizing, and ultimately implementing EMDR into clinical settings. Dr. Jamie Marich brings in her clinical experience from other modalities and disciplines to show that EMDR is more than just a series of protocols that need to be mastered in order for it to be effective. Using common sense language, clinical cases, and practical examples, EMDR Made Simple will give you the tools to build on your existing clinical knowledge and make EMDR work for you and your clients.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Korn, D. (2003, September). EMDR master series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Master clinicians will present case examples that outline case conceptualization, treatment planning, and course of treatment. Each presenter will demonstrate 1) the essential elements of EMDR, 2) provide conceptional clarity as to when and why to use EMDR, 3) demonstrate perceptual fidelity using interventions, when interventions are needed and how much is needed, 4) provide clarity about why, when, and where to adapt the protocoi given the client's clinical needs.
Keywords: Master Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Laliotis, D. (2007, September). EMDR master series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma, but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious, but nonetheless, a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.
Keywords: Masters Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Leeds, A. (2003, September). EMDR Master Series – II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Master Clinicians will present case examples that outline case conceptualization, treatment planning, and course of treatment. Each presenter will demonstrate: 1) the essential elements of EMDR, 2) provide conceptional clarity as to when and why to use EMDR, 3) demonstrate perceptual fidelity using interventions, when interventions are needed and how much is needed. 4) provide clarity about why, when, and where to adapt the protocol given the client's clinical needs.
Keywords: Master Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Zangwill, W. (2004, September). EMDR master series– I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many therapists erroneously think of EMDR as the phase of treatment involving eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR treatment begins the moment there is contact between client and clinician. From first contact, to target assessment, from bilateral stimulation to reevaluation, effective EMDR processing depends on a case formulation that enables the clinician to vary EMDR implementation depending on the client's underlying issues and maladaptive coping strategies. Using discussion, videotapes and live demonstration, this presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with an increased ability to recognize and target both the clients' painful memories and their underlying blocking beliefs. In every aspect of EMDR, from developing a therapeutic relationship to choosing targets, from obtaining negative and positive cognitions to developing cognitive interweaves, and even knowing when to restart bilateral stimulation, developing and using a conceptual framework will enable the EMDR clinician to provide much more effective treatment.
Keywords: Master Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Saêta, L. B. (2012, Novembro). EMDR no tratamento da dor e das sensações fantasmas [EMDR in the treatment of pain and phantom sensations]. In EMDR e dor crônica. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sujeitos vítimas de amputação podem apresentar, imeditamente após a mesma, algum tipo de desconforto no membro ausente, descrito como formigamento, dormência, posição do membro, temperatura, latejamento, choque e apertamento que podem manifestar-se com a presença ou não de dor, tendo sua qualidade de vida reduzida. Observa-se que atualmente, as abordagens terapêuticas usadas no manejo da dor e das sensações fantasmas podem ser organizadas em três modalidades: medicamentosa, de apoio e cirúrgica, feitas em conjunto ou separadamente. Os tratamentos de apoio mais conhecidos incluem estimulação elétrica nervosa transcutânea, terapia vibratória, acupuntura, hipnose e biofeedback. A proposta desse estudo foi verificar a eficiência do EMDR na redução e/ou eliminação das sensações e da dor fantasmas aplicado a seis sujeitos com amputação de membro inferior, num período de um a três meses de duração (de 4 a 12 sessões de 60 a 90 minutos de duração), utilizando o protocolo EMDR padrão e o protocolo EMDR para a dor, e também exercícios corporais de respiração consciente, aliados, em casos de resistência dos sujeitos ao EMDR, à ativação da visão macular dos dois olhos e a exercícios rítmicos de espernear. Tais procedimentos proporcionaram uma melhor comunicação entre os hemisférios cerebrais, numa reorganização cortical que facilitou o aumento da consciência e aceitação da perda do membro amputado, sendo possível presenciar efeitos terapêuticos positivos e rápidos. Constatou-se que as sensações e as dores fantasmas diminuíram significativamente em três participantes e desapareceram por completo nos outros três, comprovando a eficácia e eficiência do EMDR no processo de inclusão e readaptação social em sujeitos vítimas de amputação.

Subjected victims of amputation may have, immediately after it, some kind of discomfort absent member, described as tingling, numbness, limb position, temperature, throbbing, clenching and shock that may occur with the presence or absence of pain, having a reduced quality of life. It is observed that currently, the therapeutic approaches used in the management of pain and phantom sensations can be organized into three types: medication, and surgical support, made jointly or separately. The most popular treatments include support transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, vibratory therapy, acupuncture, hypnosis and biofeedback. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of EMDR in the reduction and / or elimination of phantom sensations and pain applied to six subjects with lower limb amputation in a period of one to three months duration (4 to 12 sessions of 60 to 90 minutes), using the standard EMDR protocol and the protocol EMDR for pain, and also body conscious breathing exercises, combined, in cases of resistance to the subject of EMDR, the activation of macular vision in both eyes and rhythmic exercises kicking . These procedures allow for a better communication between the cerebral hemispheres, cortical reorganization in which facilitated the increased awareness and acceptance of the loss of the amputated limb, and you can witness the positive therapeutic effects and fast. It was found that the sensations and phantom pain significantly decreased in three participants and disappeared completely in the other three, proving the efficiency and effectiveness of EMDR in the process of inclusion and social rehabilitation of victims subject to amputation.
Keywords: Amputation Phantom Pain Phantom Sensation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Laizeau, M., Nousse, A., & Chakroun, N. (2008, June). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Peterson and Seligman (1984) developed a theory based on the psychological characteristic of optimism. They discovered that a more pessimistic explanatory style is correlated with a deeper depression. The most optimistic explanatory style for a bad event is external, specific and temporary. For a good event the explanatory style is reverse. The pessimistic explanatory style evaluates the causes of bad and good events in the opposite way. Seligman and al (1990) administrated the Attribution Style Questionnaire (ASQ) to swimmers. After negative feedback, optimistic swimmers swim significantly faster compared to pessimistic swimmers. Goldwurm and al. 23 (2006) showed the efficacy of an optimism training proposed by Seligman. Andrew Leeds worked in 1997 on a new protocol known as Resource Development and Installation (RDI). This protocol has been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. RDI protocol comes from EMDR that has been extensively researched and proven effective for the treatment of trauma even on athletes (Graham, 2004). An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol, called “EMDR Peak Performance protocol” has been developed by Lendl & Foster (1997) for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. This orientation leads us to go on with a nonpathologizing view developing optimistic client’s potential with the elaboration of this new protocol that we call: the EMDR optimism protocol (Laizeau and Nousse 2008). It has been developed on the basis of a study lead on rugbymen and swimmers. The aim of our study was to show that this EMDR optimism protocol can easily improve athletic performance.
Keywords: Optimism Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Jarero, I., & Uribe, S. (2011). The EMDR Protocol for recent critical incidents: Brief report of an application in a human massacre situation. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 156-165. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.156.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This ongoing field study was conducted subsequent to the discovery of clandestine graves with 218 bodies recovered in the Mexican state of Durango in April 2011. A preliminary psychometric assessment was conducted with the 60 State Attorney General employees who were working with the corpses to establish a triage criterion and provide baseline measures. The Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the short posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) rating interview were administered, and the 32 individuals whose scores indicated moderate-to-severe posttraumatic stress and PTSD symptoms were treated with the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents (EMDR-PRECI). Participants were assigned to two groups: immediate treatment (severe scores) and waitlist/delayed treatment (moderate scores). Each individual client session lasted between 90 and 120 minutes. Results showed that one session of EMDR-PRECI produced significant improvement on self-report measures of posttraumatic stress and PTSD symptoms for both the immediate treatment and waitlist/delayed treatment groups. This study provides preliminary evidence in support of the protocol's efficacy in a natural setting of a human massacre situation to a group of traumatized adults working under extreme stressors. More controlled research is recommended to evaluate further the protocol's efficacy.
Keywords: Human Massacre PRECI Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Protocol for Recent Critical Incidents PTSD Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. Shapiro, F., Beutler, L., Norcross, J., Maxfield, L., & Rogers, S. (2002). EMDR research and its future: Ecological validity, process research, component analysis, outcome findings, and sociopolitical context. Panel discussion at the Society for Psychotherapy Research International Conference, Santa Barbara, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This panel presentation addresses ecological validity, process factors, methodological variables, and sociopolitical context in the interpretation and dissemination of outcome research. Since its introduction, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) has been the focus of controversy because of its departure from existing paradigms, its non-traditional dissemination, and immoderate claims for rapid effectiveness. This panel reviews the socio-political context in which EMDR developed and its relevance for other emerging psychotherapeutic approaches. Findings from a recent methodological meta-analysis are reviewed to provide an empirical context for assessing the range of results in different outcome studies. Specific client, therapist, and methodological variables that could account for disparities in outcome are examined and implications for interpreting research outcomes are discussed. The panel also summarizes the findings of various recent studies that identified the effects of eye movements as decreasing vividness and emotionality of memory, physiological arousal, and in-session subjective distress. Findings from two recently completed studies are reported in which both process variables and active ingredients were examined. Limitations of the group design approach to the dismantling of psychotherapies are also discussed.
Keywords: Panel Discussion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Luber, M. (2009). EMDR summary sheet. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 3-4). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This author has been interested in the idea of consolidating information in an accessible form throughout her career. The EMDR Summary Sheet was the result of a need on her part to have access to all of the relevant information concerning client information and EMDR interventions at a glance. This EMDR Summary Sheet is a way to consolidate important client information quickly and succinctly. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Summary Sheet
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Lombardo, M. (2012). EMDR target timeline. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(1), 37-46. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.1.37.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This Clinical Q&A section responds to a question about organizing a client's historical information into a targeting sequence within a treatment plan that is consistent with Shapiro's (2001) three-pronged protocol. The procedures for identifying and prioritizing treatment eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) targets are reviewed in the context of Shapiro's theoretical model, and various time line models are summarized. The author then presents her EMDR Target Time Line, which provides a practical simple visual tool for documenting past, present, and future aspects of the presenting problem. It allows the therapist to note if disturbing past experiences present around a core theme, such as negative cognitions, physical symptoms, or situations/persons/circumstances. Three clinical cases are used to illustrate the form's application with various types of treatment targets.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP: Clinical Application Core Theme Time Line Treatment Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation) will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each. Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both didactic and video material. Learning Objectives: • Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment decision-making during an EMDR session. • Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice) reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points. • Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance. • Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies). • Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies, completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.

Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration. Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. • Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité, contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les blocages. • Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de tolérance. • Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes). • Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les dommages survenus au cours du développement.
Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. Withers, D. (2001). EMDR therapy in the group setting. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
I had been doing EMDR with children for a number of years for trauma and resultant anxiety, depression, sleep disorders, nightmares, hair pulling and a variety of symptoms, with excellent results. EMDR, or Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, is a powerful tool that seems to have a direct on the way the brain functions, reducing the disturbance of traumatic events and allowing the client to see them in a new and less distressing way. Researchers worldwide publishing in prestigious journals have shown its efficacy. Having a background in dance and movement therapy, I had previously developed an innovation, EMDR Bilateral Movement Therapy groups, for women with body image issues who are in 3rd stage trauma recovery. (Presented at the 1999 EMDRIA Conference). It was during a conversation with an EMDR trained child psychiatrist about these groups that I realized what a natural application they would have with ADHD children.
Keywords: ADHD Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Oren, U., & Solomon, R. (2012). EMDR therapy: An overview of its development and mechanisms of action. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 197-203. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.08.005.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Introduction: This article examines the history and development of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), from Dr. Francine Shapiro's original discovery in 1987, to current findings and future directions for research and clinical practice. Elements of the literature: An overview is provided of significant milestones in the evolution of EMDR over the first 20 years, including key events, research and scientific publications, and humanitarian efforts. The authors also describe the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model, which is the theoretical basis of the therapy; they address the question of mechanisms of action, and EMDR's specific contribution to the field of psychotherapy. Discussion: EMDR is an integrative psychotherapy, which sees dysfunctionally stored memories as the core element of the development of psychopathology. In its view of memory, it integrates information that is sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic in nature. The EMDR protocol looks at past events that formed the presented problem, at the present situations where the problem is experienced, and at the way, the client would like to deal with future challenges. Conclusion: EMDR is a 25-year-old therapy that has accumulated a substantial body of research proving its efficiency, and is now part of many professional treatment guidelines. The research is pointing to its potentially large positive impact in the fields of mental and physical health.
Keywords: Development Mechanisms of Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Murray, K. (2010, September/October). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
How can we support women with breast cancer (BC) in their bio-psycho-social healing? Are fearsof recurrence inevitable or a re-experiencing of unresolved BC diagnosis and treatment experiences? Participants will identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with BC, and the impacton treatment, quality of life, and fears of recurrence; review the seven cancer treatment stages, and potential traumas, triggers, and EMDR interventions of each; describe phase two interventions to manage worry, develop healing imagery and promote coping and positive health behaviors; and explain how past-present-future targeting can address fears of recurrence. Expanded from 2008, this workshop draws on psycho-oncology literature, clinical observations, and one client’s EMDR journey from “coping” to “living”.
Keywords: Breast Cancer
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Murray, K. (2008, September). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer - Including phantom breast pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Distress and fears of recurrence following breast cancer treatment are viewed through the lens AIP. Through review of research and case presentation of one stage III client, participants will be able identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with breast cancer and the factors that predict distress; describe how intrusion, hyperarousal and avoidance can impact cancer treatment and quality of life, including fears of recurrence; apply research on the use of EMDR with phantom limb pain to the phantom sensations experienced by many women following mastectomy; and identify treatment considerations in the use of the eight phases of EMDR to improve quality of life and decrease fears of recurrence.
Keywords: Breast Cancer Phantom Breast Pain Phantom Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part. 2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client. 3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.
Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction Psychological Defenses Toolbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Knipe, J. (2006, June). EMDR toolbox: Video examples of methods of targeting avoidance, procrastination, affect dysregulation, the pain of being "dumped" by a lover, and a shame-based ego state in a client with a identity disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is clear from over 17 published studies that the EMDR method is highly effective in assisting clients in resolving PTSD (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002). However, most clients who enter therapy do not have a simple problem of a single disturbing memory, but a complex history. Typically, clients come to therapy with a mixed presentation, of not only emotional disturbance, but also mental structures and actions which function to soothe, contain, avoid or dissociate from emotional disturbance. Thus, the initial presentation of most clients is complex and often ambivalent. In this workshop, examples will illustrate Adaptive Information Processing methods of targeting and resolving psychological defenses, such as avoidance, ambivalence, and idealization. Also, the BHS/CIPOS (Back-of-the-Head Scale/Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety) method will be described. This method is a set of procedures that can be used during the EMDR Desensitization Phase to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Video segments from therapy sessions will be shown to illustrate each of these methods.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.
Keywords: Health Problems Trauma Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Culver-Turner, R., & Miller, M. S. (2012, October). EMDR treatment for a transgender woman: A single-case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A single-case study illustrated how EMDR was utilized with a biological male who experienced female gender identity. The client presented with difficulty in decision-making and stress regarding the female gender identity expression and transition. As trauma and EMDR ressearch has indicated, the client needed to process through ealrier and recent traumatic memories in order to clarify gender expression and transitioning decisions (Richmond, Burnes & Carroll, 2012). Previous traumatic experiences included being the recipient of transgender discrimination and prejudice. Results indicated that EMDR can be a helpful tool for processing trauma and assist decision making regarding expressing gender identity and transitioning.
Keywords: Case Study Gender Identity Poster, Transgender Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.
Keywords: Sex Offenders Substance Abusers Symposium Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.
Keywords: Adults Developmental Deficits Incest
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Manon, M. (2007). EMDR Treatment of family abuse: Eye movement to "I" movement. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 95-110). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter presents an inside view of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) narrated by a client who was requested to tell her story to educate clinicians and clients so that others might be healed. The client's vivid account of her emotional history, along with the description of various memories targeted in treatment and the results of her processing sessions, provide an illustration of the therapy. Her emotional upheaval and adult relationships are a reflection of the cauldron of abuse, deceit, and chaos intrinsic to her family of origin. As indicated by the Adaptive Information Processing model, her symptoms were largely the result of the earlier negative experiences from childhood that were dysfunctionally stored in her brain. These memories had inherent within them the emotions and perspectives that generated her negative sense of self and inability to function happily in the world. The processing of the memories of these early events resulted in accelerated learning and a concomitant transmutation of her personal identity and self-efficacy. An addendum to the case by Kaslow elucidates the family systems perspective. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Child Abuse Cognitive Processes Early Memories Family Abuse Family Systems Perspective Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Leeds, A. (2012). EMDR treatment of panic disorder and agoraphobia: Two model treatment plans. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 110-119. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.110.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article, condensed from Chapter 14 of A Guide to the Standard EMDR Protocols for Clinicians, Supervisors, and Consultants (Leeds, 2009), examines applying eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to treating individuals with panic disorder (PD) and PD with agoraphobia (PDA). The literature on effective treatments for PD and PDA is reviewed focusing on cognitive and behavioral therapies, pharmacotherapy, and EMDR. Case reports and controlled studies of EMDR treatment of PD and PDA are examined for lessons to guide EMDR clinicians. Two model EMDR treatment plans are presented: one for cases of simple PD without agoraphobia or other co-occurring disorders and the other for cases of PDA or PD with co-occurring anxiety or Axis II disorders. A more extensive literature discussion, detailed treatment guidelines, and client education resources can be found in the original chapter.
Keywords: Agoraphobia CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Panic Pharmacotherapy Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. Phillips, K. M., Freund, B., Fordiani, J., Kuhn, R., & Ironson, G. (2009). EMDR treatment of past domestic violence: A clinical vignette. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 192-197. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.192.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This case study describes the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for a woman who met criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) related to past domestic violence. Outcome measures were used to assess the client's symptoms at intake, after the third and sixth active EMDR sessions, and at 1- and 3-month follow-ups. In addition to the use of outcome measures, at 3-month follow-up the client was evaluated by a therapist who was blind to the type of treatment the client had received. Results indicated that after nine active sessions of EMDR, the client no longer met criteria for PTSD and no longer endorsed symptoms of depression or intrusive thoughts. Thus, EMDR was successful in treating PTSD symptoms associated with past domestic violence, and effects were maintained at 3-month follow-up.
Keywords: Domestic Violence Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Outcome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Rittenhouse, J. (2000, September). EMDR treatment of PTSD in a biracial client. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify ways in which EMDR is uniquely helpful to biracial and minority clients; 2) describe ways in which racially mixed individuals are oppressed in the United States; 3) describe how problems stemming from prejudice and discrimination can be resolved using EMDR; and 4) apply EMDR to the difficulties some clients may have due to life experiences relating to ethnicity and will develop a richer understanding of some of the problems caused by rascism.
Keywords: Biracial Client Minority Client Rascism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives: Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model; Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.
Keywords: Children Clergy Abuse Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles importantes.

Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au cours des différentes étapes du traitement. This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses, overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Shapiro, F. (2002). EMDR treatment: Overview and integration. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 27-55). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
EMDR is not viewed as a panacea but rather as a comprehensive approach to be applied to experiential contributors of disorder and self-enhancement. The information-processing model that governs EMDR practice invites clinicians to view the overall client picture to identify the past events that contribute to the dysfunction, the present events that trigger disturbance, and the skills and internal resources that need to be incorporated for healthy and adaptive living in the future. The approach to the clinical picture is termed the adaptive information-processing model. It was previously termed the accelerated information-processing model because the rapid learning and transmutation of characteristics can take place without the time limitations accepted and imposed on the previous traditional therapies. [Text, p. 27]TOPICS TREATED: Eight phases of treatment (client history and planning; preparation; assessment; desensitization; installation; body scan; closure; re-evaluation); Adaptive information processing (mimicking spontaneous processing; case study); Future explorations
Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Shapiro, R. (2000, September). An EMDR two-hand interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada. .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to employ two new methods of using a two-handed interweave with EMDR: (a) with eye movmeents or other therapist-applied bilateral stimulation, and (b) with client-directed bilateral stimulation; 2) be able to apply this two-handed interweave in a variety of treatment circumstances: (a) with clients who are experiencing ambivalence about a decision, (b) to contrast and sometimes integrate two ego states; (c) to differentiate between a projection on another, and the actual other person, (d) to differentiate between a negative cognition or introject and a true self, (e) to differentiate between a destructive cultural or familial belief or introject and a beneficial alternative, and (f) to tailor the two-hand technique to other circumstances; and 3) through practice, will be able to apply the two-handed interweave to another participant and have the experience of using it on themselves.
Keywords: Two-Hand Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Dellucci, H. (2011, February /March). EMDR using gearbox technique and letters. Presentation at the EMDR Association of India – Mumbai Chapter, Delhi, India .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The new protocol has been likened to the gears of a vehicle where on each speed a certain amount of work is done to deal with the trauma in a gradual fashion.
Speed zero deals with stabilization; speed 1 deals with desensitizing future fears; speed 2 touches upon desensitizing emotions or body sensations without touching on the actual trauma. At speed 3 the client works on early imprints (any issues from the age of birth to 3 years). Speed 4 deals with desensitizing present triggers and speed 5 deals with use of EMDR on past events. Helene will also be teaching how she also ingeniously uses LETTER WRITING(from the future or standard) with bilateral stimulation. The above protocol is useful even for dissociative or complex trauma clients Helene has summarized her therapy by saying: “Different clients evolve at different speeds, as a function of many parameters that we often are not able to control as therapists. Our basic assumption is that clients go as fast as they can, given their particular situation. If they slow down, it is because they have good enough reasons, whether conscious or not. What we try to avoid is them slowing down because of the therapist. Our motto is to progress as fast as possible, as long as the road and the weather permit it, and go as slowly as necessary to keep the journey secure.”
Keywords: Gearbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). EMDR vs CBT in the treatment of anorexia nervosa: A preliminary study. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In working with clients with anorexia nervosa for the past 18 months, it has become apparent that while many clinicians continue to utilise a variety of treatment means, CBT or systemic family therapy are often treatments most frequently offered to the sufferer. However, what does appear to be consistent is the general view (e.g., Waller; Treasure; Brewer) that ‘recovery’ will take an average between 1 to 2 years with many clients suffering from this disorder never making a full or complete recovery.
With this in mind, sixteen clients with a previous diagnosis of anorexia nervosa and under medical supervision with a BMI of 16.5 – 18 and still meeting the mental criteria of anorexia nervosa (DSM IV) were offered either EMDR (N.10) or CBT (N.6). Starting with the premise that most sufferers of anorexia nervosa argued that simply ‘eating’ is not the answer – but rather the mechanism by which control is maintained – it was agreed that regular weigh-ins and the use of food journals would form part of the study – however, no therapeutic emphasis would be placed directly on food in either the CBT or the EMDR group.
Those receiving EMDR recovered substantially quicker and with less food-related exposure, once the target memory precipitating the anorexic onset was identified. Interestingly, food intake and weight increased without needing to be targeted as a separate matter, once the ‘feeder’ memory had been adapted in 8 out of the 10 EMDR clients. In the remaining two clients, behavioural experiments targeting the “practice of behaving (and eating) normally’ one day a week in order to reduce the fear of ‘normality’ was used with good effect.
Whilst the CBT group did improve, they continued to fluctuate in terms of active anorexic patterns of behaviour and their weight or food intake did not appear to improve significantly.
Although the trial lasted for 6 months duration, on average, the EMDR group reached ‘recovery’ at around 3-4 month mark, compared to the CBT group of which five noticed ‘improvement,’ however, did not appear to have increased weight and still reported phobic reactions to both body-mage and food at the 4 month mark. One in the CBT group did make a significant improvement based on cognitive restructuring alone and this client did increase weight and intake significantly at the same ratio as the EMDR group.
At the initial 1-month follow-up post-study, the CBT group were still exhibiting symptoms of mental pre-occupation with diet/weight compared to the EMDR group who had reached normal BMI ranges (N.9) and all reported little to no pre-occupation with diet/eight.
Although this study is still pending follow-ups of all clients, there would appear, on the basis of this preliminary study that anorexia nervosa appears to respond better to EMDR in shorter treatment duration than CBT.
Furthermore, six of the EMDR group reposed using safe-space imagery to reduce their anxieties surrounding food and this may have been a contributory factor.
Keywords: Anorexia Nervosa CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Schubbe, O. (2008, September). EMDR with children: EMDR in work with children. Presentation at Pre-congress on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The workshop will give a brief systematic overview over the EMDR techniques specifically used in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. Age appropriate forms of bilateral stimulation and of the actualization of ressources and unresolved memories will be explained. Small group exercises are intended to give participants a practical learning experience. Applicants for the EMDR seminars with Oliver Schubbe at Linz or Graz can use this workshop as a taster course. Participants should be willing to play the role of a child or adolescent client within a small group.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Seubert, A. (2005). EMDR with clients with mental disability. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 293-311). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Until recent times those with the dual diagnosis of mental retardation and mental health issues were deemed inappropriate candidates for counseling or psychotherapy. Dysfunctional behaviors and emotional displays generated by mood disorders, grief, or trauma were often written off as part of the mental disability, in what has come to be known as diagnostic overshadowing. Time, experience, and compassion have changed this. Counseling and psychotherapy have been shown to be "feasible and successful" with this population. Most effective are approaches that utilize and integrate concrete, experiential, and behavioral aspects of the treatment. The task and responsibility of the therapist is to follow the client's internal and interpersonal process as it reveals itself and find the ways, means, and language to facilitate this organic movement toward well-being. [Text, p. 293] [Pilots]
Keywords: Mentally Retarded Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Hughes, J. H. (2006, March). EMDR with combat veterans. Presentation at the 4th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is a useful tool in the clinical armarnentarium for the treatment of posttraumatic stress reactions in service personnel who have been involved in armed conflict. Some of the issues involved in working with this client group will be discussed and illustrated, where appropriate, with case material. Outcome measures of the successful use of EMDR with this population will be presented.
Keywords: Combat Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Paulsen, S. (2010, October). EMDR with dissociative clients: 17 secrets. Presentation at the 27th Annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unmodified EMDR can harm dissociative clients if it prematurely breaches dissociative barriers overwhelming the client’s capacity and resources. Practitioners must screen for dissociation and use special procedures to safely use EMDR with these clients. The workshop will cover critical guidelines and techniques to pace and troubleshoot EMDR with dissociative clients within the phased treatment model, for clients ranging from DDNOS to DID. Assessment and stabilization are key to preparing clients for trauma work. The workshop offers methods to increase affect tolerance, establish a two-step containment habit, and orient personalities to person place and time. Other topics include: increasing tolerance of body sensation and affect, and enhancing compassion for self and others, directly working with introjects or other “monstrous” shame-laden parts, essential to reducing internal conflict and resistance to therapy. The workshop instructs in specific ego state strategies and imagery to provide sufficient resources, maintain an observing ego. Rooted in the hypnotic tradition, stabilization methods to pace and fractionate the work within EMDR while interspersing trauma work with sessions that consolidate gains. The workshop also describes the conference room method and means to trouble-shoot stuck processing. Finally, the workshop describes the final phases of therapy, skills building, integration and fusion.
Participants will be able to : ♦♦ explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation and choose an appropriate protocol. ♦♦ list six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients, to increase rapport, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources. ♦♦ structure EMDR sessions using imagery and ego state interventions for pacing, fractionating and trouble-shooting the work.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Burdova, I., Lievegoed, R., & Wijga, S. (2006, June). EMDR with mentally ill children and adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Fragments of a treatment different from the protocol Asking the client to choose the aspect of the abuse that is most difficult to her at the moment, accomponied by auditory stimuli. Installing the positive cognition while the tension is still 9 (SUD). [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adults Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Keenan, L., Keenan, P., & Wright, C. (2007, June). EMDR with perinatal post traumatic stress disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
For most people, childbirth is a time for celebration and joy. However, for some women it can prove a harrowing and traumtising experience. This may result in mothers developing Peri-Natal Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PN-PSTD), (Slade, 2006)). The reported prevalence of PTSD following childbirth ranges from 1.5% to 6% (Beck, 2004). However, there is a general lack of awareness of this issue, encompassing all health care professions (General Practitioners, Health Visitors, Obstetricians, and non-specialist Psychiatrists) (Robinson, 2003)). This can lead to misdiagnosis and inappropriate treatments being offers (Czamocks & Slade, 2000). This paper will critically examine some of the common themes associated with PN-PTSD. It will explore how Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) can and should be used as an effective treatment intervention (Madrid, Skolek, and Shapiro 2007). Evidence based practice and practice based evidence (case studies) will show how EMDR can be adapted for this client group. The presentation will also reflect on future training needs and research implications.
Keywords: Health Problems Perinatal Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Cooper, A. (1995, June). EMDR with victims of trauma: Protecting your client, protecting yourself. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an innovative and rapidly expanding new, treatment technique. Therapists are provided with two weekends of intensive training and encouraged to obtain supervision and be active in peer consultation groups and networks, and work to refine their skills. It is uncertain what percentage follow through in this regard. Estimates of the numbers of people who are victims of sexual trauma in our society are staggering (one in 3 girls, one in seven boys). Research finds that approximately half the people who present for psychotherapy have some sexual trauma in their history. EMDR has been hailed as an important new technique in facilitating the treatment of those who have been sexually traumatized. With correct usage, EMDR can greatly facilitate the treatment. At the same time, sexual trauma is a complex and volatile issue and awkward, poorly timed, or overly simplistic usage of EMDR could potentially lead to adverse consequences for the patient and treatment. As with any therapeutic technique or paradigm it can only be as helpful as that of the overall treatment. In addition the mere usage of EMDR will have an impact on the therapy, as well as the therapeutic container, and therapists need to be cognizant of what that impact will be as well as to be sure that they know how to incorporate the patient reactions into the treatment in a positive way and not allow them to undermine, or otherwise detrimentally effect both patient and therapist primary therapy goals. Particularly in these times of increased litigation, malpractice suits, and professional grievances against therapists those professionals utilizing EMDR would be wise to be aware of the particular risks inherent in the patient population in which they work, as well as the inherent vulnerability of utilizing a newly developed technique. In treating sexual trauma many experts agree that the crucible of the therapeutic container- is whether the healing will occur if the therapist sucessfully deals with the challenges the patient will offer lip. Again how those utilizing EMDR negotiates those challenges may be he difference between a successful course of therapy and a disaster. Finally, working with sexual trauma is an emotionally, intellectually, and sometimes physically demanding undertaking. Many therapists do not fully realize or acknowledge the toll that this type of work exacts and may be blind to the countertransferentia1 responses which arise and how they are communicated to the patient. In this workshop we will first reveal, some of the current thinking on the primary treatment issues (and obstacles) in therapy with victims of sexual trauma. We will then examine how and when is the most propitious time to use EMDR with this population and what reactions patients are likely to have to this type of intervention. Specific ways that EMDR and its implementation may activate certain issues in sexual trauma victims be elucidated as well as strategies for addressing those issues. Finally participants will engage in a series of experiential exercises designed to heighten their awareness of their own personal reactions and feelings (i.e., countertransference) to working with the intensity of sexual trauma. Once again these potential reactions will be linked to more or less effective usage of EMDR.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Fonseca, G. S. (2010, Octubre/Noviembre). EMDR y apego: Conceptualización y estrategias para el abordaje de casos que implican experiencias relativas a la vida intrauterina, nacimiento y primer año de vida de los/as clientes [EMDR and attachment: Concepts and strategies for approaching cases involving experiences in utero, birth and first year of client's life]. Mini curso en el II Congreso Iberoamericano de EMDR y Psicotrauma, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Keywords: Attachment Birth First Year of Life In Utero
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.

Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional. Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia (imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa de la experiencia. Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia, haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente; 2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del evento reprocesado.

EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and address the devastating effects of the generational transmission. This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol accessing disruptive life events, current triggers and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience (Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration experience. This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy, doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). In this paper we present the outlines of this model psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client; 2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of reprocessed event.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Lange, A., & van de Kerkhoff, K. (2001). EMDR zonder oogbewegingen is imaginaire confrontatie (EMDR (E + M) = IC) [EMDR without eye movements is imaginary confrontation (EMDR - (E + M) = IC)]. Directieve Therapie, 21(3), 246-256. doi:10.1007/BF03060261.

Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Drie jaar na een verkeersongeluk had de hoofdpersoon uit deze gevalsbeschrijving nog last van storende, intrusieve gedachten en beelden. De – succesvolle – behandeling bestond uit slechts één sessie van anderhalf uur, waarvan Imaginaire Confrontatie (ic) de hoofdschotel was. De ic wordt op de voet gevolgd en vergeleken met Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (emdr), waarvan ook ‘one session treatment’-gevalsbeschrijvingen bekend zijn. In het nawoord kijken de behandelaar (eerste auteur) en de cliënte (tweede auteur) terug op de behandeling.

Three years after a traffic accident, the protagonist of this case report is irritating, intrusive thoughts and images. The - successful - treatment consisted of only a half hour session, which Imaginary Confrontation (ic) was the main dish. ICU is being closely monitored and compared to Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), which also at one session treatment'-known case studies. In the afterword watch the therapist (first author) and the client (second author) returned to treatment.
Keywords: Grief Imaginary Confrontation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. Shapiro, F. (2013). EMDR – Case formulation, principles, forms, scripts and worksheets, based on the work of Dr. Francine Shapiro, Ph.D.,- For clinical use by EMDRIA/EMDR Europe approved therapists only.. Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I).

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Based on the work of Dr Francine Shapiro, this concisely written handbook sums up all the basics you need to know as an EMDR therapist working with clients. All profits from the sale of this handbook go to support the invaluable work of EMDR's Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I), taking EMDR training to therapists in zones around the world of conflict and disaster. The therapists' handbook can be used in conjunction with the HAP UK&I EMDR client's handbook, also available here on Amazon Kindle. For further information about the work of HAP UK&I, please visit our website, www.hapuk.org.
Keywords: Handbook
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. Herbert, C. (2011, June). EMDR – Practical applications and different treatment protocols for different needs. Presentation at the 7th International Congress of Cognitive Therapy, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro (1989) as a cognitivebehavioural therapy for clients with trauma a little over 20 years ago. After an initial period of intense controversy and scepticism regarding its proclaimed evidence base, EMDR has been studied extensively, its efficacy has been confirmed (Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Shepherd et al. 2000, Alto, 2001; Davidson & Parker, 2001; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Bisson & Andrew, 2005; Bradley, et.al., 2005; Bisson, Ehlers, Matthews, Pilling, Richards, & Turner, 2007) and is one of the effective treatments of PTSD recommended by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) of the UK Department of Health in March 2005. It has been estimated (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) that in the United Kingdom and Ireland approximately 6,000 mental health clinicians have been trained in EMDR. Although studies have evaluated EMDR as a distinct therapeutic modality, during the course of their different levels of EMDR training, clinicians are encouraged to integrate the EMDR treatment protocol into their predominant therapeutic orientation. Thus, EMDR can be used across different psychological therapies, including the Cognitive Psychotherapies. While this makes EMDR a highly versatile modality, it can pose a practical challenge to clinicians in terms of when and how to integrate EMDR into their work with clients. Further, for therapists not trained in EMDR, the concepts may seem strange and scepticism may remain to this date. This workshop seeks to close the gap between false perception and reality about EMDR, by drawing on the facilitator’s 14 years of practical experience in the use and integration of EMDR alongside her work as a Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapist. This practice-oriented workshop will explore different applications of EMDR across the trauma spectrum, as well as, some treatment protocols for other client problems. The important roles of resource installation and interweaves will be introduced. Several forms of bilateral stimulation (DAS - Dual attention stimulus) and an EMDR-based protocol for the installation of a Safe Place for complex trauma (Herbert, 2002) will be practically demonstrated. Learning Objective • To learn about different EMDR applications both in the treatment of different types of trauma, as well as, other psychological problems. • To alleviate scepticism and encourage understanding on how EMDR can be integrated alongside the Cognitive Psychotherapies. • To gain some practical exposure on how EMDR is applied. Training Modality • Training will be practice-oriented and will include some experiential exercise.
Keywords: Protocols Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. 謝馨儀.[Xie Xinyi] (1999, 2011). EMDR介入PTSD治療歷程與效果之個案研究 [EMDR treatment of PTSD intervention process and the effect of case studies]. National Taiwan Normal University, Department of Educational Psychology and Counseling, Taiwan.

Language: Chinese
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
視為一個較新起源於西方國家，眼動脫敏和再加工治療（EMDR）已被證明效率大量的研究。然而，由於這樣的事實，在台灣沒有太多的相關研究，這項研究的目的是在心理治療，EMDR的申請在台灣未來的探索實踐。通過客戶的積極治療和比較 EMDR的干預之前和之後的創傷後應激障礙（PTSD）治療的結果，預計 EMDR將實行更在心理治療領域，從而分散在台灣。（作者摘要）

Regarded as one newer therapy originated from Western countries, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been proven efficient by numerous researches. However, due to the fact that there is not much related research in Taiwan, this study aims at a psychological therapy practice applying EMDR in Taiwan for the future exploration. Via a client’s positive result from the therapy and the comparison before and after the intervention of EMDR to the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) therapy, it is anticipated that EMDR will be practiced more in the psychotherapeutic field and thus dispersed in Taiwan. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Mevissen, L., & Lievegoed, L. (2012, June). EMDR, a healing pathway also for people with Autism? [Mevissen]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Autism is characterized by impairment in information processing, with direct consequences for the AIP in EMDR as a result. This core impairment in autism strongly influences attachment development, relation to and communication with others, sense of self, relation to the own body and thus to bodily senses, functioning of the sensory system (hypo or hyper), view on the world, development of cognitive schemata and development of the stress system. People with autism are easily traumatized, even by 'small-‐small-‐t events'. Often a single trauma leads to complex traumatization. Because PTSD symptoms mimic symptoms of autism, 'diagnostic overshadowing' is a frequently seen phenomenon. This is even more the case in clients with some form of intellectual disability. In this workshop several cases of people with autism treated with EMDR will be presented and discussed, with the use of abundant video material: cases in which treatment is influenced by the autism, as well as cases in which the diagnosis 'autism' no longer fits after treatment of PTSD symptoms, or the other way round when a client referred for PTSD shows up in the course of treatment as having an autism spectrum disorder. Autism has consequences for all phases of the 8 phase 3 pronged therapy model of EMDR. This workshop emphasizes on the creative implementation of the core principles of EMDR in the treatment of people with various autism spectrum disorders.

El autismo se caracteriza por un impedimento del procesamiento de la información y, por tanto, con consecuencias directas para el SPIA en EMDR. Este impedimento fundamental en el autismo incide fuertemente en el desarrollo del apego, las relaciones y la comunicación con terceros, sentido del yo, la relación para con el propio cuerpo y, por ende, con los sentidos corporales, el funcionamiento del sistema sensorial (hipo o hiper), con su visión del mundo, el desarrollo de esquemas cognitivos y con el desarrollo del sistema del estrés. Las personas con autismo sufren traumatización con facilidad, incluido como consecuencia de 'sucesos con t minúscula'. A menudo, un único trauma conduce a una traumatización compleja. Dado que los síntomas de TEPT imitan los síntomas del autismo, 'el eclipse diagnóstico' es un fenómeno frecuente, aún más entre clientes que sufren algún tipo de discapacidad intelectual. En este taller, se presentará y se hablara de varios casos de personas con autismo que han sido tratados con EMDR, sirviéndose de mucho material en vídeo: aquellos casos en los que el tratamiento se ve afectado por el autismo, así como aquellos en los que el diagnóstico de 'autismo' deja de ser apropiado tras el tratamiento de los síntomas de TEPT o viceversa cuando en el transcurso del tratamiento, resulta que un cliente derivado por TEPT presenta un trastorno del espectro autista. El autismo tiene consecuencias en todas las fases del modelo terapéutico de EMDR que consta de 8 fases que trabajan en tres contextos. Este taller resalta la implantación creativa de los principios fundamentales del EMDR en el tratamiento de personas que sufren trastornos del espectro autista.
Keywords: Autism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR, adaptive information processing, and case conceptualization. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 68-87. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.68.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is an integrative, client-centered psychotherapy approach that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the bases of those pathologies not caused by organic deficit or insult. EMDR addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. Overviews of the history, development, and research that have established EMDR as an empirically supported treatment are provided. Subsequent to an explanation of the adaptive information processing model, an extended case example is used to illustrate the recommended EMDR case conceptualization and eight phases of treatment. This approach is used to process the early memories that set the foundation for the pathology and the present situations that trigger the dysfunction, while providing templates for appropriate future action that incorporate the information and behaviors needed to overcome skill and/or developmental deficits. The benefits of integrating EMDR and family systems perspectives to provide the most comprehensive therapeutic effects are described. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Case Conceptualization Family Systems Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. O'Brien, J. M., & Abel, N. J. (2011). EMDR, addictions, and the stages of change: A road map for intervention. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(3), 121-130. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.3.121.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A growing body of literature indicates that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be useful in the treatment of addictions. When combined with traditional addictions treatment approaches, EMDR can enhance client stability, prevent relapse, and promote recovery. Clinical decision making about when and how to use EMDR techniques with clients who present with addictions is complicated. The purpose of this article is to explore the use of EMDR interventions with clients presenting various levels of awareness of their addiction as well as varied levels of motivation to change. The authors explore the Stages of Change and suggest appropriate pre-EMDR EMDR interventions at each stage.
Keywords: Addiction Stages of Change Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Carvalho, E. (2012, June). EMDR, fotos, dibujos y metáforas [EMDR, pictures, drawings and metaphors]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-‐phase EMDR treatment approach using drawings, pictures and metaphorical language; with adults. The eight phases will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same session as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.
En este taller se presentará la adaptación del tratamiento tradicional de 8 fases EMDR usando dibujos, pinturas y lenguaje metafórico; con adultos. Las 8 fases serán descritas en detalle, y las presentaciones de casos clínicos reales ilustraran su uso. Las pinturas serán mostradas desde el principio hasta el final de la misma sesión con el fin de demostrar la eficacia del EMDR y su poder de cambio.
Keywords: Drawings, Metaphors Pictures
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Yoeli, F., & Prattos, T. (2009). The EMDR-accelerated information resourcing (EMDR-AIR) protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 31-45). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The EMDR Accelerated Information Resourcing Protocol (EMDR-AIR Protocol®) is designed to accelerate the search for the resources necessary to resolve the client's current crisis or long-term issues. The idea evolved from the "Double-Hai" paradigm (Yoeli & Prattos, 2005), which is a short-term intervention for use with couples. The EMDR-AIR Protocol is designed to look for that learned generational reaction to trauma that the client is currently using to cope with the current situation while, at the same time, tapping into the historical strengths and resources that enabled survival. These resources are found through the rapid accessing of client history by using the Multi-Tiered Trans-Generational Genogram (MTTG). The MTTG is a format that brings life and new energy into your work with clients and into the life of your client. As the therapist and the client evolve the MTTG, the client teaches the therapist and himself about his richly textured history. Through the legacy of this history, the client gains clarity about his circumstances and an appreciation of life under the best and worst circumstances. Through the practitioner's interest and curiosity, the client learns the fascination that comes from viewing the dynamics of his family through the generations. The process creates a longer lasting effect, solidifying the results of the EMDR session [(PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2009 APA]
Keywords: Accelerated Information Resourcing AIR Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. Capps, F., Andrade, H., & Cade, R. (2005). EMDR: An approach to healing betrayal wounds in couples counseling. In G. R. Walz & R. K. Yep (Eds.), VISTAS: Compelling Perspectives on Counseling (pp. 107-110). Alexandria, VA: American Counseling Association.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Since its introduction by Francine Shapiro in 1989, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has gained wide acceptance as an efficacious clinical treatment. It is particularly useful in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Alto, 2001). Despite its relative novelty, EMDR has been used to treat survivors, emergency workers, and disaster relief counselors worldwide. EMDR therapists have successfully employed EMDR in Oklahoma City, Belfast, Zagreb, Rwanda, Dunblane, Sarajevo, Columbine, and Londonderry. EMDR has also been used in the treatment of PTSD for combat veterans from World War II, the Korean War, Beirut, and the Vietnam War (Silver & Rogers, 2002, p. xix). EMDR effects exceed those of nonspecific effects shared by all treatments and are independent of client expectations. Moreover, EMDR effects are at least equal to effects of cognitive behavioral therapy, and EMDR requires less time than other models with less client attrition (Silver & Rogers, p. 254). Importantly, the American Psychological Association has listed EMDR as an efficacious treatment for civilian PTSD (Alto, 2001).
Keywords: Betrayal Wounds Couples Counselling Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Carvalho, E. R. (2007, June). EMDR: Drawings, pictures, and metaphors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present the adaptation of the traditional 8-phase EMDR protocol to the use of drawings, pictures and metaphorical language with adults. The protocol will be described in detail, and presentations from client cases will illustrate its use. Pictures will be shown from the beginning and end of the same sessions as a means of demonstrating the efficacy of EMDR and its power for change.
Keywords: Drawings Metaphors Pictures Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. Horne, B., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, April/May). EMDR: The clinical file as a clinical tool. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present a simple and specific system for creating a clinical file, which then becomes not just a legal record, but a powerful clinical tool (templates of all forms will be provided, with case illustrations). The AIP-informed conceptual framework for this system of trauma recovery planning will be outlined, with supporting research. Phases 3-8 are only going to be as good as Phases 1 and 2 - the clinician must be able to quickly access clinical information from the file at crucial moments during sessions. This system allows the clinician & client to know exactly where they are at all times. It will help clinicians to improve their clinical work by improving their record-keeping.
Keywords: Clinical File
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing 2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7) 3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols. 4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods 5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Marr, J. (2011, October). EMDR: Developments in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Yorkshire Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of Eye Movement, Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) with the addition of a Mental Videotape with any disturbance experience by the client reprocessed with EMDR has been trialled within this research document as an alternative to exposure and response prevention (Ex/RP) or a combination of Ex/RP and CBT, for the treatment of OCD. The main hypothesis addressed was that an adapted form of EMDR with the inclusion of a Mental Videotape could also address OCD, where the Mental Videotape would replace the Exposure and the EMDR used to reprocess the response. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Solomon, E. P., Solomon, R. M., & Heide, K. M. (2009, October). EMDR: An evidence-based treatment for victims of trauma. Victims & Offenders, 4(4), 391 - 397. doi:10.1080/15564880903227495.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
More than half of the United States population has been affected by psychological trauma. Many individuals who survive traumatic experiences develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and related psychological problems. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for such disorders. EMDR focuses on reprocessing the dysfunctionally stored memories of the traumatic experience, enabling the client to progress through appropriate stages of affect and insight to reach an adaptive resolution regarding critical issues such as personal responsibility, safety in the present, and the availability of choices in the future. This article describes EMDR, discusses studies of its effectiveness, and concludes with recommendations for trauma-related policy and practice.
Keywords: Child Abuse Crime Victims Evidence-Based Treatment Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Traumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Ginger, S. (2011, January). EMDR: An integrative approach. Second EMDR University Research Seminar. EMDRRevue, Theorie et Clinique therapeutiques, Metz, France.

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Today, I often include a series of EMDR sessions in my work with a client – especially when major psychological traumas emerge in their case history: a death, a suicide or a serious accident affecting someone close to them (or the client himself), violence, murder, rape, diagnosis of a serious illness, etc. Sometimes I also take on clients in emergency situations through EMDR, and then to go on to expand their treatment through Gestalt Therapy. I would like to share some ideas about how I combine these various practices, using these two methods.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. Sweeney, S. (2013, January-April). EMDR: Recovering lives by moving out trauma. The Crazy Wisdom Community Journal, 54-60.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
A methodology unique to EMDR [is] bilateral stimulation of the brain’s hemispheres. While the client focuses on the physical sensations, images, and negative thoughts related to his traumatic event, his eyes follow the movements of a light bar, or the therapist’s fingers, for about 30 seconds. However, research into EMDR has discovered that moving the eyes is not the only way for bilateral stimulation to occur. Other methods, such as alternating tones played through headphones or the therapist tapping the client’s hands one after the other, have been found to be just as effective. [Excerpt]
Keywords: General Overview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Shapiro, F., & Forrest, M. S.. (2005). EMDR: Vernieuwende therapie tegen angst, stress en trauma [EMDR: The breakthrough therapy for overcoming anxiety, stress and trauma]. Antwerpen; Apeldoorn: Garant. 287 pp..

Language: Dutch
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR staat voor "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing" en is een kortdurende, geprotocolleerde en cliëntgerichte behandelmethode om schokkende ervaringen te verwerken. Ook kan het helpen tegen angst en stress. EMDR integreert verschillende succesvolle elementen van andere therapieën in combinatie met een afleidende stimulus. Deze stimulus kan zijn: het met de ogen volgen van de handen van de therapeut, bi-laterale audiostimulatie, of bi-laterale handstimulatie. Hierdoor wordt "het informatie-verwerkings-systeem in de hersenen" gestimuleerd. Met EMDR is het niet nodig om jarenlang te praten over het verleden. Wel worden, door het stimuleren van het informatie-verwerkings-systeem, in een relatief korte tijd therapeutische doelen bereikt. Hierbij veroorzaakt EMDR herkenbare veranderingen die ook na langere tijd blijven bestaan. De volgende gebeurtenissen kunnen, bij kinderen en volwassenen, leiden tot verwerkingsproblematiek: een (auto)ongeval, brand, diagnose van een ernstige ziekte, getuige van geweld, mishandeling, misbruik, natuurramp, overval, verkrachting of aanranding, verlies van een baan, ziekte of een ziekenhuisbezoek/opname etc. De volgende soorten klachten kunnen kinderen en volwassenen hebben na een schokkende ervaring: herbelevingen van de ervaring, vermijdingsgedrag m.b.t. de ervaring, verhoogde arousal (opgewonden, overdreven alertheid), stress, schaamte of schuldgevoel, slecht humeur, depressie, zich zorgen maken, angsten, slecht zelfbeeld, paniek, slaapproblemen, relatieproblemen, onverklaarbare lichamelijke klachten etc. Voor meer informatie verwijs ik naar www.emdr.nl.

EMDR stands for Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing "is a short, recorded and client-centered treatment approach to shattering experience to process. It can also help reduce anxiety and stress. EMDR integrates various successful elements of other therapies in combination with a distracting stimulus. This incentive can be: with the eyes following the hands of the therapist, bi-lateral audio stimulation, or bi-lateral hand stimulation. This is the "information-processing system in the brains" encouraged. With EMDR is no need for years to talk about the past. Well, either by stimulating the information processing system in a relatively short time therapeutic goals. This caused EMDR recognizable changes even after long period of time. The following events may, in children and adults, leading to processing problems: a (car) accident, fire, diagnosis of a serious illness, witnessing violence, maltreatment, abuse, natural disaster, robbery, rape or sexual assault, job loss, illness or a hospital visit / recording etc. The following types of complaints, children and adults after a shocking experience: reliving the experience, avoidance of the Experience, increased arousal (excited, exaggerated alertness), stress, shame or guilt, bad mood, depression , worry, anxiety, low self-esteem, panic, sleep problems, relationship problems, unexplained physical complaints, etc. For more information I refer www.emdr.nl
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Timoshchuk, I. G. (1997, January). EMDR: Functions providing the dynamics of transformation. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 15-16.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In psychotherapy, the solving of a client’s problems is usually connected with the transformation of his or her personal features or some aspects of his or her experience. These could be changes in his or her systems of values, personal meanings and rules, habitual behavioral patterns, etc. These changes derive from the complex of deep transformations involving while systems of psychics. The system analysis of the multilevel hierarchical; structure formed by connections between the conscious and unconscious allows us to detest both the changing mechanisms and main functions providing the transformation, e.g., to solve a problem.
Keywords: Transformation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Leeds, A. M. (2010). EMDR: Getting started - Guidelines for clinicians in selecting clients for initial application of EMDR following EMDR Level I training and preceding Level II training. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(1), 7-11.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
These suggested guidelines are offered in response to many questions raised by clinicians recently trained in EMDR about getting started with using EMDR in clinical practice. Because of the wide variation in clinical background, theoretical orientation, length of experience learning style, and clinical settings of those who attend EMDR training, these are general guidelines that will be more or less useful or different clinicians.
The original version of this article was published March, 1998.
This article addresses questions raised by clinicians in training or recently trained in EMDR regarding case finding and selection criteria for their initial applications of EMDR. Guidelines are offered for number of sessions of practice during training, for identifying and deferring more complex cases until more experience is gained, and for recognizing clients where reprocessing of disturbing memories should be postponed in favor of client stabilization. Three classes of clients and targets, with descriptive case examples, are proposed for initial application of EMDR during the training process. Clinicians are encouraged to thoroughly read Shapiro’s (2001) required text and other recently published books and journal articles and to actively participate in consultation with an EMDRIA Approved Consultant.
Keywords: Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Martinez, R. (1991, December). EMDR: Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(2), 7.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
First of all, let me begin by stating that Francine's statement that EMDR "is not a cookie cutter" is beginning to look more true all the time. Each client/ patient seems to have a great deal of variability of response and, for that reason, the more that we have a forum in which to discuss variations on the technique the better. Gary Flint, Ph.D., recently sent me a several page letter with many observations on his use of EMDR, and I would like to include a few of them here.
Keywords: Innovative Uses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Furukawa, D. K. (1999, June). EMDR: The problem of looping in the present. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(2), 12, 33.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR tends to work most efficiently and effectively when the core trauma is accessed and is targeted for reprocessing. The standard protocol of asking the client to recall the “first and worst” incident of a series of related traumas works effectively in tracking down a core trauma. When the original core has been identified, reprocessing tends to proceed smoothly and fluidly. There are times, however, when a client is mainly concerned with a present issue or experience and is unable or unwilling to explore earlier life experiences as per the standard protocol.
Keywords: Looping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Shapiro, E. (1993, Fall/Winter). EMDR: Warts and all. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 4-5.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
After my first training with Francine in 1989, in Israel, I was excited by this promising method and infected with her enthusiasm. I went on to use EMDR whenever I could in my work at the Nazareth Ilite Educational Psychological Service and in my private practice, as well as during my present sabbatical leave in London. I often incorporated EMDR into my work and felt comfortable and confident with a wide range of clients, ages, and difficulties and was ready to explore further with the method. Since my Level II training in November of 1992, I have learned to be more discerning, perhaps even overcautious for the time being, in applying EMDR. Reflecting over my earlier years of bolder and freer uses of EMDR, I did not encounter any negative effects. The worst that happened was that nothing much happened, and this occurred in a minority of cases (perhaps in less than 20%). Even with those cases, I had noticed that there may have been a tendency to underestimate positive effects. One of the subtle difficulties I observed assessing outcomes was that the cognitive changes that occurred were sometimes so spontaneous and "naturally" that the client took them for granted. I first notice this phenomenon clearly in two cases.
Keywords: Outcome Positive Effects
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Goodyear-Brown, P. (2008, January). Empirically informed play therapy inteventions for treating traumatized children, Parts I & II. Presentation at the San Diego International Conference on Child and Family Maltreatment, San Diego, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: E
vidence Based Practice is the new standard in the field. However, the evidence base regarding trauma treatments for children, particularly young children, is in the early stages of it's evolution. Recent research related to the neurobiology of trauma, implicit and explicit memory systems and the impact of these dynamics on trauma treatment will be discussed. Treatments with a large evidence base, such as TF-CBT and EMDR will be discussed with a view to how many of the treatment goals can be accomplished and more easily digested by children through the vehicle of play. It is critical that practitioners who serve traumatized children be able to match interventions to treatment goals and symptomatology. Specific play therapy interventions will be tied to treatment goals in an effort to help practitioners expand their repertoires with child-friendly interventions based on the latest research. The treatment areas covered in this workshop will include helping the client to 1) re-establish a sense of safety and security, 2) learn and practice stress inoculation strategies, 3) identify and confront faulty attributions related to the trauma, 4) restructure distorted cognitions related to the trauma and 5) create a trauma narrative. Several play therapy interventions will be explained and demonstrated for each of the aforementioned gaols. Children accomplish the hard work of healing from trauma in a gentle, fun and safe treatment milieu. Case vignettes, slides and video clips will augment the didactic presentation. Experiential methods will also be used. Participants should come prepared to play!
Keywords: Children Evidence-Based Practice Play Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
319. Leone, J., & Dayton, J. (1994). Enhance EMDR outcome through additional saccades: Case study. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 5-6.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
A 47-year-old, self-employed businessman, referred for treatment after a near fatal heart attack, was treated with EMDR 6 months after the trauma, and 4 months following his introduction to psychotherapy. though financially successful, he continued to be "driven" toward seeking acclamation from his colleagues. The physician who made the referral did so on the assumption that this client required a significant life style change to decrease stress and workaholic behavior.
Keywords: Saccades
Accuracy Verified: Yes
320. deGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). The enhanced safe place: A practitioner's guide to using multi sensory imaging to strengthen and augment the safe place. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Multi sensory imaging techniques can dramatically strengthen the client’s Safe Place images resulting in a higher degree of client satisfaction, stronger development of the Safe Place and more effective affect management. This presentation will use a PowerPoint presentation to review 10 techniques, provide examples for their effective application and demonstrate with them via a client video tape.
Keywords: Enhanced Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
321. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients. There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference) 20 to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to: 1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols, 2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources, 3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts, 5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography
Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
322. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Positive Emotion Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
323. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities
Accuracy Verified: Yes
324. Ginger, S. (2008, Juillet). Enrichir la Gestalt - thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching Gestalt - EMDR therapy]. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 70-75.

Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? »2 — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité. Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même. Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite). Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt. Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches. Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanistes.

I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "2 - when I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections, and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt. Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanists.
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
325. Ginger, S. (2007, Juin ). Enrichir la gestalt - Thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching gestalt - EMDR therapy]. Document présenté au Congrès de l' European Association for Psychotherapy Europan (EA), Florence, Italie.

Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? » — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité. Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même. Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite). Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt. Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches. Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde ; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanist.

I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "- Where I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt. Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanist.
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
326. Jenkins, S., & Baker, J. (2011). The equine-assisted EMDR manual: A guide to the integration of eye movement desensitization reprocessing and equine-assisted therapy. Tempe, AZ: Dragonfly International Therapy .

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This manual includes an overview of Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy (EAP) and Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) individually, and the rationale for integrating them through the EquiLateral Protocol(TM). Learn about EMDR practitioner types and organizations in the marketplace. You will also get valuable "how-to's" for client selection, case conceptualization, target sequence planning and treatment planning! In addition, you will find case examples for each phase, treatment team roles, along with a sample eight-phased equine-based activity!
Keywords: EAP Equine-Assisted Psychotherapy Horses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
327. Grand, D. (2007, Novembro). A Essência do EMDR [The essence of EMDR]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract: EMDR á uma abordagem poderosa que já trouxe cura emocional a milhões de pessoas que sofrem com traumas ao redor do mundo. Os protocolos e procedimentos estão claramente desenvolvidos e delineados, mas a essência do EMDR permanece ainda por ser explorarada. Nesta apresentação olhamos de forma profunda os fatores que estão por detrás do EMDR, incluindo as capacidades inerentes do cliente, o ambiente de contenção que o terapeuta provê, as qualidades da relação terapêutica, a sabedoria da integração mente-corpo e o uso da esperança, possibilidades, espiritualidade e filosofia que emergem no processo.

EMDR will be a powerful approach that has brought emotional healing to millions of people who suffer from trauma around the world. the protocols and procedures are clearly developed and designed, but the essence of EMDR remains yet to be explorarada. in this Presentation to look so deep factors that underlie EMDR, including the inherent capabilities of the client, the environment contention that the therapist provides the qualities the therapeutic relationship, the wisdom of integration mind-body and the use of hope, possibilities, spirituality and philosophy that emerged in process.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
328. Silver, S. (2009, August). Ethical issues for EMDR clinicians, consultants, trainers, and researchers. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR, as a psychotherapy, encounters numerous opportunities for issues of an ethical nature. But there are two additional areas that emphasize the need for a clear understanding of ethical conduct for EMDR clinicians, consultants, trainers, and researchers. The first area is the unique quality of EMDR work. Unlike other psychotherapies, to use an example, EMDR therapy may be conducted without the therapist knowing the specifics of the client’s particular experience. The second area is one that is extremely practical in its impact: though EMDR practitioners represent a variety of mental health disciplines, their professional organization, EMDRIA, largely has adopted the ethical code of the American Psychological Association, a code some may not have particular familiarity with. This workshop provides didactic instruction, case discussion, and small group exercises to explore the ethical issues relating to the use of EMDR.
Keywords: Ethics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
329. Wolff, R. P. (2004). Evaluation of effectiveness of individual therapy sessions over 60 minutes. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 3158599.

Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Research has produced few studies that support the 50-minute therapy session as the most effective session length for achieving optimal therapeutic results. This descriptive study attempted to determine differences in therapists' perceptions of how session length might impact therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, treatment of specific psychological disorders, and if session length preference was based on theoretical orientation or procedures/techniques. A total of 65 practicing therapists drawn from the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, EMDR International Association, Trauma Incident Reduction Practitioners, San Francisco Society of Lacanian Study, and California Psychological Network completed questionnaires regarding their perceptions about psychotherapy for individuals employing longer session lengths versus the standard 50-minute session.Overall frequencies of questionnaire responses and between groups comparisons were analyzed using Chi-Square. The sample endorsed the use of longer sessions at statistically significant frequencies on the following questionnaire items: three therapeutic outcome items: Increases client's satisfaction, Shortens overall duration of therapy, and Facilitates corrective emotional experience; and nine therapeutic process items: Access to client's emotional material, Integration of experience before leaving session, Deepens development of transference, Working through defenses, Access to traumatic experiences, Integrate traumatic experience within session, Working through traumatic experience, and Improving likelihood of breakthrough experiences. The sample also agreed on the use of longer sessions as potentially contributing to positive outcome for treatment of the following disorders: Substance Abuse, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, PTSD, GAD, and Eating Disorders. The findings of this study suggest that longer session lengths may have a positive impact on therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, and certain disorders. Specific implications for the field of psychology and suggestions for research are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(12-B), 2005, pp. 6680.
Keywords: Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Individual Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Treatment Duration Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
330. Crystal, S. (2010, March). Evidence based practice and practice based evidence: Improving effectiveness and efficiency in EMDR practice. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There have been over five “gold standard” studies supporting the importance of routine measurement of outcome in clinical practice. However, no measures that take more than 5 minutes would appeal to clinicians. The Outcome Rating Scale (ORS or Child ORS) and the Session Rating Scale (SRS or Child SRS) are both four-item measures developed to track outcome and the therapeutic alliance, respectively. The measures have been tested and correlated to other reputable measures for their robust reliability, validity and most importantly feasibility. In addition, these measures are a clinical tool for the EMDR practitioner as, it takes under a minute to score and, it helps to focus each session on what is relevant for the client; giving us the opportunity to tailor and pace the protocol to a better” fit” for each particular client; offering us a chance to improve our drop out rates. Learning points: 1) Updated research information on the importance of using client’s feedback in everyday practice; 2) Introduction of brief measures that can have immediate application in your EMDR practice. 3) Learn about a system that can help you learn about and increase your effectiveness as a therapist in comparison to a normative data of thousands of practitioners. 4) How to download for free and to use routine outcome measures to monitor the quality of the therapeutic relationship and to inform the fit between the EMDR and the clients’ perceptions.
Keywords: Client Feedback ORS Outcome Measures Outcome Rating Scale Research Session Rating Scale SRS Gold Standard
Accuracy Verified: Yes
331. Nicol, M. (2009, November). Experiences of peer supervision for EMDR in Lanarkshire. DCP in Scotland, 1, 23-26.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Following a decision by NHS Lanarkshire to provide funding for training in Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) 11 professionals, including clinical psychologists, counselling psychologists, a clinical associate and a psychological therapist undertook the three-part training in 2008 and 2009 provided by EMDR workshops, a leading UK EMDR training organisation and affiliated to the European EMDR Network. The rationale for providing this training was to allow staff to offer a variety of therapeutic interventions for individuals who have experienced trauma. EMDR is an evidence-based treatment for trauma and is recommended by the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines as a treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Whilst it is acknowledged that there continues to be some debate within clinical psychology regarding the use of EMDR and its scientific status, this will not be discussed within this article (see Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Davidson & Parker, 2001; and Chemtob et al., 2000 for more information). As most of the therapists who undertook this training already had experience of working with trauma, mostly within a Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) framework, it was felt that providing an additional theoretical and practical framework for working with these individuals would provide further client choice
Keywords: Lanarkshire Peer Supervision
Accuracy Verified: Yes
332. Turpin, R. C. (1999, August). An exploration of reported transpersonal/spiritual experiences during and after eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment of traumatic memories. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 9962663.

Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This research project sought to investigate if EMDR therapists observed their clients reporting transpersonal/spiritual experiences during or following EMDR. In addition, it sought to identify and explore the client and therapist factors that may influence the frequency with which these experiences are observed. One hundred sixty-nine questionnaires were mailed to EMDR facilitators throughout the United States and 50 were returned with usable data. Quantitative statistical analyses were performed on much of the questionnaire data and several significant associations and differences were found (p < .05). However, these significant associations and differences did not lead to more global statements regarding the factors that were analyzed. Interviews were conducted with 11 of the respondents in an attempt to shed light on these research questions. The results indicate that a number of EMDR therapists are observing their clients reporting transpersonal/spiritual experiences during or following EMDR. Several potentially important client and therapist factors were noted that may be influencing factors in therapists observing their clients reporting these experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(2-B), Aug 2000, pp. 1099.
Keywords: Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Religious Experiences Therapists Transpersonal Psychology Transpersonal/Spiritual Experiences
Accuracy Verified: Yes
333. Bradshaw, R., & Cook, A. (1999, June). An exploration of the one eye technique. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) understand and conceptualize the one eye technique; 2) demonstrate a basic understanding of the technique and its applciations; 3) demonstrate a simple "self-help" aspect of one eye technique which they can use with a distressed client; and 3) describe the situations in which one eye technique might have application.
Keywords: One Eye Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
334. Follette, V., & and Smith, A. (2004). Exposure Therapy. In A. Freeman, S. H. Felgoise, A. M. Nezu, C. M. Nezu, & M. A. Reinke (Eds.), Encyclopedia of Cognitive Behavior Therapy (pp. 185-188). Springer.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Exposure therapy has increasingly been used in conjunction with other cognitive—behavioral therapies in a variety of formats and techniques, particularly in the treatment of anxiety disorders. Reasons for the addition of cognitive enhancements to exposure therapy include concerns for client well-being and/or an interest in increasing client willingness to engage the treatment. Other newer therapies such as CPT, ACT, and EMDR, while based in differing theoretical paradigms, incorporate cognitive and behavioral strategies that are consistent with exposure and cognitive change. Several empirical studies support combinations of exposure and other cognitive—behavioral therapies. However, studies evaluating a possible augmenting effect of other CBT components have generally shown equally promising effects with exposure alone and exposure combined conditions. Further research is needed to more fully understand which components of other cognitive—behavioral therapies are most helpful in addressing concerns of using exposure therapy alone, and the manner in which exposure therapy can be most effectively integrated.
Keywords: Exposure Cognitive Processing Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Inoculation Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
335. Schlosser, F. J. (1993, Fall/Winter). Exposure/EMDR: Diagnostic use of feedback. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 7-10.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
One of the tasks of psychotherapists is to attempt to reduce anxiety in their patients. They determine the level of this anxiety through patient reports, observations of body language, intuition, or results of projective and objective tests. They then gauge therapeutic effectiveness by the amount of anxiety reduction as indicated by these relatively subjective measures. Even behaviorists, who make much use of numbers in their evaluations, are not measuring anxiety but its effect on the client's behavior. It is my contention that subjective measures of anxiety are not appropriate scientific tools and, if we are to progress in the development of more effective techniques for removing or reducing anxiety, we must devise more objective and accurate techniques for measuring this state which we describe ourselves as "treating."
Keywords: Exposure Feedback
Accuracy Verified: Yes
336. Manfield, P. (1998). Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
"Extending EMDR" is divided into two parts: those cases in which it was possible to target a relatively small number of distinct traumatic experiences, and those in which the client's symptoms have resulted from ongoing childhood trauma or neglect for which they are initially unable to identify representative discrete traumatic events. The cases in which clear targets were available required the therapists to identify those targets and work with a variety of resistances in order to achieve adaptive resolution. These clients could generally address their maladaptive defenses directly. Typically, their therapists relied on extensive cognitive interweave, structuring, support, and sometimes direct nurturing to make it possible for these clients to tolerate and utilize EMDR to process their targeted traumas.Where there were no distinct memories to target, the therapists needed to create innovative interventions. Their clients tended to be unable to address their maladaptive defenses directly without fragmenting or closing off. These cases required far more treatment time than those for which there were a limited number of discreet traumatic memories to target and process. Each therapist working with these clients needed to find a way to strengthen their ability to maintain internal cohesion and increase their sense of safety so that they could relinquish defenses without the threat of becoming overwhelmed and fragmented. Several of the therapists attempted to address directly the deficits that prevented their clients from recalling their past experiences, organizing them, and gaining access to specific memories and affect. [Text, pp. 9-10] [Pilots]
Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Complex PTSD Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Males Neglect Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
337. Kiessling, R. (2009). Extending resources. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 87-89). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. (PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Resources
Accuracy Verified: Yes
338. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR protocol.
Keywords: Resource Installation Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
339. Thompson, S. S. (1993, Winter). Eye movement "glitches" and slower passes: The importance of observing how the eyes move during EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(3), 15-16.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
This is a note on the relationship between the resolution, in EMDR, of a problem or target issue and the degress of freedom, or smoothness, of eye movements. It is my observation that when the eyes can move freely and steadily, on a path without "glitches" (without stops and starts, roughness, blinking or jerkiness), it is likely, if the client has been attending to the target and not dissociating, that the issue is resovled.
Keywords: Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: Yes
340. Barron, J., Curtis, M., & Grainger, R. (1998, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal of the American Psychiatric Nurses Association, 4(5), 140-144. doi:10.1016/S1078-3903(98)90045-3.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic method that was developed in the late 1980s by Shapiro. EMDR is based on specific and repetitive rapid eye movements similar to those experienced naturally in rapid eye movement sleep. When the client holds in cognition the visual images, negative statements, and distressing feelings associated with trauma memory and engages in EMDR at the same time, a desensitization spontaneously occurs, with intensive information reprocessing leading to resolution.
Keywords: Traumatic memory Females
Accuracy Verified: Yes
341. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Retrieved from http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewIntervention.aspx?id=199 on 3/25/2011.

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a one-on-one form of psychotherapy that is designed to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and to improve overall mental health functioning. Treatment is provided by an EMDR therapist, who first reviews the client's history and assesses the client's readiness for EMDR. During the preparation phase, the therapist works with the client to identify a positive memory associated with feelings of safety or calm that can be used if psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The target traumatic memory for the treatment session is accessed with attention to image, negative belief, and body sensations. Repetitive 30-second dual-attention exercises are conducted in which the client attends to a motor task while focusing on the target traumatic memory and then on any related negative thoughts, associations, and body sensations. The most common motor task used in EMDR is side-to-side eye movements that follow the therapist's finger; however, alternating hand tapping or auditory tones delivered through headphones can be used. The exercises are repeated until the client reports no emotional distress. The EMDR therapist then asks the client to think of a preferred positive belief regarding the incident and to focus on this positive belief while continuing with the exercises. The exercises end when the client reports with confidence comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self when recalling the target trauma. The therapist and client review the client's progress and discuss scenarios or contexts that might trigger psychological distress. These triggers and positive images for appropriate future action are also targeted and processed. In addition, the therapist asks the client to keep a journal, noting any material related to the traumatic memory, and to focus on the previously identified positive safe or calm memory whenever psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The underlying mechanism for how this process works to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression is unknown. Researchers have theorized that the positive effect is due to adaptive information processing, the theoretical model behind EMDR. Through adaptive information processing, the dual-attention exercises disrupt the client's stored memory of the trauma to allow for an elimination of negative beliefs, emotions, and somatic symptoms associated with the memory as it connects with more adaptive information stored in the memory networks. Once recall of the trauma no longer elicits negative beliefs, emotions, or somatic symptoms and the memory simultaneously shifts to a more adaptive set of beliefs, emotions, and somatic responses, it is stored again, overwriting the original memory of the trauma. EMDR is typically delivered in 60- to 90-minute sessions, although shorter sessions have been used successfully. The number of sessions varies with the complexity of the trauma being treated. For an isolated, single traumatic event, one to three sessions may be sufficient for treatment. However, when the trauma involves repeated traumatic events, such as combat trauma and physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, many more sessions may be needed for comprehensive treatment.
Keywords: Intervention Summary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
342. Wilensky, M. (2006). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a treatment for phantom limb pain. Journal of Brief Therapy, 5(1), 31-44.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Five consecutive cases of phantom limb pain were treated with EMDR. The time since the amputation ranged from one week to three years. Four of the five clients completed the prescribed treatment and reported that pain was completely eliminated, or reduced to a negligible level. The one client who stopped treatment chose to do so after reducing his pain by one half. The standard EMDR treatment protocol was used to target the accident that caused the amputation, and other related events. The five cases are described in detail. The treatment and theoretical implications are explored and recommendations are made for future research.
Keywords: Phantom Limb Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
343. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
344. Ahmad, A. (2009, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in children. Presentation at the Globen Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Stockholm.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During treatment, clients focus on the traumatic memory for 30 seconds at a time while the therapist provides a stimulus. For most clients, the therapist moves his hand slowly back and forth in front of the client (eye movement); for younger children, the therapist may, instead, tap the child's hand. The client reports on what comes up and clients are guided to refocus on that in the next stimulus session. During therapy visits, clients report on the level of distress they feel. In later phases, a positive thought is emphasized during the stimulus sessions. Afterward, clients are asked to focus on residual physical tensions they may feel in order to enhance relaxation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
345. Luber, M. (2012). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols with summary sheets CD-ROM version: Basic and special situations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing, ISBN-13:9780826193414.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
These scripted protocols and summary sheets in a fill-in PDF format offer the EMDR practitioner an adjunct to the chapters of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations. The excerpted digitalized scripts give the clinician a unique opportunity to record data on the computer or as a hard copy. In addition, there are new summary sheets for each chapter to condense the data collected, allowing for quick retrieval. These digital scripts and summary sheets assist in protocol information retrieval for different populations, and facilitate the gathering and organization of important client data, as well as case conceptualization. These forms are available as a digital download or on a CD-ROM and are compatible with any computer or device that supports PDF. Special populations addressed include children, adolescents, couples, and clients suffering from complex posttraumatic stress disorder, dissociative disorders, anxiety, addictive behaviors, and severe pain. Key Features: •Available in an expandable and editable digital format for easy access and customized tailoring •Provides concise summary sheets for quick information retrieval and case conceptualization •Facilitates gathering and organization of protocol and client data •Assists in the formulation of concise and clear treatment plans •Offers select scripts and summary sheets customized for client populations •Includes templates for repeat use
Keywords: Scripted Protocols Special Populations Summary Sheets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
346. Luber, M. (2011). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols with summary sheets CD-ROM version: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
These fill-in PDF forms offer editable and savable summary sheets and actual scripts of protocols from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations. The digital summary sheets and scripts consolidate all material needed for case conceptualization, and facilitate the gathering and organization of important client data, protocol information retrieval, and treatment implementation. These forms are available as a digital download or on a CD-ROM, and are compatible with any computer or device that supports PDF. A one-stop resource which uniquely facilitates EMDR treatment, this product is invaluable for mental health practitioners, consultants, and supervisors who are fully trained in the practice of EMDR.
Keywords: Scripted Protocols Special Populations Summary Sheets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
347. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (1996, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Een procedure voor de behandeling van aan trauma gerelateerde angst [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A procedure for the treatment of trauma-related anxiety]. Tijdschrift voor Psychotherapie, 22(2), 53-64. doi:10.1007/BF03079287.

Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR ) is een relatief nieuwe procedure op het terrein van de psychotherapie. Ervaringen met EMDR geven aanleiding tot hoopvolle verwachtingen van de behandeling van diverse aan trauma gerelateerde angststoornissen, met name post–traumatische stress–stoornis (PTSS). Onderdeel van deze procedure is dat de therapeut bij de cliënt een aantal snelle en ritmische oogbewegingen uitlokt door te vragen zijn of haar vinger te volgen, terwijl de cliënt een beeld van de traumatische herinnering in gedachten houdt. In dit artikel worden de achtergronden en de principes van EMDR belicht en wordt de stapsgewijze procedure uitvoerig beschreven. Een gevalsbeschrijving van een cliënt met een paniekstoornis en een tandartsfobie laat zien dat EMDR kan leiden tot een langdurige vermindering van angstklachten. Tevens wordt ingegaan op de huidige stand van zaken van de wetenschappelijke ondersteuning van EMDR . Het toepassen van EMDR bij PTSSwordt door wetenschappelijk onderzoek gesteund, maar empirische ondersteuning voor de therapeutische effectiviteit van EMDR bij andere angststoornissen ontbreekt.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new procedure in the field of psychotherapy. Experiences with EMDR give rise to hopes of treating various anxiety disorders related to trauma, especially post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Part of this procedure is that the therapist and the client a number of rapid rhythmic eye movements provoked by asking his or her finger to follow, while the customer a picture of the traumatic memory in mind. This article describes the background and principles of EMDR and highlights the stepwise procedure in detail. A case report of a patient with a dental phobia and panic disorder showed that EMDR could lead to a prolonged reduction of anxiety. It also discusses the current state of the scientific support of EMDR. The use of EMDR in PTSSwordt supported by scientific research, but empirical support for the therapeutic efficacy of EMDR with other anxiety disorders is lacking.
Keywords: Clinical Case Study Dental Phobia Empirical Study Follow-up Study Panic Disorder Phobia Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
348. Greenwald, R. (1994, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): An overview. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 24(1), 15-34. doi:10.1007/BF02306581.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy procedure which has been reported to dramatically increase efficiency in the treatment of psychological disturbances rooted in traumatic memories. Following a review of the research on EMDR's efficacy, clinical considerations are addressed, including the client's experience and the potential for negative effects or treatment failure. Finally, the role of EMDR in clinical practice is discussed. Initial reports are encouraging, and further research is recommended. Clinicians who choose to use EMDR are urged to obtain formal training. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
349. Gurel, D. (2004). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and post-traumatic syndrome: A case report. Turkiye Klinikleri Journal Medical Science, 24(6), 689-696.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In the present case study, a patient who had become physically disabled due to a fracture caused by a traffic accident and who subsequently showed signs of gross psychological trauma underwent eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the Clinic of Physical Treatment and Rehabilitation Center, Ankara Ministry of Health Education and Research Hospital. Before EMDR, the patient was so resistant to medical treatment that he would allow neither doctor nor physiotherapist to approach him. After two sessions of EMDR, he remembered neither the traumatic event of the traffic accident itself nor the resulting medical treatment. He began to cooperate with doctors and physiotherapists during subsequent care. Weekly follow-up interviews over 6 months revealed a dramatic improvement in well-being, which continued to be observed in two follow-up interviews occurring at 3-month intervals after his discharge from the hospital. The ostensible purpose of EMDR technique is the reorganization of traumatic memory and the provision of a kind of psychic respite for the patient. Indeed, the patient in this study was able to lower his resistance to medical treatment and physical therapy as a direct consequence of EMDR sessions. Our observations with this patient provide the basis of a discussion regarding the efficacy of the EMDR technique.
Keywords: Eye Movement Psychological Stress Trauma
Accuracy Verified: No
350. Marich, J. (2010, September). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addiction continuing care: A phenomenological study of women in recovery. Psychology of Additive Behaviors, 24(3), 498-507. doi:10.1037/a0018574.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Traditional models of addiction treatment and relapse prevention fail to consider the role that unresolved trauma plays in an addicted woman's recovery experience. Implementing Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) into the treatment process offers a potential solution to this problem. Ten women (alumnae of an extended-care treatment facility) participated in a semistandardized interview to share their experiences with active addiction, treatment, EMDR therapy, and recovery. With the use of A. P. Giorgi's descriptive phenomenological psychological method for analysis, four major thematic areas emerged from the interview data: the existence of safety as an essential crucible of the EMDR experience, the importance of accessing the emotional core as vital to the recovery experience, the role of perspective shift in lifestyle change, and the use of a combination of factors for successful treatment. All 10 women, to some degree, credited EMDR treatment as a crucial component of their addiction continuing-care processes, especially in helping with emotional core access and perspective shift. Implications emerge from the data on how to best implement EMDR into a comprehensive addiction treatment program.
Keywords: Client-Centered Therapy Client Safety Phenomenology Protocols Therapeutic Alliance Therapists Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
351. Fernandez, I., & Faretta, E. (2007, February). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of panic disorder with agoraphobia. Clinical Case Studies, 6(1), 44-63. doi: 10.1177/1534650105277220.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article describes a comprehensive treatment of a case of panic disorder with agoraphobia. A thorough history taking revealed that experiential contributors had a pivotal role in the development of the condition. Therefore, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was used to address early traumatic events as well as the present stimuli that caused disturbance and had maintained symptomatology for the past 12 years. Although the client's symptoms were resolved after 15 sessions, EMDR was also effective in addressing future behaviors and resolving anticipatory anxiety. During EMDR processing, the client demonstrated emotional and cognitive changes consistent with trauma resolution, insight, and personal growth. The client gradually enacted functional new behaviors spontaneously as treatment unfolded. The therapeutic process and the targets are described in detail. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Agoraphobia Case Report Clinical Case StudyFemales Italians Panic Disorder Phobia Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
352. Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. In C. R. Figley, (Ed.), Brief treatments for the traumatized: A project of the Green Cross Foundation (pp. 148-169). Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Since Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced 12 years ago it has become the most researched treatment for PTSD and its efficacy has been widely recognized. EMDR is a comprehensive treatment protocol in which the client attends to emotionally disturbing material in short sequential doses while simultaneously focusing on an external stimulus (therapist-directed eye movements, hand-tapping, auditory tones). This chapter provides an overview of the development of EMDR and Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing model, which hypothesizes that EMDR works by forging new links between elements of traumatic memories and adaptive information contained in other memory networks. The empirical evidence is examined, with summaries of 12 controlled studies: civilian participants demonstrated a 70 to 90% decrease in PTSD diagnosis after 3 to 4 EMDR sessions, and combat veterans a 78% decrease in PTSD diagnosis after 12 sessions. A concise explanation of the 8 phases of EMDR treatment process is augmented with multiple client vignettes. Finally, a case illustration provides a detailed description of the application of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD (Pilots). [Text, p. 148]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
353. Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. In C. R. Figley, (Ed). Brief treatments for the traumatized: A project of the Green Cross Foundation. Contributions in psychology, no. 39. (pp. 148-169). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press/Greenwood Publishing Group.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Since Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced 12 years ago (F. Shapiro, 1989), it has become the most research treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and its efficacy has been widely recognized. EMDR is a comprehensive treatment protocol in which the client attends to emotionally disturbing material in short sequential doses while simultaneously focusing on an external stimulus. This chapter provides an overview of the development of EMDR and Shapiro's (2001) Adaptive Information Processing Model, which hypothesizes that EMDR works by forging new links between elements of traumatic memories and adaptive information contained in other memory networks. The empirical evidence is examined, with summaries of 12 controlled studies: Civilian participants demonstrated a 70-90% decrease in PTSD diagnosis after 3-4 EMDR sessions. A concise explanation of the 8 phases of EMDR treatment process is augmented with multiple client vignettes. Finally, a case illustration provides a detailed description of the application of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model Empirical Evidence Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Traumatic Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
354. Balcom, D. (2000, December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of traumatized gay men. Journal of Gay and Lesbian Social Services, 12(1/2), 75-89. doi:10.1300/J041v12n01_04 .

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Gay men suffering from traumatic experiences can benefit from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing treatment (EMDR). In the past decade the theory and practice of EMDR has expanded to address acute and chronic childhood and adult traumas, substance misuse or abuse, identity issues including shame and self-esteem, and health issues. Through a process of accelerated information processing, traumatic memories are desensitized and reprocessed, resulting in less distress for the client in the present and future. EMDR can also be useful for developing internal resources and for exploration of relevant themes for the client. Further attention is needed in exploring the use of EMDR for gay men traumatized by hate crimes, sexual issues resulting from traumatic experiences, and internalized homophobia. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Emotional Trauma Gay Males Homosexuality Homosexuals Males Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
355. Balcom, D. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of traumatized gay men. In J. Cassese (Ed.), Gay men and childhood sexual trauma: Integrating the shattered self (pp. 75-89). Binghamton, NY: Harrington Park Press/The Haworth Press.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Describes the theory and practice of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR), presents a survey of its applications to traumatized gay male clients, and offers an illustrative case study to highlight the utility of EMDR. In the past decade the theory and practice of EMDR has expanded to address acute and chronic childhood and adult traumas, substance misuse or abuse, identity issues including shame and self-esteem, and health issues. The author suggests that gay men suffering from traumatic experiences can benefit from EMDR. It is noted that through a process of accelerated information processing, traumatic memories are desensitized and reprocessed, resulting in less distress for the client in the present and future. It is concluded that further attention is needed in exploring the use of EMDR for gay men traumatized by hate crimes, sexual issues resulting from traumatic experiences, and internalized homophobia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adults Emotional Trauma Gay Males Homosexuality Homosexuals Males Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
356. Waters, L. (1997, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment for combat PTSD: Commentary. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 34(1), 99. doi:10.1037/h0087777 .

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Comments on the article by J. G. Carlson et al (see record 84-01737) regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. The author suggests that EMDR seems simplistic and lacks face validity altogether. L. Waters proposes that EMDR works because of resolute perception, a process defined by F. J. Hanna and K. Puhakka (1991) as a deliberate sustained focus of attention on an identified problem with the goal of achieving clarity, at a point when the client is ready and willing to confront and perceive. Waters suggest that a way to test whether or not EMDR works because of resolute perception would be to assign a similar group of clients to a totally different task (e.g., drawing straight lines) while giving them the same instructions as are given in EMDR regarding their memories, thoughts, and desirable cognitions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Commentary Combat Experience Comment Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Reply Veterans Vietnam War Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
357. Krafona, K. (2010). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with individuals with autistic spectrum disorders: Two case reports. The Ghana International Journal of Mental Health, 2(1).

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) as well as those with autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) tend to have mental health problems as well. Many individuals with intellectual disability and ASD do not receive mainstream psychotherapy. Cognitive behavioral therapy appears to be making good success among this client group. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is relatively new among the psychological therapies but it has made a great impact in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorders (PTSD) and anxiety-related problems. In this paper, the use of EMDR with two individuals who had ASD as well as ID is reported and implications for further research delineated.
Keywords: Autistic Spectrum Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
358. Solomon, R. (2008, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Clinical case presentation. Master clinician series at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an integrative psychotherapeutic approach that conceptualizes current symptoms resulting from experiences that are inadequately processed; that is, “frozen” in the brain. When these inadequately stored memories are triggered, symptoms result (e.g. nightmares, flashbacks, intrusive thoughts, etc.). The EMDR protocol involves accessing the dysfunctionally stored information, stimulating the innate processing system through standardized protocols (including eye movements), allowing it to transmute the memory to an adaptive resolution. Processing is evident by a rapid progression of intrapsychic connections as emotions, insights, sensations and memories surface and change with each new set of bilateral stimulation. The mechanisms of action include adaptive information from other memory networks linking into the network holding the dysfunctionally stored information. There is a shifting of the information from implicit to episodic and then semantic memory. The memory is no longer isolated, and becomes appropriately integrated within the larger memory network. Hence, processing involves the forging of new associations and connections enabling learning to take place with the memory stored in a new adaptive form. This presentation will discuss the eight phases, three-pronged, EMDR treatment model and illustrate the dynamics of treatment through a video case presentation. Participant Alert: A taped session with a client who has experienced trauma will be presented.
Keywords: Eight Phases Master Series Three-Pronged Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
359. Shapiro, F. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures, 1st Ed. New York: Guilford Press.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book reviews research and development; discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms; and presents protocols and procedures for treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. Among the many clinical populations for whom the material is this volume is applicable are victims of sexual abuse, violence, combat, grief, and phobias.To assist the learning process, detailed descriptions and transcripts guide the clinician through every stage of therapeutic treatment, ranging from the safety issues necessary for appropriate client selection through the administration of EMDR and its integration within a comprehensive treatment plan. Only licensed mental health professionals, or those under direct supervision of licensed clinicians, should use the procedures and protocols in this book. The book has been written with four kinds of readers in mind: academicians, researchers, clinicians, and clinical graduate students. [Adapted from Text]
Keywords: Abuse Adults Assessment Child Abuse Children DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Dissociative Symptoms Incest Methodology Neurophysiology Patient Selection Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rape Spouse Survivors Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
360. Shapiro, F. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols, and procedures, 2nd Ed. New York: Guilford Press.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book reviews research and development; discusses theoretical constructs and possible underlying mechanisms; and presents protocols and procedures for treatment of adults and children with a range of complaints. Among the many clinical populations for whom the material is this volume is applicable are victims of sexual abuse, violence, combat, grief, and phobias. To assist the learning process, detailed descriptions and transcripts guide the clinician through every stage of therapeutic treatment, ranging from the safety issues necessary for appropriate client selection through the administration of EMDR and its integration within a comprehensive treatment plan. Only licensed mental health professionals, or those under direct supervision of licensed clinicians, should use the procedures and protocols in this book. The book has been written with four kinds of readers in mind: academicians, researchers, clinicians, and clinical graduate students. [Adapted from Text of 1st Edition]
Keywords: Adults Assessment Child Abuse Children Dissociative Identity Disorder Dissociative Symptoms Incest Methodology Neurophysiology Patient Selection Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rape Spouse Abuse Survivors Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
361. Shapiro, F., & Solomon, R. (1995). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Neurocognitive information processing. In G. S. Everly (Ed.), Innovations in disaster and trauma psychology, volume one: applications in emergency services and disaster response (pp. 216-237). Ellicott City, MD: Chevron Publsing.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Topics Treated: Background; a neurocognitive perspective; accelerated information processing; case example 1: reintegrating the trauma into client's existing worldview; case example 2: reinterpreting the event as an "exception to the rule"; case example 3: unrealistic core assumption is violated. [Pilots]
Keywords: Adults Assault Males Motor Traffic Accidents Police Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
362. Solomon, R. M., & Shapiro, F. (1997). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A therapeutic tool for trauma and grief. In C. R. Figley; B. E. Bride; & N. Mazza (Eds.), Death and trauma: The traumatology of grieving (pp. 231-247). Washington, DC: Taylor and Francis.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an integrative client-centered approach that is presently widely used in the treatment of trauma. Use of this method within a comprehensive treatment plan can significantly accelerate recovery from a recent traumatic event, hasten the working through of unresolved past events, and facilitate the client's incorporation of adaptive beliefs, emotions, and behaviors. Furthermore, treatment effects appear to be stable over time. [Text, p. 231]
Keywords: Bereavement Efficacy Emotional Trauma Guilt Grief Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Trauma Contagion Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
363. Shapiro, F., Vogelmann-Sine, S., & Sine, L. F. (1994, October-December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Treating trauma and substance abuse. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(4), 379-391.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a new psychological methodology that has been applied to a wide range of psychological disorders. Clinical reports over the past three years indicate that it is an important addition to the treatment of substance abuse. EMDR offers a structured, client-centered model that integrates key elements of intrapsychic, behavioral, cognitive, body-oriented, and interactional approaches. Treatment effects are quite rapid and, during an individual session, the therapist may witness accelerated processing of information involving a shift of cognitive structures (including the assimilation of positive beliefs) along with the desensitization of attendent traumata. The application of EMDR apparently stimulates an inherent physiological processing system that allows dysfunctional information to be adaptively resolved, resulting in increased insight and more functional behavior. The judicious use of EMDR includes a comprehensive client history and extensive preparation, allowing the client to deal with the high levels of disturbance often engendered by the treatment itself. After the inauguration of a sufficient therapeutic alliance, adequately addressing potential issues of secondary gain, and appropriate client stabilization, EMDR may be used to ameliorate the effects of earlier memories that contribute to the dysfunction, potential relapse triggers, and physical cravings. In addition, EMDR is used to incorporate new coping skills and assist in learning more adaptive behaviors. Other potential targets for reprocessing include treatment noncompliance, ambivalence about abstinence, and present crises. Finally, EMDR should be used on this clinical population only by a trained clinician who is educated and experienced with this problem area. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Drug Abuse Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
364. Menon, S. B., & Jayan, C. (2010, July/December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A conceptual framework. Indian Journal of Psychological Medicine, 32(2), 136-140. doi:10.4103/0253-7176.78512.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a method which was initially used for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. But it is now being used in different therapeutic situations. EMDR is an eight-phase treatment method. History taking, client preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure and reevaluation of treatment effect are the eight phases of this treatment which are briefly described. A case report is also depicted which indicates the efficacy of EMDR. The areas where EMDR is used and the possible ways through which it is working are also described.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
365. Goldstein, A., & Feske, U. (1993, Fall). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An emerging treatment for anxiety disorders. ADAA Reporter, 1(4), 1, 12.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedure developed by Shapiro (1889a,b; 1991) is an imaginal exposure and cognitive reprocessing technique for treating negative affect associated with traumatic memories. EMDR requires that the client engage in recall via imagination of the disturbing event and focus on associated affect, cognitions, and body sensations while performing rapid saccadic eye movements by following the repetitive motion of the therapist's hand. After the eye movement set, which usually lasts for about 20 seconds, the client briefly reports on any changes in the image, or co-occurring experiences. The client then engages in the next set of eye movement during which he or she is to focus on any newly, spontaneously generated material. This cycle of imaginal exposure in conjunction with eye movement followed by the client's feedback is continued until the client no longer generates relevant associations, feels comfortable, and reports no discomfort in response to the original memory. At this point a positive cognition is paired with the original scene by having the client imagine the original scene, rehearse the positive statement covertly, and simultaneously engage in eye movement.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
366. Hare, G. K. (1992, September). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Major step forward or much ado about nothing?. the Behavior Therapist, 15, 179-180.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Have you ever looked empathically at a client and said something like, "I wish I had a magic wand that I could just wave over your forehead and all your problems would go away"? Iknow Ihave. The rest of the story, of course, is telling the client, " But there is no magic wand. You'll have to work hard. Change will come slowiy. The old way will be the easy way, etc." Or, is there a magic wand?
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
367. Datta, P. C. (1995). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) and clinical hypnosis (CH): Possible role of melatonin in the attenuation of trauma. In G. D. Burrows & R. Stanley, (Eds.) Contemporary International Hypnosis, Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Hypnosis, Melbourne, Australia, August 6-12, 1994 (pp. 177-188). New York: Wiley.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), also called by some EMD or EMD/R, is a relatively new therapeutic procedure. This therapeutically beneficial procedure was originally designed and envisaged for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) by Dr. Francine Shapiro (Shapiro, 1989, a,b). Various subsequent studies showed that -4 sessions (ach of ½ to 2 hrs duration) of EMDR are effective in significantly reducing the traumatic memories and associated anxiety to negligible levels (Lipke & Botkin, 1992; Shapiro, 1989 a,b; Spector & Huthwaite, 1993). There are, however, scanty reports of lack of treatment outcome with EMDR which has been explained by the client’s lack of cooperation in following the procedure or the therapist’s lack of experience (Lipke & Botkin, 1992). Similar reports are available with many other effective therapeutic procedures including clinical hypnosis (CH), mainly where there is “fear of failure” or “anxiety to succeed” present in the client’s mind, in addition to lack of experience of the therapist (Hartland, 1982).
Keywords: Hypnosis Melatonin
Accuracy Verified: Yes
368. Kuiken, D., Bears, M., Miall, D., & Smith, L. (2001/2002). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing facilitates attentional orienting. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 21(1), 3-20. doi:10.2190/L8JX-PGLC-B72R-KD7X .

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a controversial treatment for PTSD that requires clients to make rapid eye movements while revisualizing a traumatic event. Although seemingly effective, the process by which EMDR exerts its effects is poorly understod. We propose that EMDR's eye movements facilitate the orienting response, i.e., the attentional adjustment to unexpected stimuli. Since the orienting response has been implicated in spontaneous transformations of dream content during REM sleep, we reasoned that, similarly, activation of the orienting response during EMDR may facilitate content transformations in traumatic memories. To examine this hypothesis, 25 undergraduates completed 20 seconds of eye movements or 20 seconds of visual fixation before each of two tasks: (1) a covert visual attention task, in which a cue indicated the likely position of a subsequent target, and (2) a sentence rating task, in which sentences with either metaphoric or non-metaphoric endings were rated for strikingness. Repeated measures ANOVAs indicated that the eye movement manipulation facilitated attentional adjustments to targets presented in invalidly cued locations and increased the extent to which metaphoric sentence endings were found striking. Together these results suggest that the eye movements in EMDR induce attentional and semantic flexibility, thereby facilitating transformations in the client's narrative representation of the traumatic event. The implications of these findings for theories of dream formation and metaphor comprehension are also considered. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults College Students Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
369. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Wilson, D. (1992, July). Eye movement desensitization useful against anxiety, trauma. The California Psychologist, 20.

Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure, developed by Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., was introduced as a new rapid treatment for anxiety and related traumata. Dr. Shapiro serendipitously discovered that lateral eye movements (saccades) produced a decrease in distress associated with dysfunctional thoughts. The basic protocol for integrating EMDR into clinical work involves the client performing sets of saccades (usually when tracking the therapist's finger) while visualizing a disturbing image, thinking a disconcerning thought or focusing on an unpleasant affect. The result is - often a rapid working through of even strong negative feelings, a disappearance of the upsetting images and a facilitation of cognitive restructuring of dysfunctional thoughts.
Keywords: Anxiety Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
370. Wildwind, L. (1995, June). Facilitating live consultation. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The objectives of this presentation are to define ADHD in the various ways it presents adults, using EMDR cognitions and observations of clients as clues; then, to clarify why and EMDR works differently before, during, and after diagnosis, The presenter will provide background on the biological differences of those with the disorder, some thoughts on why this diagnosis is becoming so frequent at this time, and why therapists who use EMDR may be more likely to have the disorder and to see it in their clients. During the workshop participants will explore their own attitudes toward ADHD and learn about how these attitudes influence their ability to identify and assess ADHD symptoms in clients. Values, judgments and common myths about ADHD will be briefly discussed. Specific suggestions about modifying treatment when ADHD is suspected, suggested as a possible diagnosis to the client, and treated will be given, including a list of modified positive cognitions. Treatment planning ideas for clients with a variety of concurrent diagnoses will be offered, with special attention to the problems of resistance to the diagnosis, the medications use for treatment, and the process of adapting patterns to solve specific problems, using a specific example a group treatment planning exercise will be conducted. The actual treatment history of the case will be given clarifying how the treatment goals were reached. There will he time for participants to formulate negative and positive cognitions regarding their attitudes toward ADHD clients and the use of appropriate medications, and to assess the strength those attitudes, SUDS scales will be used. Participants will have an opportunity to ask questions and will obtain a bibliography, a client questionnaire, a list of modified cognitions, and a summary of resources for medical treatment, education and social support.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
371. PR Newswire. (2001, January 1). Famed EMDR psychologist abandoned her patient in the middle of controversial treatment (EMDR) aimed at helping patient recover from significant childhood abuse. San Francsico, CA: PR News Wire, State and Regional News.

Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
EMDR is a treatment modality for use with adults who have been abused as children, which is purported to help them clear their trauma more rapidly and to lead full, productive lives. In using EMDR treatment, a patient is asked to hold in mind an image of the trauma, a negative self-cognition, negative emotions and related physical sensations about the trauma. While doing so, the client is instructed to move their eyes quickly and laterally back and forth for about 15-20 seconds, following the therapist's fingers or some other stimulation device. The patient then reports the images, cognitions, emotions and physical sensations that emerge. This procedure continues until "desensitization" of the troubling material is complete and positive self-cognitions have replaced the previous negative self-cognition.
Keywords: General Overview San Francisco
Accuracy Verified: No
372. Vanhoeck, K., & Gykiere, K. (2010). Fantasiemanagement bij seksuele delinquenten [Fantasy management in sexual offenders]. Tijdschrift voor Seksuologie, 34, 224-235.

Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Fantasy management for sex offenders Sexual fantasies of sex offenders are a complex therapeutic issue. First, there is not so much we know yet for sure about sexual fantasies. Secondly, the question is what role sexual fantasies play as a risk factor for sexual abuse. And third, therapists see themselves confronted with the difﬁcult task how to affect the sexual fantasies of their client (if they are willing to do this at all). In part 1 of this article, we brieﬂy go through the scientiﬁc knowledge about sexual fantasies of sex offenders and will primarily have to ﬁnd out that we do not know much. In part 2 we present four ethical statements as a therapeutic framework for fantasy management. Finally we describe six steps to make it practical to get started.
Keywords: Fantasy Management Sex Offenders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
373. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2010, Oktobre). Fase 2 – Globale traumaverwerkingstechnieken [Phase 2 - Global trauma technique]. In M. Stöfsel and T. Moreen, Complex Trauma, Deel 3(pp. 131-135). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-8553-9_11 .

Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Het komt nogal eens voor dat een behandelaar besluit een methode in te zetten die gericht is op afgebakende traumatische ervaringen, terwijl de cliënt eigenlijk zijn hele verhaal wil vertellen en behoefte heeft over al zijn ervaringen te getuigen. Deze behoefte van een cliënt kan conflicteren met de focus die gevraagd wordt bij een gedetailleerde procedure zoals exposure of EMDR. Daarom is het in sommige gevallen goed om een gedetailleerde traumabehandeling vooraf te laten gaan door een globalere methode. Soms blijkt dat zo’n globale methode al voldoende effectief is. Als dat niet het geval is, kan daarna alsnog een gedetailleerde behandeling zoals EMDR of exposure worden toegepast.

It sometimes happens that a practitioner decides to deploy a methodology aimed at defined traumatic experiences, while the customer really wants to tell his whole story and needs to testify about his experiences. These needs may conflict with a client focus that is asked by a detailed procedure as EMDR or exposure. Therefore, in some cases a good detailed trauma treatment preceding it by a more global approach. Occasionally, a global method is effective enough. If this is not the case, then still a detailed treatment such as EMDR or exposure are used.
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
374. Parnell, L. (2010). Fear of learning. Vernon, CT: Fair Point Productions.

Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
Live EMDR demonstration session conducted by Laurel Parnell with a participant from her EMDR training course. The session took place in a classroom setting with EMDR trainees observing the work. In this video, the client is a woman who had a life-long fear of learning. She felt anxious whenever she was in a classroom situation, feeling that she would fail and wouldn't be able to learn.
Keywords: Fear of Learning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
375. Brown, L. S. (2002). Feminist therapy and EMDR: theory meets practice. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 263-287). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter includes a review of certain core concepts of feminist therapy theory and an exploration of how EMDR can be integrated into feminist practice as a means of operationalizing that theory. Because feminist therapy is inherently technically eclectic, embracing interventions ranging from the psychodynamic to the most radically behavioral, the question to be addressed regarding EMDR as a feminist practice is whether its use in therapy supports feminist models of change. In feminist practice, that question is the boundary condition for inclusion of a strategy: Can its use promote feminist models and outcomes? Not every way of practicing therapy does this, and some strategies, particularly those that emphasize strategic approaches in which therapists intentionally use their power over the client, are per se problematic. However, EMDR seems to fall easily within the parameters of feminist practice and even in the hands of nonfeminist therapists advances the goals of feminist social and personal change that are at the core of feminist therapy models. In arguing that EMDR does support feminist strategies, this chapter explores the way feminist practice conceptualizes the notions of change and goodness of outcome. To some degree, these notions are very similar to those of nonfeminist therapies, and in other respects they are radically different. [Text, p. 266]
Keywords: Adults Feminist Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
376. Glang, C. (1995). Finding the “PATH” in pathology: An approach to cognitive interweave. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(2), 5-6.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
One approach to using cognitive interweave is to view the client's symptom as an ineffective attempt to meet a healthy need. If we can correctly identify the underlying need, we can seek a more efficient route toward its fulfillment . I think of this as finding the "path" in pathology. The following two cases illustrate how this strategy can guide the therapist's thinking in utilizing cognitive interweave.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
377. Browning, C. (1999,September). Floatback and float forward: Techniques for linking past, present and future. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(3), 12, 34.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The standard EMDR protocol calls for targeting the past origins of a disturbance, present day triggers and creating templates for appropriate behavior in the future (Shapiro, 1995). Some clients, however, may have difficulty connecting their current problems to past events. Similarly, other clients may have difficulty creating positive future templates, especially if the client is anxious about trying new behavior. For these problems the Floatback and Float-forward Techniques, developed by the EMDR Institute Trainer, William Zangwill, Ph.D., are effective methods for linking past, present and future in a clinical setting and providing the therapist with tools for competently addressing both of these issues.
Keywords: Floatback Float Forward
Accuracy Verified: Yes
378. Holden, S. (2012, October). Floating further back. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop provides an explanation of the ability of the body-based floatback to take us ‘further back’, by teaching the anchoring of a positive memory and the use of this anchor to dilute difficult emotions if they become overwhelming during an EMDR floatback. I shall argue that developing a powerful method of floating back is very helpfully achieved by combining, as appropriate, body-memories with a ‘framed’ (framed to give some distance) visual backward tracking through the life story, to the earliest memory –and combined this with client stopping and starting.
Keywords: Body-Based Floatback
Accuracy Verified: Yes
379. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.

Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia. Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente". Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual. Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica. El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas. Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR. Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones. Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?" Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares. Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura. A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.

EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues. THE ART OF FLOATING BACK Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently. To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. " Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material. It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique. The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations. In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses. THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR. To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions. Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?" Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements. Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe. To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.
Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
380. Grand, D. (2001, May). Flow EMDR - Advanced clinical practice. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although the structured protocols and procedures of EMDR practice have provided therapists with enhanced healing opportunities, the awkwardness of the procedure remains unnatural to many EMDR therapists. However, EMDR can be modified to a more natural face-to-face flowing treatment process. This presentation will comprehensively examine flow EMDR and its dual naturalising components of "essential listening" and extended bi-lateral stimulation. "Essential listening" entails the therapists accepting that all potential answers reside in the clients system. This information and the ensuing healing process is supported by the therapist suspending all meta communications emanating from the client. Following this procedure, combined with the targeted information of the protocol activated by bi-lateral stimulation, allows the client to process information until they arrive at their "essential truths". Flow EMDR also utilises longer sets and/or continuous bi-lateral stimulation afforded by auditory and tactile stimulation. Innovations in eye movement, called ''paint brushing", will also be demonstrated with varied pace, direction, pausing and distance. Auditory stimulation will be reviewed as to its current modes and tactile stimulation will also be explored in terms of tapping, pressing and mechanical activation. Flow EMDR also actively integrates ego state work, part protocols, multiple protocols, parallel protocols, self questioning interweaves, targeting of present mood states, resource activation's of locating and installing positive body sensations and body processing enhanced by colour and image associations. This presentation will include lecture, clinical demonstratipn, audience participation and extensive hand-out material.
Keywords: Essential Listening Flow EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
381. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Four Elements Exercise Protocol Stress Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
382. Abbott, G. (2005, September). Four methods of target identification and ordering for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present an important review of Phase One of EMDR treatment as it fits within the Adaptive Information Processing Model. The presenter will describe and analyze four strategies for identifying and ordering targets for EMDR rreatment. Strategies to be covered are I ) Francine Shapiro's standard method; 2) A time line method, 3) A Genogram method proposed by Maureen Kitchur in her Strategic Developmental Model and 4) A hypnotic method inspired by Milton Erickson's February Man cases. Analysis of the unique strengths and limitations of each approach will be made. Clinical choices will be outlined with respect to the use of each strategy in light of characteristics of the client, the clinician, and the clinical setting itself. Case examples will be presented. Handouts wlth guidelines for each method will be distributed. Participants will be invited to engage in imaginal exercises to further the exploration of these strategies.
Keywords: February Man Genogram Maureen Kitchur Milton Erickson Targeting Timeline
Accuracy Verified: Yes
383. Martin, K. (2010, September/October). Fraser's dissociative table technique: A phase 2 strategy. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Accessing, identifying, and communicating with internal ego states are necessary for effective treatment of complex trauma and dissociation. To facilitate this, clinicians establish an imaginary internal meeting place where all parts of the client’s personality can gather. This gathering place provides a means to identify, stabilize, negotiate with, and prepare ego states for trauma reprocessing. In this workshop, Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique will be taught and demonstrated as a Phase 2 strategy for stabilization and preparationfor Phase 4 trauma reprocessing. Using Fraser’s Dissociative Table Technique when Phase 4 reprocessing is stopped due to dissociation will also be demonstrated.
Keywords: Fraser's Dissociative Table Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
384. Kiessling, R. (2006, September). From BLS to EMDR: Treating survivors of trauma, natural disaster, and combat along a time and stability continuum. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: T
he Comprehensive treatment protocols and treatment outcomes of EMDR have been well researched and documented. The calming effects of bilateral stimulation (BLS) and its impact on having images fade have also been documented. Consequently, there are many situations where stabilization and symptom reduction may be appropriate and/or necessary, such as trauma from terrorism, natural disasters and combat. This workshop will discuss a number of Bilateral Stimulation (BLS) interventions along a time and client stability continuum. Participants will learn and hone their skills using a number of stabilization and symptom reduction interventions through lecture, video and live demonstration, as well as small group practice of these more truncated, target specific, symptom desensitization protocols. Additionally, participants will understand when to select these interventions in preparing the client for the comprehensive EMDR treatment protocols.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
385. Logie, R. (2012, July). From nightmare to memories. Therapy Today, 23(6), 28-31 .

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) is a form of therapy mainly used in treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder and other trauma-related mental health problems. This article outlines the development of EMDR and its use as a psychological treatment, and describes the process of EMDR therapy sessions from the therapist's and client's perspectives. It reports that use of EMDR has become more diverse and looks in particular at its application in 3 areas: depression, obsessive compulsive disorder and pain. It discusses the effectiveness of EMDR treatment and research into its application. It also briefly explains how to train in EMDR.
Keywords: Behavior Therapy Mental Health Problems Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
386. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
387. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.
Keywords: Client Anxiety Negative Cognition Preparation Phase Target Memory Treatment Plan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
388. Imbroinise, F. (2008, June). The function of the EMDR approach as an anamnestic and therapeutic tool in paediatrics - psychosocial unit. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
652 children were treated during 2007 in our Paediatrics - psychosocial unit. The EMDR approach was a means to do the history taking and anamnesis and it was used as well as an intervention methodology for all pathologies and disturbances. Our clients received EMDR as inpatients in our war or as outpatients referred by the community paediatric services. Our therapeutical programme includes a detailed anamnesis done together with both parents or with caregivers if the child is very small or with the child himself if he’s able to provide the information. History taking with the EMDR approach is an unique opportunity for the family to focus on family life and its dynamics, and to analyse their unbalanced relational and affective patterns, which they are not always aware of. Subsequently a therapeutical programme is outlined where EMDR is presented as a treatment method to face and resolve the presenting complaints. This therapeutical approach facilitates the symptomatology resolution and is useful to develop a more aware vision of their own family dynamics. Another beneficial effect is to promote a greater psychophysical wellbeing for the client, providing a new meaning to the somatic disorder and helping the family to understand and manage their child’s problems in a more functional way. This poster describes all phases of the intervention and the disorders treated in our unit with EMDR. [There are three PDF files.]
Keywords: Anamnesis Children Pediatrics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
389. Dellucci, H. (2012, June). The Gear Box. A structured protocol for a safe EMDR process with complex trauma [“Gearbox” (Caja de cambios): un protocolo estructurado para un proceso [terapéutico] seguro con EMDR [en pacientes] con trauma complejo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR with people suffering from complex trauma often leads to difficulties regarding the treatment plan, but also during desensitization, reprocessing, with a risk of major destabilization, and treatment drop outs. Often, many targets, especially those coming from early childhood, are pre-‐verbal in nature and stay therefore implicit. Should we then renounce in doing EMDR with these people? Is it possible to apply EMDR safely and without getting lost, adjusting to each person, so different from another, and their life events somewhat chaotic? The gearbox, through the metaphor of a journey by car, suggests a hierarchical processing structure to navigate through therapy with people suffering from complex trauma, which allows the therapist to adapt to the client, his/her life context, knowing what to do, and why. The result is a more self-‐confident therapist, who is able to adapt to the client, being so more flexible and safe while doing EMDR. By integrating the current knowledge of EMDR for complex trauma, the gearbox is a dynamic and adaptive tool.

EMDR en personas que sufren trauma complejo a menudo conlleva dificultades respecto al plan terapéutico y también durante la desensibilización y reprocesamiento, con el riesgo de una desestabilización mayor y el abandono del tratamiento. Con frecuencia, muchos de los objetivos y, muy especialmente los que tienen su origen en la primera infancia, son preverbales y, por lo tanto, permanecen implícitos. ¿Deberíamos renunciar al uso de EMDR con estas personas? ¿Es posible aplicar EMDR de forma segura y sin perderse, adaptándose a cada persona, tan distintas unas de otras, así como a sus eventos de vida, algo caóticos? “Gearbox”, a través de una metáfora de un viaje en coche, sugiere una estructura jerárquica de procesamiento para navegar por la terapia con personas que sufre trauma complejo, lo que permite al terapeuta a adaptarse al cliente, el contexto de su vida, sabiendo qué hacer y por qué. El resultado es un terapeuta con más confianza en sí mismo, capaz de adaptarse al cliente, con mucho más flexibilidad y seguridad mientras utiliza EMDR. Al integrar los conocimientos actuales de EMDR en casos de trauma complejo, “la caja de cambios” es una herramienta dinámica y adaptativa.
Keywords: Gear Box
Accuracy Verified: Yes
390. Spindler, C. (2007, June). Gentle EMDR: A precursor to standard EMDR protocol. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the last few years several EMDR clinicians have introduced new approaches which have expanded on EMDR. Two examples are Ricky Greenwald's techniques for 'running a movie' and David Grand's performance enhancement techniques using visualization. GENTLE EMDR is a similar expansion of standard protocol. GENTLE EMDR follows basic EMDR protocol with additional emphasis on the emotions and body sensations connected to the target. Visualilzation is then tuilized to release these emotions and sensations one at a time until the target shows a SUDS of 0. At this point, positive cognitions are installed. The advantage of visualization is that it buffers the emotions with associated with the target, thus reducing abreactions, dissociations and resistance to further EMDR treatment. One advantage of Gentle EMDR is that a client does not need to face the target directly because emotions and body sensations are broken down into management segments. Thus, Gentle EMDR works well with clients who are too fragile to tolerate the standard protocol. One example of the use of visualization would be if the target is "being physically attacked." Clients are first asked what they feel when they think of the attack and where they feel it in their body. Next, clients are asked to visualize a river passing them, while they sit in a protective (safe) place. Finally, clients are asked how the water would appear if it was the identified emotion (such as a particular color) and to let the water flow past until the appearance of the emotional reaction dissipates. Once this is done, clients are asked to name the next emotion that eminates when thinking about the physical attack, allowing the water to 'clear' that emotion as well. When the emotions are approached in this way, the target typically becomes neutralized. The entire process is done using bilateral stimulation. Gentile EMDR is easily taught and has been well received by clinicians at Univerities and Clinical Practices in the United States.
Keywords: Poster Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
391. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.
Keywords: Basic Protocol Three-Pronged Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
392. Macdonald, H. (2009, October). Getting to grips with the pain protocol. Presentation at the 2nd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Pain Protocol workshop will focus on the practical application of the Pain Protocol (based on Grant and Threlfo 2002); in the context of evidence available regarding its effectiveness. The emphasis of the workshop will be on clinical work using the protocol, and sharing experiences in practice. It is aimed at participants who have completed EMDR training, but who may have not had extensive experience working with this client group using EMDR.
Keywords: Pain Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
393. Brayne, M. (2011, March). Giving evidence in court on behalf of an EMDR client. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
What’s it like to give court evidence in the UK on behalf of an EMDR client? And what can EMDR unleash in a survivor of child sexual abuse now become war reporter? In 2007, Mark Brayne became one of the very few EMDR therapists internationally to have taken the witness stand for a client, involving sexual abuse charges against a former priest at a prominent Catholic school in the UK. Mark’s client “G”, a former war correspondent, had always known he was abused as a child. But it was in EMDR, more than 20 years later, that he recalled the detail. Four years after the trial, “G” has now given permission for his story to be told. This workshop will a space to explore some of the legal challenges of working with EMDR, and also EMDR’s table-turning and at times colourfully cartoon-like impact on the narrative of dysfunctional memory networks.
Keywords: Court Evidence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
394. Waldon, A. P. (2004). Goodbye yucky thoughts and feelings: An EMDR workbook for children. LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client through the EMDR protocol. Visually appealing illustrations based on children's drawings are used to encourage the child to draw imaginal and existing resources for strength, mastery, and comfort. Using these drawings, the therapist prepares the child for processing a trauma. Then, after the child draws a safe place, the therapist uses the workbook to help the child identify the thoughts, emotions, and body sensations related to the trauma. The child is then ready for Phase 4, desensitization and reprocessing of the trauma. The workbook continues by helping the therapist guide the child client through the remaining phases of the protocol, finishing with a Certificate of Accomplishment for the child to keep. Instructions for the therapist and worksheets for the therapist's notes are included. [EMDRResources abstract]
Keywords: Children Workbook
Accuracy Verified: Yes
395. Richards, J. B. (2010, June). Group EMDR after individual trauma treatment as assistance back into everyday life. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The learning objectives are as follows; By the end of the workshop, participants will demonstrate: An awareness of the potential value of group EMDR for traumatised clients. An understanding of the place of group EMDR as a final stage in treatment, after individual EMDR trauma therapy. Familiarity with a range of EMDR techniques which are useful in this mode of treatment. This experiential workshop will commence with a short Power- Point presentation, including some client material. There will then follow a brief discussion, followed by an opportunity to try out a group experience of using EMDR techniques The use of group EMDR as a stage of EMDR trauma treatment arose from the expressed need of clients for a sense of shared experience, and peer support as they returned to everyday life as a changed person. Many have physical impairments as a re^ suit of their traumatic experiences, and feel a sense of empathic understanding when sharing their difficulties. A further benefit has been the improved reflective functioning displayed by the group members, which may be related to greater Vagus nerve relaxation, and resulting increased neocortical activity. The workshop leader is an accredited EMDR practitioner, who has been treating traumatised people individually and in groups for more than thirty years, and has been using EMDR in groups increasingly in recent times.
Keywords: Group Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
396. Schneider, C. & Gismondi, M. (1999, February). A guide to the neurodevelopmental "power therapies" and their use in the treatment of PTSD and related somatic complaints . Presentation at the Winter Brain Meeting, Plam Springs, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this four-hour workshop, we will combine hands-on technique demonstration with psychobiological theory concerning the state-of-the-art psychotherapeutic treatment of trauma and related somatization disorders. Learning Objectives (1) Understand the significance and evolution of the Power Therapies, i.e., those new or little known trauma psychotherapy techniques that offer significant improvements over traditional methods in terms of the speed, depth and permanence of trauma symptom reduction while minimizing client retraumatization or destabilization. The original "Power Therapies" categorization was developed by traumatologist Dr. Charles Figley and involves four "cutting edge" trauma psychotherapy techniques, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy (an accupressure-based desensitization tool) , Traumatic Incident Reduction and Neurolingusitic Programming's Visual-Kinesthetic Dissociation. Protocols for all four methods will be reviewed. (2) Achieve introductory-level working knowledge of both the techniques, their underlying theoretical rationale and suspected neurophysiological mechanisms of action. (3) Learn Power Therapy integration strategies and explore their clinical utility. (4) Become familiar with the concept of the Neurodevelopmental Power Therapy integration strategies, it's roots in the work of Allen Schore, Bruce Perry and Bessel Van der Kolk and it's implications for Neurotherapy and the Neurosciences as a whole. (5) Review the field experiments of Dr. Schneider combining EMDR with the "crossover point" in alpha-theta training and the possible therapeutic/ scientific synergies between EEG Brainmapping and neurotherapy on the one hand and the neurodevelopmental power therapies on the other.
Keywords: Energy Psychology Neurodevelopment Power Therapies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
397. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.

Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
398. Tutarel-Kislak, S. (2004, December). Görme engelli bireyde göz hareketleriyle duyarsizlastirmave yeniden isleme tedavi yönteminin dize Hhafifçe vurma alternatifininuygulanmasi: Bir olgu sunumu [A knee tapping variant of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with a blind person: A case report]. Türk Psikoloji Yazilari, 7(14), 77-90.

Language: Turkish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Bu çalışmada, Göz Hareketleriyle Duyarsızlaştırma ve Yeniden İşleme yaşlı, kör erkek üniversite öğrencisi bir 26 yıl kullanıldı. Onun görsel handikap nedeniyle, diz vurma işlemi EMDR alternatif olarak kullanılmaktadır. kardeşinin ölümünden sonra intihar girişiminde sonra müşteri bir kriz merkezinde tedavi oldu. Onun psikolojik sıkıntı (ve, görmek ve dokunmak onu morga zorla kardeşinin ölümünden sonra, örneğin, soğukluk ve koku ölüm vücudun hakkındaki duyumları) özel anıları ile ilgili, günlük yaşamda onu rahatsız etti. kardeşinin ölüm, intihar öyküsü, suçluluk, çaresizlik hakkında O'nun anıları ve düşüncelerini o diğerleri seans boyunca değerlendirildi hayal kırıklığına söyledi. Bilişsel-örgü tekniği de oturumları sırasında kullanılmıştır. Kısa Semptom Envanteri (KSE) ön ve son test ölçümleri olarak uygulanmıştır. üç ay kadar, bu BSI puanları genellikle indirdi olduğu bulunmuştur takip iki seans ve bir aylık ve sonra. Ayrıca, o onun kişisel gelişim bir ilerleme olduğunu bildirdi. Olgu bildirilmektedir bir kör kişi ile EMDR tekniğinin formu dokunarak diz ilk başarılı uygulama olduğunu anlamda ilginçti. Bu çalışmanın sonuçları travmatik görüntüleri canlılığını işitme nedeniyle ve kokulu o EMDR çalışmalarda olarak azalmış olacaktır dokunmadan gösterdi. Bu makalede ayrıca EMDR yöntemi ve etkinlik hakkında olumsuz sonuçlarını içermektedir. (PsycINFO Veritabanı Record (c) 2008 APA, tüm hakları saklıdır) (dergi soyut)

In this study, the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing was used with a 26 years old, blind male university student. Because of his visual handicap, knee tapping procedure has been used as an alternative to the EMDR. After his brother's death he attempted to suicide and then the client had a therapy in a crisis center. His psychological distress related to specific memories (e.g., after his brother's death, being forced to the morgue to see and touch him, and his sensations about coldness and scent of the death body) was bothering him in his daily life. His memories about his brother's death, suicidal history, guiltiness, helplessness, and his thoughts that he disappointed the others were evaluated throughout the sessions. Cognitive-weave technique was also utilized during the sessions. The Brief Symptom Inventory (BSI) was applied as a pre and post test measures. After the two sessions and one-month and three-month follow-up, it was found that the BSI scores were generally lowered. In addition, he reported that he had a progress in his personal growth. The case reported here was interesting in the sense that it was the first successful application of knee tapping form of the EMDR technique with a blind person. The results of this study showed that the vividness of traumatic images due to hearing, smelling and touching would be reduced as in the EMDR studies. This article also includes the negative results about EMDR method and its efficacy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)(from the journal abstract)
Keywords: Blind Clinical Case Study Knee Knee Tapping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
399. Shrigley, C., & Martin, K. (2013, May). Healing mind and body through structural dissociation theory and EMDR. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This half day workshop will teach Structural Dissociation Theory and how it integrates into treating complex trauma with EMDR. Case examples will be used to highlight the theoretical concepts and how to work with the emotional parts while keeping them stable throughout the 8 phases of the EMDR Standard Protocol.
Learning Objectives: • Describe the distinctions between the Apparently Normal Part and Emotional Parts of the Personality • Describe 3 aspects of treating Emotional Parts of the Personality with EMDR while • Keeping them stable• Describe a way to identify Emotional Parts of the Personality • Describe 3 clinical markers for client readiness for trauma reprocessing in complex trauma cases
Keywords: Structural Dissociation Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
400. Meignant, I. (2009, August). Healing the couple within a systemic EMDR approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Using both Mony Elkaïm’s reciprocal double-bind systemic model and the AIP model, we demonstrate a new perspective for couple therapy. This presentation will consider how to choose to do EMDR or not in the couple session, using the other member of the couple as a co-therapist, and using individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home. The workshop will also include how understanding the reciprocal double-bind can be a guide in the EMDR target plan in determining where to work on the past of each client to heal the couple in couple or individual therapy.
Keywords: Couples Therapy Mony Elkaïm Reciprocal Double-Bind Systemic Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
401. Forgash, C. A. (2005, September). Healing the heart of complex trauma through EMDR, ego state and somatosensory work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is increasingly being utilized to treat highly challenging clients with a variety of diagnoses including complex PTSD, DESNOS, and a range of dissociative disorders. The dissociative processes commonly described as part of the PTSD spectrum, are also predicted by early attachment difficulties and losses. These clients may present with elements of several disorders (i.e., Borderline PD). Without considerable stabilization work, they may be unable to process information safely. This presentation, through lecture, experiential work and case presentation, will provide clinicians with a model that enables them to provide EMDR treatment effectively with this population. Participants will become familiar with specialized treatment planning that begins with detailed and complex history taking and pays particular attention to an extensive individualized preparation phase. They will learn how and when to integrate ego state work, somatosensory work and disociative treatment strategies in this phase and throughout EMDR protocol work. This systemic work will be understood to help patients resolve internal conflicts, deal with stabilization, affect regulation, triggering, overwhelm, dissociation, and resistance.
Keywords: Challenging Clients Dissociation Ego State Therapy Master Series Somatosensory Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
402. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
403. Forgash, C. A. (2004, September). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma victims enter therapy seeking help with the symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. Additional trauma responses lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with trauma as well as with relationships. This can include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship with the victim). Integrating ego state strategies into the preparation phase of the standard protocol results in a safety and stability focused therapeutic approach. The emphasis in this presentation will be on developing interventions that provide stability and reconnection for the aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and life stresses and help clients access/work with their ego state system to desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Keywords: Connections Stability
Accuracy Verified: Yes
404. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Personality Disorders Re-Scripting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
405. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
406. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
407. Herbert, C. (2003, May). Healing the “inner child” – EMDR imagery rescripting techniques with complex trauma clients. In Attachment and complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR-based imagery re-scripting techniques with a modified concept of Cognitive Schema Modes (Young, 1999). Based on clinical case examples, the use of imagery techniques, which draw on all sensory modalities (involving cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) during the auditory application of EMDR will be described, to help complex trauma clients firstly approach and recognize and subsequently attach to and nurture the image of their own “inner child”. Rather than establishing a sense of unrealistic dependency on the therapist by integrating him or her as the sole nurturer, clients are encouraged to develop an image of their own ‘healthy adult’, who can learn to take on the role of internal re-nurturing, protection and healing of the ‘inner child’. Techniques for overcoming blockages between a client’s ‘healthy adult’ and their ‘inner child’ representations are described. It is proposed that differentiating between ‘child’ and ‘adult’ modes and tuning into these through deep-level EMDR processing, allows clients to re-connect to feelings associated with their earlier experiences of helplessness and dependency during childhood, which can now be re-experienced within a safe and nurturing context. It is suggested that this will allow higher order brain systems, such as the hippocampus, to remain active and therefore enable cognitive and structural re-organization of the stored material in the brain and body cells. Once a positive attachment bond between a client’s internalised ‘inner child’ and ‘healthy adult’ modes has been achieved this can then be utilized further during direct trauma processing work. It is argued that healing of the ‘inner child’ enables healing of the adult client so that a more positive and secure sense of self can be achieved.
Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex PTSD Imagery Inner Child Rescripting Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
408. Levin, C. (1992, December). The heart of EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 18.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Sometimes the EMDR work can bring unexpected delights. I was working with a client whom I had been seeing for close to a year for general anxiety and procrastination. We were in the middle of a session, involved with constructing a cognitive weave regarding a projected behavior. The positive cognition was, "Taking even a small step is good for me." Following the set of eye movements, the client in his customary "deadpan" fashion said five (VoC = 5). I asked the client to repeat the sentence to himself again and proceeded with another set of eye movements. This time he responded, in the same deadpan fashion, five and one-eighth. He saw the puzzlement on my face as I began to comment about what fine gradations of truth he was able to evaluate. Without cracking even the hint of a smile, he looked directly at me and said, "Taking even a small step is good for me."
Keywords: General
Accuracy Verified: Yes
409. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The heart with a door: EMDR with clients with mental disability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: For the past three decades clinical experience as well as research has supported the validity of counseling and psychotherapy in the treatment of clients with mental disability (MH/MR)(Objective #1). At first, behavioural therapies and later various forms of process-oriented therapy (Gestalt, creative arts, body-centered, play) have been effectively employed with this population. Particularly through the use of process therapies, it has become clear that traditional insight and cognitive therapy must be adopted in favor of experience, action, body-centeredness and “right-brain” functioning to be impactful with this population.
EMDR, given it primarily non-verbal mode of functioning, holds great promise as an effective and efficient therapy for trauma treatment with dually diagnosed clients, a population inherently vulnerable to traumatic impact. This presentation will emphasize the “phase model” aspects of trauma treatment and will demonstrate where EMDR is effective within this model (Objective #2). Attention will also be given to ways in which the basic EMDR protocol need to be adapted to meet the needs of these clients (Objective #3).
A report on the progress of a series of single case studies with client with mental disabilities in Pennsylvania as well as anecdotal reports will be utilized to demonstrate EMDR effectiveness with this population. Video clip of sessions involving clients with varying levels of functioning will give the audience a concrete experience of the adaptive use of EMDR (Objective #4).
The workshop will leave time for participants to apply the learning to cases of their own (Objective #5).
Keywords: Mental Disability
Accuracy Verified: Yes
410. Brodeur, E. (1995). Heaven’s barbecue. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(1), 2-3.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The client is a 27-year-old woman known to me from her first psychiatric hospitalization 2 1/2 years ago, during which she was diagnosed with Major Depression with psychotic features. She also had dissociative syrnptoms including well-defined "parts," though she did not experience time loss. She had tried about 20 different psychoactive medications prior to her first EMDR session, and had also received outpatient electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) 18 months earlier. During ECT, she maintained a straight-A average in her course work to obtain a second degree in nursing.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
411. Lefèbre, R. (2010, 28 September). Heeft sociaal-maatschappelijke stress een complicerende rol bij klachten na psychotrauma? Een onderzoek onder asielzoekers en vluchtelingen naar de relatie tussen traumablootstelling, psychiatrische klachten en de invloed van sociaal-maatschappelijke stressfactoren [Socio-cultural stress has a role in complicating disorders after psychotrauma? A survey of asylum seekers and refugees into the relationship between trauma exposure, psychiatric symptoms and the influence of socio-cultural stress]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
In onderzoek onder zestig asielzoekers en vluchtelingen met de diagnose PTSS, die in behandeling waren bij Stichting Centrum ’45, is gekeken naar de relatie tussen traumablootstelling en de psychiatrische klachten: depressie-, angst-, en traumaklachten en in het bijzonder naar de mediërende invloed van sociaal-maatschappelijke stressfactoren. Meer traumatische ervaringen bleken samen te hangen met depressieklachten, maar niet met trauma- en angstklachten. Van de sociaal-maatschappelijke stressfactoren bleek stress over lichamelijke klachten samen te hangen met depressieklachten. Stress over het gezinssysteem bleek samen te hangen met angstklachten.Traumablootstelling bleek niet samen te hangen met stress over lichamelijke klachten. Geconcludeerd werd dat sociaal-maatschappelijke stressfactoren geen mediator vormen voor de relatie tussen traumablootstelling en psychiatrische klachten. Voor een behandeling als EMDR, gericht op het traumatisch verleden van de cliënt, zou dit kunnen betekenen dat verdere aandacht aan sociaal-maatschappelijke stressfactoren waarschijnlijk weinig effect zullen sorteren. Ook zet dit vraagtekens bij andere traumabehandelingen als stabilisatietherapie. Mogelijk is deze therapie, die veelvuldig wordt toegepast bij asielzoekers en vluchtelingen, minder zinvol dan gedacht. Daar er sprake was van enkele methodische beperkingen zal vervolgonderzoek moeten uitwijzen of de resultaten generaliseerbaar zijn.

In research among sixty asylum seekers and refugees diagnosed with PTSD, which were pending at Foundation Centrum '45, looked at the relationship between trauma exposure and psychiatric symptoms: depression, anxiety, and trauma symptoms, and in particular to the mediating influence by social stressors. More traumatic experiences were associated with depression symptoms, but not with trauma and anxiety symptoms. The socio-cultural stressors showed stress on physical symptoms correlated with depression symptoms. Stress on the family system was found to correlate with angstklachten.Traumablootstelling was not correlated with stress on physical symptoms. It was concluded that socio-cultural mediator no stress on a relationship between trauma exposure and psychiatric symptoms. EMDR for treatment aimed at the client's traumatic past, this could mean that further attention to socio-cultural stressors unlikely any effect. Also put this question to other treatments such as trauma stabilization therapy. Possible that this therapy is frequently used in asylum seekers and refugees, less useful than expected. Since there were some methodological limitations, further research should reveal whether the results can be generalized.
Keywords: Anxiety Asylum Seekers Depression Symptoms IPTS, Refugees Residency Status Social and Societal Stress Survey Trauma Exposure Trauma Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
412. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource. This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
413. Ventouratou, D. (2012, June). Help the helpers with EMDR(For all EMDR professionals) [Ayudar a los formadores del EMDR (Especialmente para Supervisores)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Most therapists are confronted with feelings of insufficiency, helplessness and even anger if a therapy is not successful. Feelings of shame often prevent the therapist to come in contact with his own countertransference during a supervision session. Supervisors often get lost in analyzing history details and making interpretations or offering tools, but they sometimes fail to help the therapists to get in touch with their own feelings. Therefore, a “stuck” therapeutic process is probably followed (or actually “mirrored”) by a “stuck” in supervision process. In this workshop we will demonstrate how we can utilize the EMDR-‐protocol in difficult supervision or intervision cases, in order to overcome impasses in therapeutic processes, negative emotions or beliefs, matters of countertransference and secondary traumatization of the therapist. Case examples will show how utilizing EMDR in supervision can lead to a sudden change of feelings towards the client and to a deeper understanding of his attitude, show the connection to the therapists blocking issues, and therefore re-‐enable conscious empathy. The presentation of a specially modified EMDR – Supervision-‐ Protocol and case examples will be followed by a live demonstration. The workshop is addressed to all clinicians who work as supervisors. The modified EMDR-‐Supervision-‐Protocol can be used by all EMDR-‐Practitioners (NOT only accredited consultants!), whereas their supervisors do not necessarily need to be familiar with EMDR.

La Mayoría de los terapeutas tienen que enfrentarse con sentimientos de insuficiencia, frustración e incluso ira si la terapia no tiene éxito. Sentimientos de vergüenza a menudo previenen al terapeuta a ponerse en contacto con su propia contratransferencia durante una sesión de supervisión. Los supervisores a menudo se pierden en analizar los detalles de la historia y hacer sus interpretaciones u ofrecer herramientas terapéuticas, pero en muchos casos, fallan en ayudar al terapeuta a ponerse en contacto con sus propios sentimientos. Por eso un “atasco” en el proceso terapéutico esta probablemente seguido por (o “reflejado”) por un “atasco” en el proceso de supervisión. En este taller vamos a demostrar cómo podemos utilizar el protocolo EMDR en supervisiones o intervenciones de casos difíciles, con el fin de sobreponer los obstáculos del proceso terapéutico, las emociones negativas, o las creencias relacionadas con la contratransferencia y secundariamente la traumatización del terapeuta Casos prácticos mostrarán, cómo utilizando el EMDR, en la supervisión puede promover un cambio repentino de cara al cliente y de un más profundo entendimiento de sus actitudes, mostraremos la conexión con los problemas de bloqueos de los terapeutas, y por tanto, reactivar la empatía consciente. La presentación de esta modificación especial del protocolo EMDR – Supervisión-‐ Protocolo y ejemplos de casos se llevaran a cabo con demostraciones en directo.
Keywords: Burnout
Accuracy Verified: Yes
414. Turton, M. (2010, January 13). Helping local vets deal with stress. Cold Spring, NY: Putnam County News and Recorder.

Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
The EMDR technique is intriguing. Turino explained that once a counselor and client have developed a comfortable rapport, the client focuses on a disturbing aspect of the traumatic incident. The counselor and client talk briefly about the negative beliefs, feelings, and physical sensations associated with the disturbing experience. During the session, using a board that shows lights blinking alternately on the left and the right, the patient's eyes follow the flashing lights back and forth. Turino says that dramatic reduction in traumatic memories can usually be achieved in three to twelve sessions. For some patients, using alternating sounds or tapping can produce the same results as back and forth eye movements.
Keywords: General Hope Turino Overview Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
415. Shapiro, F. (2012, August 29). Helping you and your children make it through divorce. Huffington Post. Retrieved from on http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/helping-you-and-your-chil_2_b_1837948.html?utm_hp_ref=divorce-advice 9/5/2012..

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The need to regulate your own responses cannot be overstated. Your anger, depression or anxiety can cause lifelong problems for your children. Remember, just because negative reactions emerge does not make them true or useful. Self-help techniques can help you stay in control. You can find some in my book, Getting Past Your Past: Take Control of Your Life with Self-Help Techniques from EMDR Therapy. For instance, one adult client kept rehashing a fight. Another child client kept seeing his father angrily walk out the door for the last time. You can help yourself and your children get rid of distressing mental pictures by imagining it on top of paint in a can. Then, just stir it up. That disrupts "working memory" and makes it go away. You can also use other techniques to immediately change negative emotions or thoughts. This will empower both you and your children. It will also allow you to be present with your children and show enough happiness so they don't feel like they have to take care of you. No child deserves that burden. [Exceprt]
Keywords: Blog Divorce
Accuracy Verified: Yes
416. Verstraaten, M. J., & van Vliet, E. (2009, Juni). Het werkzame mechanisme van eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is dit het van een afstand bekijken of het herbeleven van een traumatische gebeurtenis? [The active mechanism of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Is this the view from a distance or reliving a traumatic event?]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Dit onderzoek is een replicatie van de studie van Lee, Taylor en Drummond (2006) waarin de werkingsmechanismen beschrijft tijdens een desensibilisatie Eye Movement and Reprocessing (EMDR) behandeling. Deze studie onderzocht of er een relatie is tussen verbetering van de symptomen en de manier waarop de cliënt ziet de traumatische gebeurtenis, is dit vanuit een oogpunt van vrijstaande (afstand) of wanneer het trauma opnieuw wordt ervaren (herbeleving). De reacties van de 30 klanten tijdens een EMDR sessie, worden ingedeeld in vier categorieën volgens de classificatie van Lee et al.. (2006) (distantiëring, herbeleven, beïnvloeden en verbonden). Toegevoegd in dit onderzoek is de categorie onbeslist. De resultaten laten zien is er geen verschil in de antwoorden die tijdens een EMDR sessie en de vermindering van PTSS-symptomen (gemeten met de Nederlandse versie van de Impact of Event Scale) en van het verdriet (gemeten met de subjectieve Eenheden van Disturbance Scale). Alle reacties zijn gerelateerd aan een verbetering, ongeacht de categorie. Deze resultaten zijn niet in overeenstemming met de bevindingen van Lee et al.. (2006) die aantonen dat afstand-reacties zijn geassocieerd met een grotere vermindering van de symptomen dan herbeleven-reacties. Naast Lee et al.. (2006), de huidige studie is gebleken dat zowel de aard van het trauma (opzettelijk of niet opzettelijk) alsmede de negatieve cognitie van een cliënt (onmacht of eigenwaarde) niet zijn geassocieerd met een verbetering van de symptomen tijdens de EMDR behandeling. Toekomstig onderzoek kan bijdragen aan kennis over andere factoren die geassocieerd kan worden met de effectiviteit van EMDR.

This research is a replication of the study of Lee, Taylor and Drummond (2006) which describes the working mechanisms during an Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment. This study tested whether there is a relation between improvement in symptoms and the way the client sees the traumatic event; is this from a detached point of view (distancing) or when the trauma is re-experienced (reliving).The responses of 30 clients during an EMDR session, are classified into four categories according to the classification of Lee et al. (2006) (distancing, reliving, affect and associated). Added in this study is the category undecided. The results show there is no difference in the responses given during an EMDR session and the reduction of PTSD-symptoms (measured with the Dutch version of the Impact of Event Scale) and of the distress (measured with the Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale). All the responses are related to an improvement, regardless of the category. These results are not in line with the findings of Lee et al. (2006) that show distancing-reactions are associated with a greater reduction in symptoms than reliving-reactions. In addition to Lee et al. (2006), the current study found that both the nature of the trauma (intentional or not intentional) as well as the negative cognition of a client (powerlessness or self-esteem) are not associated with an improvement in symptoms during EMDR treatment. Future research may contribute to knowledge about other factors that may be associated with the effectiveness of EMDR.
Keywords: Distancing Reliving
Accuracy Verified: Yes
417. Hofmann, A., & Luber, M. (2009). History taking: The time line. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 5-10). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Client history taking is an important part of well-prepared clinicians' understanding of their clients. The Time Line Script (Hofmann, 2004) is based on a number of personal communications with other EMDR clinicians. The forms are a way of eliciting the material crucial to preparing for future work in EMDR. Topics discusses in this chapter include (1) time line script notes; (2) the Time Line Script; (3) best or positive and worse or negative memories; (4) positive and negative memory map; and (5) positive and negative memories. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: History Taking Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
418. Havelka, J. (2006). Hoe groot ben jij naast een brandweerman?' Traumaverwerkingmet EMDR als een episode in een kindertherapie [When you stand next to a fireman: Dealing with trauma using EMDR in therapy with children]. Tijdschrift Cliëntgerichte Psychotherapie, 44 (3), 191-208.

Language: Dutch
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Dit artikel tracht te illustreren hoe traumaverwerking deel kan uitmaken van een langdurige individuele therapie. Wanneer één, of meerdere traumatische gebeurtenissen het therapieproces blokkeren, is het mogelijk een episode van traumaverwerking in therapie in te bouwen waarbij men - als aanvulling van de gesprekstherapie - gebruik kan maken van EMDR. Het eerste deel van dit artikel is een kort overzicht van de belangrijkste kenmerken van het PTSS-syndroom en er wordt uitvoerig ingegaan op de geschiedenis, theorie en praktijk van EMDR en meer specifiek het gebruik ervan bij kinderen. Vervolgens wordt de parallel getrokken tussen cliëntgerichte therapie, cognitieve gedragstherapie en traumaverwerking met EMDR. Het tweede deel van dit artikel is een casusbespreking van een 11-jarige jongen wiens moeder voor zijn ogen verbrand werd door gloeiende frituurolie, waarin het gebruik van EMDR bij kinderen wordt uitgewerkt.

This article tries to illustrate how trauma can be part of a long-term individual therapy. If one or more traumatic events of the therapy process to block, it is possible one episode of trauma therapy model using in one - an addition to the conversation therapy - may use EMDR. The first part of this article is a brief overview of the main characteristics of the PTSD syndrome, and a full explanation of the history, theory and practice of EMDR and more specifically its use in children. Then, the parallel between client-centered therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy and trauma with EMDR. The second part of this article is a case review of a 11-year-old boy whose mother before his eyes burned by hot cooking oil in which the use of EMDR in children is developed.
Keywords: Children Therapy Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
419. Spierings, J. (2013, April). Hoezo therapeutische relatie, we hebben toch het protocol? [Why therapeutic relationship, we do have the protocol?]. Presentatie op het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De therapeutische relatie in EMDR: Lambert en Barley (2001) komen in hun review van tientallen onderzoeken naar de resultaten van psychotherapie tot de volgende conclusies: Toepassen van de methodiek (in dit geval EMDR) maakt 15% van het resultaat uit. Nog eens 15% is toe te schrijven aan het placebo effect, lees: hoop en verwachting (en daarmee ook inzet en commitment van de cliënt). Maar liefst 30% komt voor rekening van de zgn. non-specifieke variabelen zoals de kwaliteit van de relatie tussen hulpverlener en cliënt, de geloofwaardigheid van de therapeut, het vermogen van de therapeut om de cliënt aan het werk te krijgen en de aandacht van de cliënt op zijn eigen beleving gefocust te houden. Nog eens 40% wordt bepaald door buiten de therapie gelegen factoren (cliëntfactoren zoals het vermogen om te associëren, of een nieuwe relatie, of medicatie die goed aanslaat).

The therapeutic relationship in EMDR: Lambert and Barley (2001) conclude in their review of dozens of studies on the results of psychotherapy to the following conclusions: Application of the method (in this case EMDR) is 15% of the result. Another 15% is due to the placebo effect, read: hope and expectation (and thus effort and commitment of the client). A whopping 30% is accounted for by the so-called non-specific variables such as the quality of the relationship between counselor and client, the credibility of the therapist, the ability of the therapist to the client to work and get the attention of the client on his own experience to keep focused. Another 40% is determined by factors located outside therapy (client factors such as the ability to associate, or a new relationship, or medication that is successful).
Keywords: Therapeutic Relationship
Accuracy Verified: Yes
420. Fox, E. (2001, June). I have a new story: Integrating EMDR with narrative ideas and the neurobiology of the narrated self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop playfully explores the blending of Daniel Siegel's work in memory, EMDR, and Narrative Therapy in service of transforming fragmented stories of pain into adaptive, coherent stories of resilience. Participants will: 1) learn how "restorying" represents adaptive resolution of traumatic stress; and 2) learn about the playful "Externalizing" Interview of Problems from which negative and positive cognitions can be extracted for processing, while simulataneously uncovering unique perspectives of the problem for both client and therapist.
Keywords: Daniel Siegel Externalizing Interview of Problems Narration Narrative Self Restorying
Accuracy Verified: Yes
421. Knipe, J. (1997). Identifying blocking beliefs worksheet. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 11.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.
Keywords: Blocking Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
422. Knipe, J. (1997, December). Identifying hidden blocking beliefs. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 10-11.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.
Keywords: Blocking Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
423. Luber, M., & Shapiro, F. (2009). Illness and somatic disorders protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 189-211). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
When the perpetrator is the client's own body, the Illness and Somatic Disorders Protocol can be used. It is important to note that this protocol addresses both psychological and physical factors related to somatic complaints. This is not a substitute for appropriate medical care but an adjunct to it. For many, addressing the psychological dimensions will cause partial or complete remission of the physical symptoms. When primarily organic processes are involved, the psychological issues may be exacerbating the physical conditions. While physical symptoms may not remit, the clinical emphasis is on improving the person's quality of life (Shapiro, 2001). This chapter presents a summary of the Illness and Somatic Disorders Protocol scripted by Marilyn Luber (Shapiro, 2001, 2006). The Illness and Somatic Disorders Protocol Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Illness Protocol Somatic Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
424. Lansing, K. (2004, November). Images of healing: SPECT images of PTSD and recovery in police officers. Preconference presentation at the 20th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The effects of “lethal contact” (i.e., close range firefights) in both the military and law enforcement populations can render long-standing psychological impairment. In this study we evaluated the effectiveness and physiological effects of EMDR in police officers involved with on-duty shootings who had delayed PTSD. Method: Six police officers involved with on-duty shootings and subsequent delayed-onset PTSD were evaluated with standard measures, the Posttraumatic Stress Diagnostic Scale and high-resolution brain SPECT imaging, before and after treatment. Results: All police officers showed clinical improvement and marked reductions in the PDS (mean reduction from scores of 43.2 pre EMDR to 5.2 post EMDR). In addition, there were decreases in the left and right occipital lobe, left parietal lobe and right precentral frontal lobe, as well as significant increased perfusion (>0.001) in the left inferior frontal gyrus. Conclusions: In our study EMDR was an effective treatment for PTSD in this police officer group, showing both clinical and brain imaging changes. This multimedia presentation integrates selected case reviews including the dispatch recordings of the officer’s actual shooting incident/s, follow-up “check-in” messages documenting the officer’s reactions upon return to duty as well as pre- and post-treatment brain images. Brief selections of video also are used to further illustrate key principals. Clinical methodologies that were used with this group of subjects also will be discussed. Participant Alert: EMDR is a stepwise protocol designed to facilitate the reexperiencing of “trauma based” memories in order to assist the client in reformatting them into a non-disturbing / more “normalized” memory. During this protocol highly charged/upsetting images, feelings or experiences can arise for the client.
Keywords: Police Officers SPECT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
425. Steele, A. (2003, September). Imaginal nurturing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Imaginal Nurturing blends guided imagery with EMDR components to provide a means of weaving nurturing experiences into and through the therapeutic process. These experiences build upon each other to facilitate a new relationship with self, and the development of a secure base within. In this workshop, participants will learn the principles of IN, how to use it in relation to trauma work, how to develop an attachment-related body resource, and how to ground the imagery in the client's life. There will be a review of ways to deal with probems that arise. Handouts include sample scripts.
Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
426. Engel, L. (1998). Imaginary crimes: Resolving survivor guilt and writer's block. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, 1st ed. (pp. 138-163). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
A 45-year old female professor of creative writing complained of depression, obsessing about an ex-boyfriend, and a writing block. She is in ongoing but episodic treatment within the framework of a psychodymanic model, specifically Control Mastery Theory, utilizing EMDR as an exploratory tool and treatment method. Issues of survivor guilt toward her murdered sister, identification with her anxious, unhappy mother, and compliance with her critical and rejecting father were addressed and at least partially worked through in the first 11 sessions (reported here). Her depression has lifted, she has been able to write freely for the first time in ten years, and has stopped obsessing about her ex-boyfriend. The therapist was able to combine CMT and EMDR to create a rapid but deep exploration and amelioration of the client's major, longstanding life problems. [Text, p. 162]
Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Females Guilt Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
427. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). Implementing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities with the greatest need and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas of agency reluctance concerning EMDR and, via a PowerPoint presentation, will demonstrate the use of a simple assessment tool designed to identify where the intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.
Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
428. Handberg, H. H. (2007, June). Implications of "unity of duality" Tibetan psychology and philosophy in regard to psychotherapy and personal development and its correlations to EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the Tibetan psychology and philosophy, the understanding that what we identify as the object does not exist as such independently of the experiencing subject is – at all levels of mind – essential. The subject perceives the object at a conceptual, feeling and sense level. In other words, as individuals we create the object at these three levels, and it becomes an integral part of our reality experience.
Tibetan Psychology has as it basis an understanding of the nature and functioning of the mind in its many different states of experiences. However, it does not see the mind-experience as an isolated phenomenon. It sees the body and mind as mutually interdependent and interdetermining on all levels – from both an ordinary level of body and mind to the basic energy level. The former is characteristic by an experience of great separation, and the latter by the experience of the inseparability of the body/mind.
In accordance with Tibetan metaphysics matter emerges from four basic “energy origins,” such that energy is seen as both the basis of matter, and is continuously pervading matter. From the energy resource all forms of existence arise and return again in a continuous movement of birth, existence and death, taking places every instant of time. It is because of the relationship of subject and object that we can change our object-experience, as well as our experience of the world and of the situations which arise in it.
Tibetan psychology maintains in this respect that the notion of self or self-identity is the core around which psychological patterns and the reality of the individual develop. The transformation process of an adequate self-identity into a healthier an less artificial identity takes the adept or client through the following process of change: (1) from a solid form level of the problematic subject/object experience, (2) to an energy level, taking us beyond the artificial identity and connect experience of reality, and (23) back into a new creation o the form level, into a new an more genuine experience of oneself and reality. Thus, when applying the insight of this basic interrelatedness of body and mind, subject and object and energy and matter – Unity in Duality – the experience of self-identity and that of the object undergoes a change, and the former problematic subject/object is transcended. The Tibetan self-development methods and the Tibetan psychotherapeutic methods, which Tarab Tulku has developed, deal essentially with healing and strengthening of the self-feeling and refining the self-reference/self-identity. It gives the theoretical analysis for changing the experience of self and the surroundings – of changing the approximation of reality – and it offers adequate psychotherapeutic as wall as self-development methods for its attainment. All in the Tibetan psychology and psychotherapy gives a new and valuable perspective, foundation and method supplementing and enriching Western Psychology in general and EMDR in particular.
Keywords: Poster Tibet Unity of Duality
Accuracy Verified: Yes
429. Ankersmit, E. (1993, Fall/Winter). The importance of matching positive cognition to client values. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 20.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
A twenty-four year old Ctholic woman who came to see me recently was sufferng from sever post-abortion depression and guilt., (The abortion had been just one week prior to our visit). Her presenting symptoms were difficulty eating, sleeping, getting up to clean the house, and flashbacks of the abortion. Although she was not conscious during the procedure, the flashbacks were of the doctor performing the abortion. She also punished herself by looking at a book of embryology and paying paritcular attention to pictures of the fetus at the stage at which it was aborted.
Keywords: Abortion Positive Cognition Values
Accuracy Verified: Yes
430. Maxwell, J. P. (2003, October). The imprint of childhood physical and emotional abuse: A case study on the use of EMDR to address anxiety and lack of self-esteem. Journal of Family Violence, 18(5), 281-293. doi:10.1023/A:1025165227590.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article examines the use of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in helping a client address problems with persistent anxiety and a lack of self-esteem. During EMDR treatment, the client explored the dichotomous thinking that had plagued her since childhood, and correspondingly, the role of childhood physical and emotional abuse in her chronic feelings of inadequacy and anxiety. The client experienced significant improvement in her levels of anxiety and problems with self-esteem, both at the end of treatment and at 1-year follow up. Qualitative and quantitative data are utilized in this case study outlining the use of EMDR with a client diagnosed with dysthymic disorder.
Keywords: Adult Female Anxiety Child Abuse Childhood Physical Abuse Childhood Emotional Abuse Clinical Case Study Emotional Abuse Empirical Study Lack of Self-Esteem Patient History Self Esteem
Accuracy Verified: Yes
431. Meertens, K. (2007, November). In eigen woorden: Cliënt over EMDR-therapie: “De angst is weg” [In her own words: Client on EMDR therapy: "The fear is gone"]. Over Riagg Rijnmond, 49, 21-22.

Language: Dutch
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Nu moest ik in de therapie die verkrachting gaan verwerken. Terwijl ik de gevoelens daarover van mijn 16e tot mijn 43ste heb vastgehouden. Ik vond dat heel moeilijk, was bang dat ik het weer moest meemaken. Wat zou er met mij gebeuren als ik het zou vertellen? Zou ik doordraaien, in de war raken, de controle over mijzelf verliezen? Een paar dagen voordat ik met de EMDRbehandeling EMDRbehandeling zou beginnen, voelde ik me al slecht. De dag voor de behandeling, verzon ik allerlei smoezen om af te bellen. De eerste keer heb ik dus ook afgebeld. Ik heb de therapie een week uitgesteld, omdat ik me zo rot voelde. Gelukkig haalde mijn therapeut mij over de drempel heen. Ze zei dat ze me sowieso wilde zien, ook als ik me rot voel. ‘Dan gaan we dáár iets mee doen’, zei ze. Gelukkig maar, anders zou ik het nu nog voor me uitschuiven.

Now I had the therapy that rape going process. While I feel about my 16th to my 43th I held. I found that very difficult, was afraid that I again had to go through. What would happen to me if I could tell? I would run through, get confused, control about myself lose? A few days before I EMDRbehandeling the EMDRbehandeling would begin, I already felt bad. Day before treatment, I made all kinds of excuses to call off. the first time I have also been called. I have therapy one week postponed, because I felt so bad. Luckily got my therapist me across the threshold. She said she me anyway wanted to see, even when I feel bad. "Then we go over there something do, "she said. Fortunately, otherwise I would still for me extend. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Rape Victims
Accuracy Verified: Yes
432. Paulsen, S. (2009, August). Infant alters and conversion seizures: EMDR with ego-state and somatic interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The recent literature on conversion seizures suggests that they are not only traumatic but dissociative in nature. In two cases, the presenter has found conversion seizures to be manifestations of infant alters. The presentation will convey, by lecture and videotape, the treatment of a remarkable client and how EMDR, Ego-State Therapy, and somatic interweaves were seminal in treating conversion seizures to remission. The video illustrates AIP and Porges polyvagal theories’ expression in infant trauma and will illustrate how the therapeutic relationship and increased compassion between parts of self are avenues for the transformation of attachment injury in EMDR.
Keywords: Conversion Seizures Ego-State Interweaves Infant Alters Somatic Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
433. Maxfield, L. (2002, June). The influence of methodological variables on outcome in psychotherapy research. Panel discussion (L. Beutler, Discussant, EMDR research and its future: Ecological validity, process research, outcome findings, and socio-political context) at the (SPR) Society for Psychotherapy Research, International Conference, Santa Barbara, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although there is consensus that EMDR is efficacious in the treatment of PTSD, different studies have achieved a range of results. This presentation reviews a methodological meta-analysis that found a significant positive correlation between effect size and ratings of methodological rigor. Specific client, therapist, and methodological factors were identified in the analysis as accounting for some of the disparities in outcome. These variables are examined, and include the over-all rigor of the study, qualities of the assessor, treatment fidelity, symptom severity, and appropriate course of treatment. Implications for interpreting research outcomes are discussed, and recommendations are made for future research. The scale for assessing methodological variables was adapted from Foa and Meadows (1997), and the analysis suggests modifications and additions to improve the measurement of methodology.
Keywords: Methodology Outcome Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
434. Martinez, R. (1992, May). Innovative uses. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(1), 14-15.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Jessie Rappaport, R.C.S.W. of Eugene Oregon, sent in this observation: He states, "for clients with persistent negative cognitions such as, 'I don't deserve to be loved', where EMDR saccades, cognitive interweave, and all other variations fail to effectively shift the cognition, he tells the client, 'I would like you to notice, if you would, how you fee1 when I take over the voicing of that belief and say it to you ...." [An example of this would be 'you don't deserve to be loved'.] He does this with eye movements induced and often at this point reports that the client will dramatically shift the polarity when the belief has been externalized by his voice. The response is often from the positive polarity, such as, 'I have every right to 'be loved' or 'the heck with you, I'm tired of hearing that', etc. He states that with particularly fragile clients, this intervention must be carefully framed, such as, 'I am taking over the negative voice that is in you.'"
Keywords: Cognitions Innovative Uses
Accuracy Verified: Yes
435. Parnell, L. (2012, June). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma [EMDR centrado en el apego: Curar el trauma relacional]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment-‐focused EMDR is a new model of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) developed over a period of nineteen years by psychologist and EMDR trainer Dr. Laurel Parnell that adapts this powerful and effective trauma therapy to the needs of clients with attachment wounds. In this workshop you will learn how the standard EMDR protocol can be modified so that it flows more easily, supports client safety, maintains the therapeutic connection and enhances attunement. Attachment-‐focused EMDR is client-‐centered and emphasizes a reparative therapeutic relationship, using a combination of Resource Tapping (Parnell, 2008) to strengthen clients, EMDR to process traumas and talk therapy to help integrate the information from the EMDR sessions and to provide healing from therapist-‐client interaction. In this workshop Dr. Parnell will present the five basic principles of Attachment-‐ Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds. Case material and video clips of sessions will be used to illustrate key points.

El EMDR centrado en el apego es un nuevo modelo de EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) desarrollado a lo largo de diecinueve años por la psicóloga y formadora de EMDR Dra. Laurel Parnell y que adapta esta terapia de trauma potente y efectiva a las necesidades de clientes que sufren heridas de apego. En este taller, se aprenderá cómo se puede modificar el protocolo de EMDR de tal forma que fluye con mayor facilidad, apoya la seguridad del cliente, mantiene la conexión terapéutica y mejora la sintonía (attunement). Attachment-‐focused EMDR se centra en el cliente y refuerza una relación terapéutica reparadora, con una combinación de Recursos de Tapping (Resource Tapping) (Parnell, 2008) para fortalecer a los clientes, EMDR para procesar los traumas y “talk therapy” (terapia hablada) para contribuir a integrar la información de las sesiones de EMDR y para proporcionar la curación derivada de la interacción entre terapeuta y el cliente. En este taller, la Dra. Parnell presentará los cinco principios básicos de Attachment-‐Focused EMDR y cómo se implementan en el tratamiento de clientes traumatizados y con heridas de apego. Se presentará material sobre los casos y vídeos de las sesiones para ilustrar los puntos más importantes.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Relational Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
436. Heber, R., Linnihan. C., Butler, P., Leighton, J., & Knipe, J. (2003, September). Integrating EMDR and psychoanalytic psychotherapies. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The symposium will explore integration of EMDR into analytic framework and promote a dialogue among clinicians of various orientations. The chair will provide overview and panelists will present three cases representing somewhat different orientations. Issues addressed will include reason for doing EMDR, timing, ways of introducing and incorporating EMDR, relational considerations, and challenges of identifying and dealing with such phenomena as transference, countertransference, enactment or resistance. Discussant will provide additional perspective by reframing some analytic constructs in term of the EMDR trauma-based, information processing model. Second part will consist of audience participation and discussion. Case materials are invited. Clinicians from all perspectives (analytic, cognitive, etc.) are encouraged to participate.
Keywords: Psychoanalytic Psychotherapies Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
437. Munnukka-Dahlqvist, M. (2004, June). Integrating EMDR in psychotherapy treating complex trauma in a client with previous long-term psychotherapies. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The goal of this paper is to examine one therapy process in order to explore what resources EMDR treatment can provide to complex traumatized clients with previous long-term therapies. How important is the role of mind/body connection? How could it be best observed and taken into consideration when deciding on therapeutic choices during difference phases in psychotherapy? This case raises also the following questions: When it is best to use EMDR? How do the therapist and client know when the client is ready for EMDR? How can clients learn to feel, become aware of their own bodies, observe their body sensations and label these observations? What is the importance of these skills before using EMDR? How do EMDR protocols work in this context?
Case: This client had been severely traumatized in childhood and also in adult life. She came to EMDR treatment with own question: “Have I ever been able to feel anything?” She had been in different psychotherapies, but her body was not ready for EMDR and she could not regulate emotions. She had good ego strength. This presentation shows how the therapy process progressed and it includes a therorectical discussion.
It is possible to integrate different kinds of therapies. Previous “traditional talking therapies” can give to the client the necessary ego strength, boundaries and make it easier to build a therapeutic relationship. Since trauma-related syndromes split the mind and body, it is necessary to address what occurs in the body, just as it is equally necessary to use words to make sense of and describe an experience. E
Keywords: Complex Trauma Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
438. Whisman, M., & Keller, M. (1999, June). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the model of understanding and educating the client about OCD; 2) gain an understanding of biological, cognitive, behavioral, and affective theoretical orientations as they apply to OCD; 3) learn the eight stages of treatment, modification of the standards model, cognitive interweave, and resource installation; 4) learn of the foundation of success of EMDR and OCD treatment, information processing, avoidance of emotions, and the development of self; 5) be able to define a successful treatment, therapeutic stance, similarities in processing to trauma processing; and 6) learn about fear, superstition, ridigity, and control within the family context.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
439. Laliotis, D. (1998, July). Integrating EMDR into a clinical practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) describe how they might modify their standard clinical assessment procedures in order to improve the linkage between evaluation and EMDR treatment; 2) report an enhanced level of confidence employing EMDR with client populations they are qualified to treat; and 3) report an improved understanding of issues relted to billing, informed consent, and managing referrals for EMDR.
Keywords: Clinical Integration
Accuracy Verified: Yes
440. Lipke, H. (2003, December). Integrating EMDR into clinical work: When getting started is a problem. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(4), 11-13.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Updated May 31, 2004
As EMDR is traditionally taught the components are each described and then combined for the practice sessions. When EMDR is then used with clients it is natural for therapists to expect themselves to apply it as a whole, with the exception of perhaps pairing eye movement with a “safe place” or “resource installation” exercise instead of a trauma processing protocal. For many new EMDR practitioners this is an effective and satisfactory way of introducing EMDR. For many others it does not work as well, for reasons such as differential comfort thresholds in trying a new method with a client, or having no clients who appear to meet the criteria for beginning EMDR. Because, in these, and other situations, it is difficult to bring the whole package to clients at once, the method doesn’t get used, even when the practitioner has had positive experiences in the training sessions.
Keywords: Practice
Accuracy Verified: Yes
441. Bergmann, U. (2003, May). Integrating EMDR into specific therapeutical approaches - Personality disorders as variants of dissociative phenomena: Treatment with an integration of the EMDR and ego state work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The integration of EMDR with Ego State therapy will be presented as a comprehensive approach to the treatment of the wide spectrum of personality disorders. The histories of these clients often include early repeat experiences of abuse, deprivation, abandonment, and parental coldness. Historically, the treatment of personality disorders has been described as difficult, if not impossible; manifested by a rigid character armor, defensive resistance. This presentation will propose that the presence of untreated dissociation accounts for these failures and will highlight the use of ego-mapping, exploration, interweaves and the utilization of ego-state-specific EMDR protocols to facilitate robust processing.
Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
442. Grand, D. (1995, June). Integrating EMDR into the psychodynamic treatment process. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The discovery of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has led to a structured treatment model conceptualized in cognitive constructs (the three pronged approach). Based on the diagnostic and treatment situation, this may or may not, be easily integrated into a psychodynamic (insight oriented) treatment approach. However, I have empirically found a dramatic, acceleration and deepening of the psychodynamic treatment process with patients when flexibly utilizing EMDR in session. This presentation will explore the different applications of EMDR incorporating Freudian, ego psychological, separation/individuation and self psychological theories with practice wisdom derived from extensive case material. Attention will be given to the associative process, screen memories, dream work, resistance, transference, countertransference and character analysis. The structural (id, ego and superego) and topographical (unconscious, preconscious and conscious) models of the mind as well as the listening process will be examined as they inform the use of EMDR. Particular focus will be devoted to how the cognitive interweave can be expanded conceptually to incorporate the techniques of interpretation and mirroring. The anxieties, resistances and allegiance issues evoked in the psychodynamically trained therapist, as they attempt to integrate EMDR into their practices will also be addressed.
Keywords: Psychodynamic
Accuracy Verified: Yes
443. Heber, R., & Shapiro, S. (2002, June). Integrating EMDR with psychoanalytic constructs in dealing with open-ended trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recent acts of terrorism dictate re-examination of therapeutic srrategies when dealing wlth traumatic events without true closure and involving environmental stressors common to therapist and client. Thc participant will learn to 1) identify issues that arise open-ended and and shared events; 2) identify and address transference, counter-transference and subjective counter-transference; 3) the therapist's own triggers, responses, and needs for personal support; 4) utilize the client's narrative to identify past and current issues and client coping methods. Case illustrations will be included.
Keywords: Open-Ended Trauma Psychoanalytic Constructs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
444. Wheeler, K. (2009, August). Integrating outcome measurement and EMDR research into your practice. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Outcome measurement in practice is critically important in determining the ‘value’ of EMDR to clients, insurers, policymakers, the general public and ourselves. This presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with guidelines about the what, who, when and how to incorporate outcome measurement into one’s own practice using a time-series case study design. Comparing the client’s own scores at different points in time to themselves is considered a bona fide research design that makes an empirically valid case study worthy of publication. Resources and opportunities available to the budding EMDR researcher are examined.
Keywords: Outcome Measurement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
445. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.
Keywords: Positive Psychology Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
446. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various strategies, especially EMDR. This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema- Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change technique. The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc. As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of cognitive interweave to use, etc. Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR broadens the scope of EMDR. 1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed. Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
447. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various strategies, especially EMDR. This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema- Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change technique. The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc. As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of cognitive interweave to use, etc. Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR broadens the scope of EMDR. 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed. Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913 2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.
Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
448. Keenan, L. (2010, June). The integration and progression of EMDR within a generic primary care mental health service. In Trainiing issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In 2007 the Department of Health (DoH. UK) published "Improving Access to Psychological Therapies" (IAPT). This meant that primary care mental health services (PCMHS) had to seriously consider the mode, method and efficacy of their service delivery. This paper will consider one such service, critically reflecting on the integration of EMDR as a mainstream therapeutic intervention. The service utilises therapists from various therapeutic paradigms, counselors, graduate workers, cognitive behavioural psychotherapists, cognitive analytical psychotherapists, clinical psychologists and registered mental nurses. Clients are referred with a wide range of psychological issues such as Depression, anxiety disorders, OCD, and PTSD. Following a further EMDR training initiative in 2007 (Birmingham University), the service now boasts, One EMDR Consultant/Facilitator, three accredited practitioners, three level three trained therapists and two clinicians at level two. This paper will present a brief history of the development of EMDR within the PCMHS, exploring how EMDR has been utilised not only in the treatment of PTSD (NIHCE 20051, but also in the treatment of other psychological pathologies. The paper will highlight the number of clients treated with EMDR (retrospectively over a twelve month period), the average number of sessions per client and the therapeutic outcomes as measured by the Patients Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9) (Kroenke & Spitzer, 2002) and the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Questionnaire (CAD-7) ( Spitzer et al 2006). The Dissociative Experience Scale is used when considering EMDR as an intervention strategy and the Impact of Events Scale- Revised (WEISS et al 2004) when appropriate. The paper will conclude with a brief analysis of qualitative data from clinicians as to the impact EMDR has had on their clinical practice. Learning Outcomes: By the conclusion of the presentation the participants will: 1. Be able to discuss the application of EMDR in the treatment of psychopathologies other than PTSD. 2. To consider the integration of EMDR with other psychotherapeutic paradigms. 3. To critical consider the treatment outcomes and in particular the cost effectiveness of EMDR as a psychotherapeutic tool in a generic primary care setting. 4. Be aware of the ethical and political considerations of integrating EMDR into a generic primary care mental health service. Innovation: This work is innovative as it focuses on how EMDR can be utilised within generic mental health services. It critically reflects on the phenomenology of integrating EMDR into a PCMHS and it has encouraged the training of other EMDR clinicians outside of the primary care mental health team.
Keywords: Generic Primary Care Symposium Training Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
449. Nutting, R. W. (2003, May). The integration of EMDR and body dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, Rome, Italy.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper details the Body Dialogue process and the EMDR protocol for its use and presents two case studies that demonstrate this integrative technique. Recent studies show that trauma can profoundly affect the body. Many symptoms felt by individuals who have experienced trauma appear to be somatically based. Imprinted memories from 'big T' traumas and 'little t' traumas appear to have their origins sometimes decades before the body 'remembers'. When triggered by a present stimulus, these imprinted body memories recur and the body relives the past trauma. Most methods of trauma counselling and therapy address only the cognitive and emotional components of trauma, lacking the techniques that work directly with the physiological components of past traumatic incidents. The Body Dialogue technique (Stone J, Stone H, Stone S) offers a way to explore the psychological significance of sensations such as pain, motor impulses, muscular tension, trembling, breathing and heart rate. Since such somatic disturbances contain emotional and cognitive components, this dialogue process is able to identify and explore the deep psychological issues surrounding these imprinted body sensations and muscular reactions. The Body Dialogue process is integrated into the EMDR protocol (Shapiro, 2002) when the individual is confronted with body sensations. Having identified the issues (traumas) surrounding these sensations using the dialogue technique, the EMDR protocol is resumed. This enables the processing of the original trauma to occur as well as the instillation of a positive belief. During the therapeutic process using these two therapies, the therapist never has to touch the client.
Keywords: Body Dialogue
Accuracy Verified: Yes
450. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research institute) in Palo Alto. California. First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the sessions the family members. people who are contributing to the problem and people who will come up and help to find solutions. The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem. Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that: they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'. They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction (behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties of techniques that belong to other approaches without any confusion. In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names: Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and some others. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist. Our learning objectives are: 1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Brief Strategic Family Therapy 2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT 3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention. The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose without causing any mental confusion on the part of the therapist and the client.
Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
451. Forgash, C. A. (2006, June). The integration of EMDR and ego state. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop, heterogeneous and complex disorders, including PTSD, is a highly complex set of diagnostics was traumatized patients focuses on integrating identity status and EMDR. These problems are usually the people who lived and stabilization to establish a therapeutic relationship to work with, management, heterogeneous resistance to influence symptoms and the need for large-scale preparation. Availability to work with this self EMDR to integrate in the extended protocol, only the heterogeneous symptoms of PTSD and reach can be disposed much more comprehensive results. Trauma, loss and the related disorders of the effects of empathy and understanding by working with an approach that meets with the patient and help resolve critical issues of our life plan and create. Workshops open and clear theoretical base, technical innovation and EMDR and ego state work in the field of practical strategies and case presentations will take place. With these workshops, participants will understand the following topics 1. Self status of the theory of information processing model can be associated with Apate 2. Foundations of the theory of self status 3. EMDR and the status of all Self reasons 4. Separation and stabilization strategies for specific disorders help to manage 5. Processing phase to be resolved in EMDR trauma provider of advanced techniques assemblies
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
452. Lyhus, K. E. (2003, April). Integration of EMDR with other therapeutic approaches: A survey investigation. Catholic University of America, Washington, DC. AAT 3067496.

Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The present study examined assimilative integration, i.e., when techniques from various therapeutic approaches are imported into a single, consistent theoretical framework. Specifically, the aim of this study was to investigate how Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a manualized therapeutic approach originally developed as a treatment for traumatic memories, is incorporated into clinical practice. In assimilative integration, elements of the EMDR protocol would be expected to be conceptualized and possibly modified in ways that are consistent with the therapist's theoretical framework. A survey design, using web-based questionnaires, was implemented to gather information from therapists who use EMDR. Therapists responded to a broad range of questions regarding their theoretical orientation, involvement in EMDR organizations, and practice of EMDR. A large sample (N = 532) was obtained, and results demonstrated that most therapists integrated EMDR with other therapeutic methods. Further, there was some evidence that therapists were practicing assimilative integration. Specifically, therapists typically added methods consistent with their primary theoretical orientation and conceptualized the effective elements of EMDR as those that were most consistent with their orientation. Most therapists reported using most of the elements of the EMDR protocol, perhaps reflecting the high level of interest in EMDR among therapists in the sample. However, there were some differences related to therapists' level of commitment to EMDR. For example, members of the EMDR International Association used more elements of the protocol and were more likely to report that they did not combine other methods with EMDR when compared to nonmembers. The diagnosis of the client was also an important factor in how EMDR was integrated into treatment. For example, therapists treating clients with PTSD were more likely to report on their use of EMDR as the primary therapeutic approach and to integrate cognitive/behavioral methods than were those treating clients with other disorders. This study was among the first to examine the process of assimilative integration. The findings show that psychotherapy integration varies by therapists' base theoretical orientation, client factors, and therapists' commitment to the treatment method being integrated. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4912.
Keywords: Assimulative Integration Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Traumatic Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
453. Faretta, E. (2004, June). Integration of hypnotic therapy with EMDR for the treatment of panic disorder: Report of twelve single case studies. In anxiety disorders and EMDR (A. de Jongh, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The author describes a special protocol she designed for the psychotherapy of Panic Disorders based upon a precise integration of Ericksonian hypnotic techniques with EMDR. This symposium presentation reports on the results of twelve completed singles cases and four in which treatment will still be ongoing at the time of the conference. This therapy approach is based upon the standard EMDR protocol and it eight phases of treatment. However, a noteworthy aspect of this intervention is the comprehensive management of the panic episodes themselves. This protocol assists the client in learning to cope with all the symptomology related to panic attacks, that is, the physiological, cognitive, emotional, and behavioral aspects. The first panic attach is considered the primary traumatic event. From this beginning point, the client is taught to face, step by step, the subsequent panic attacks utilizing both hynotherapeutic strategies and the EMDE processing. This protocol has permitted the successful processing of the memories related to the panic episodes (including imagining of the entire scene from start to finish), appropriate cognitive restructuring of the elements of irrational fear, and planned exposure through encouragement and support for confronting avoid situations and places. A conclusion of treatment is an agreement to face new situations of life that had seemed impossible before treatment because of the level of fear.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Case Study Hypnosis Integrated Approach Panic Disorder Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
454. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
455. de Villiers, E. F. (2005). An integrative approach to narrative therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.

Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
As I engaged in a therapy journey with a single client, the possibilities for research on the integrative use of narrative therapy and EMDR unfolded. I investigated recent literature and realised that much had been written about narrative therapy as single approach to therapy within the postmodern paradigm. There was also extensive writing on EMDR and its integrative use with other therapies in assisting people who struggle with upsetting memories of trauma. Since I was unable to find any literature to date on the integrative use of narrative therapy and EMDR, I realized that there was much to be discovered and learned on such an integrative research journey. The client's experiences and descriptions of overwhelming emotional distress (as the problem in her life) during the process of integration was the main focus of this qualitative case study. During our therapy conversations knowledges were gathered and deconstructed. Video or tape recordings, photographs, work with clay, sketches, letters and other documents were useful in keeping track of the research journey. A reflecting team and the participation of the client's boyfriend contributed and enriched both the therapy and research journeys.

Tydens terapeutiese werk met 'n enkele kliënt het die moontlikhede van navorsing oor die integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR vir my 'n werklikheid geword. Ek het onlangse navorsing bestudeer en besef dat narratiewe terapie as 'n enkele benadering tot terapie binne die post-moderne paradigma, al 'n geruime tyd lank nagevors is. Daar bestaan ook literatuur oor EMDR en die integrasie daarvan met ander terapeutiese benaderings in die ondersteuning van persone wat probleme ondervind met ontstellende herinnerings van trauma. Aangesien ek tot op hede geen literatuur oor die integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR kon vind nie, het ek vermoed dat 'n navorsingsreis op hierdie terrein verskeie ontdekkings en die ontginning van nuwe kennis moontlik sou maak. Die fokus van hierdie kwalitatiewe gevallestudie val op die kliënt se belewing en beskrywings van oorweldigende emosies (as probleem in haar lewe) tydens die terapeutiese integrasieproses. Waarhede of kennis is tydens terapiegesprekke versamel en gedekonstrueer. Video- of bandopnames, foto's, kleiwerk, sketse, briewe en ander dokumente was waardevol om die koers van die navorsingsreis aan te dui. Insette en deelname van 'n refekterende span, asook die kliënt se kêrel, het beide die terapie- en navorsingsreise verryk en uitgebrei.
Keywords: Education Narrative Therapy Psychic Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
456. Beere, D. B. (2000, June). Intellectualized. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(2), 5.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When I find that during EMS my client is very intellectualized and/or engaging in reflective and analytical processing, I have altered the EMs in the following ways. My theoretical rationale is that the conscious activity distances the individual from the inner experience.
Keywords: Directing Eye Movement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
457. Rossman, M. & Bresler, D. (1995, June). Interactive guided imagery and EMDR: Synergy and complementarity. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I. What is Imagery? An image is a thought-form with sensory qualities. It is an internal representation of personal reality. Imagery is the natural, efficient way the human nervous system stores, processes and accesses information. Imagery is the major natural language of the unconscious II. What is Interactive Communication? There are three levels of interactive communication. (1) Non-interactive communication in which the client is a passive participant of suggestion and the guide sets the pacing and direction of the experience. (2) One way interactive communication in which the guide provides the direction but the client sets the pace (e.g. "let me know when you are feeling more comfortable and relaxed). (3) Two way interactive communication in which the client provides both the pace and the direction of the experience. There are many great advantages to working interactively. Greater client participation in the process leads to greater client empowerment, and with a greater sense of personal control, clients are able to progress more rapidly with less resistance to the change process. III. What is Interactive Guided Imagery"? - Interactive Guided Imagery is a therapeutic approach that quickly accesses and simultaneously utilizes the rich resources available from both the client's conscious and unconscious minds. It includes a set of techniques designed to enhance relaxation, reduce the effects of stress, modulate affect, increase motivation, expand creativity and problem solving abilities, resolve conflicts and the sequellae of trauma and facilitate action planning. IV. The Inner Advisor - The Inner Advisor is an internalized image that has the qualifies of wisdom and compassion. It can represent a crucial inner support system for clients dealing with PTSD. Participants are taught how to find their own Inner Advisors and to establish a dialogue that can lead to future inner exploration. The benefits and potential complications of working with Advisor figures are discussed. V. EMDR and Interactive Guided Imagery - (IGI) Drs. Bresler and Rossman discuss what Interactive Guided Imagery and EMDR have in common and how they differ. In particular, EMDR therapists are encouraged to utilize Conditioned Relaxation to enhance the clearing process during eye movements, and to recruit the assistance of the Inner Advisor to prevent or reduce flooding, traumatic insight, and/or regression panic. Conflict resolution techniques are also discussed.
Keywords: Guided Imagery
Accuracy Verified: Yes
458. Ankersmit, E. (1994). An interesting observation. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 10.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Toward the end of a powerful session, my client closed her eyes and laid her hands lightly on her lap. Immediately, they began a fluttering, spontaneous movement: left hand, right hand. While this was occurring, my client was mostly silent and was processing some very important material. The cognition she ended up with was that she had a right to be scared and desperate as a child. Not surprisingly, this new way of thinking was very important to her.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
459. Gafner, G. (1994). Intermittent use of EMDR with a Central American trauma survivor. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 7-8.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Ross and Gonsalves (1993) on the use of EMDR in their seventh session of brief therapy with a Guatemalan who had faced persecution and trauma prior to to the U.S. They opted for EMDR at that juncture because of a need to reduce the intensity of the client's symptoms. Following one Session of EMDR, which the client said was "like magic," the 42-year-old man described improved sleep, an overall decrease in PTSD symptoms, and a reframing of past political persecution.
Keywords: Central America Political Persecution Survivor
Accuracy Verified: Yes
460. Spierings, J. (2011, June). Interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients we can hardly expect EMDR-processing to go smoothly by itself. ‘Just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR this type of intervening is called ‘(cognitive) interweaving’. The therapist may need to intervene on the process level with process interweaves, in order to keep the client within his window of (affect) tolerance. Or the therapist has to intervene on the content level with content interweaves, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem is unable to solve with the information he has available. interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness. Learning objectives: In this workshop the participant learns to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client. In addition to this a toolkit of useful content interweaves is presented, cognitive and non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious.
Keywords: Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
461. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives: • Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are • Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma • Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used. • Describe 5 ways to time orient a client • Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.
Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
462. Karim, S. F. (2002-2003). Introducing EMDR: Its implications for clinical practice and research. Journal of the Faculty of Arts, The Dhaka University Studies, 59(1), 50 (2), & 60(1), 201-206.

Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is a complex, time efficient and powerful method of psychotherapy that integrates many of the most successful elements of a wide range of therapeutic approaches, even long-term Freudian analysis. The procedure involves having the client focus intensively on the traumatic memory while moving the eyes rapidly from side to side, by visually tracking the therapist's moving hand. This seems to render the traumatic memory accessible to the healing resources of the rest of the personality, where it may be worked through and integrated. In addition, it uses eye movements or other forms of rhythmical stimulation. such as taps or tones, in a way that seems to assist the brain's information-processing system to processed at a rapid rate. Special protocols may be used for a single traumatic event, current anxiety and behaviour, recent traumatic events, phobias, excessive grief, illness and somatic disorders and different forms of addictions. Protocols include the sequence of progressing on a particular target. EMDR as an integrative approach starts from the moment the client enters through the door. Although called Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, directed eye movements (where the eye movement is given a direction by tracking with two fingers) is only one form of stimulation used as a part of its complete methodology. Other forms of stimulation include bilateral auditory stimulation and alternate hand tapping. It is an innovative clinical treatment for victims of trauma. Francine Shapiro introduced it in 1989 and a large number of clinicians worldwide have been trained in the method. Francine Shapiro defines "the goal of EMDR is to achieve the most profound and comprehensive treatment effects possible in the shortest period of time, while maintaining client stability with a balanced system" (Shapiro, 2001).
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
463. Herbert, C. (2004, June). Introduction to a safe place installation protocol for use with clients who have no pre-existing concepts or feelings of safety. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Theoretical background: The teaching of a “safe place installation protocol” forms part of the standard EMDR training and for my EMDR practitioners and consultants alike it belongs to their repertoire of EMDR treatment techniques. Such a protocol requires clients to access and identify with an experienced place of safety in their lives. Complex (i.e., Type II) trauma clients, as well as other clients which have not been able to build a secure, positive sense of inner self, as a result of their unsafe experiences during most of all of their life, however, may find it very difficult to access and identify a safe place, which they can draw on during the use of EMDR safe place installation protocol. The standard safe pace installation protocol therefore frequently does not work for these clients. Yet, it is suggested in this presentation that access to the inner ‘safe place’ resource can be of particular therapeutic benefit for this client group. In recognition of the need for such a resource, Dr. Herbert has developed an alternative version of an EMDR-based safe place installation protocol, which draws on all sensory modalities (involving, cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) that will work with clients who have no known prior access to a place of safety in their lives.
Aim of presentation: The conference audience will have the unique opportunity to experience Dr. Herbert’s safe place installation protocol’ during an in-vivo EMDR demonstration session. Suggested variations of the protocol tailored to individual client differences and clinical applications for the use of such a resource with this client group will also be explored. The latter will include use of the protocol as an inner anchoring point that clients can access and connect to in situations of crisis in their daily life and as an aid to facilitate the rebalancing of nervous system functioning.
Keywords: Complex Trauma EMDR Resource Installation Protocol Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
464. Kitchur, M. (2000, September). Introduction to the strategic developmental model for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) employ a rapid strategic history-taking process with clients; 2) quickly formulate a developmentally-based hypothesis about the client; 3) quickly identify and prioritize EMDR targets; 4) employ strategic language that faciltiates engagement and minimizes resistance; and 5) provide clients and funders with clearer time-frames for resolution of therapeutic issues.
Keywords: History-Taking Strategic Developmental Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
465. McGoldrick, J. (1997, November/December). Invisible force. Common Boundary.

Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Of course, not all therapists who learn TFT stick to it exclusively. Many combine talk therapy with both TFT and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), in which a client recalls a traumatic memory while moving his or her eyes in a prescribed pattern. While both therapies apparently break up long-held patterns, EMDR is usually described in terms of physiology, not energy. EMDR, practitioners say, reconnects the brain's neural networks that have been isolated by trauma.
Keywords: Energy Psychology TFT Thought Field Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
466. Snyker, E. (1998). The invisible volcano: Overcoming denial of rage. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 91-112). New York: W. W. Norton. xii, 292 pp.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The case in this chapter integrates EMDR and interpretive short-term dynamic therapy as contrasted with cognitive, interpersonal, or existential short-term therapies. I became interested in Davanloo's technique of intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy (ISTDP) after attending a workshop in 1981. Short-term dynamic therapy, which is rooted in psychoanalytic theory, emphasizes brevity, focus, therapist activity, and patient selection. The goal is to effect change in the personality or character structure of the person, not simply alleviate symptoms. The treatment is dynamic in that it emphasizes a single focal issue that serves as a link to core conflicts arising from early life experiences. The transference relationship is used to examine and reexperience important past relationships that account for current difficulties. In addition to dealing with issues of transference and complexity of the case (single versus multi-foci), handling resistance (conscious and unconscious) aimed at avoiding painful affects must be addressed. [Text, p. 91]
Keywords: Adults Americans Anger Anxiety Disorders Brief Psychotherapy Case Report Child Abuse Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
467. Staff. (2001, December). Is EMDR effective? A meta-analytic answer. Clinician's Research Digest, 19(12), 5.

Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
A recent meta-analysis of 34 experimental treatment studies and 2 within-participant studies attempted to answer the following 4 questions about eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): (1) Is EMDR effective? (2) Are eye movements necessary? (3) Is EMDR more or less effective for different client populations? and (4) Is EMDR more or less effective on the basis of whether the therapist was trained by the EMDR Institute? The authors conclude that EMDR is a more effective treatment than no treatment and nonspecific treatments. In addition, EMDR seems not superior but rather equal in effectiveness to other exposure-based therapies.
Keywords: Efficacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
468. Freitag, W. (2002, June). Is unresolved anger the problem?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Unresolved anger, when not previously identified or prepared for, can halt EMDR processing in an instant. It is often at the root of or an integral part of the clinical picture for individuals suffering from anxiety disorders, depression and some personality disorders as well as Chronic Fatigue Syndrome and Fibromylgia. Because unresolved anger is not often conscious and evident at first glance, it can be missed or not readily addressed, prior to EMDR processing. Participants who attend this workshop will 1) be better able to identify unresolved anger in their clients with a variety of presenting complaints; 2) learn ways to prepare and assess their client's readiness to do EMDR when dealing with unresolved anger issues: and 3) learn effective cognitive interweaves to use when EMDR processing gets stuck.
Keywords: Anger Blocked Processing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
469. Knipe, J. (1998). It was a golden time...: Treating narcissistic vulnerability. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 232-255), New York: Norton.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter focuses on EMDR-enhanced therapeutic protocols to treat individuals whose painful life experience is separated from consciousness by complex defensive structures, particularly those associated with narcissistic and avoidance defenses.In many of the clients I have worked with, the healing power of EMDR is prevented or impaired by unresolved positive feelings that block the client's full awareness of the negative experience associated with trauma. This can occur when the overall complex of posttraumatic images, self-defeating cognitions, unpleasant feelings and sensations (what Francine Shapiro calls the unprocessed "memory network") contains embedded strong positive affect that is highly valued by the client. In the case of a person with narcissistic defenses, the positive material may block awareness of negative memories, especially if the positive experience occurred in the larger context of trauma and neglect. In such instances the positive part of the experience is idealized through selective memory and strengthened in intensity, because it serves as a defense against the core PTSD. The negative part of the memory is partially or wholly dissociated and is thus less accessible to processing. [Adapted from Text, pp. 232, 233-234]
Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Defense Mechanisms Life Experiences Males Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Self Concept Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
470. Wildwind, L. (1998, July). It’s never too late to have a happy childhood: Using EMDR to create and install essential experiences. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) anticipate and prepare for resistance to EMDR based on the history and symptoms presented; 2) minimize resistance and failure by proper framing and staging of the tasks involved in healing; 3) prepare the client to meet developmental gaps and losses through imaged interventions; 4) create and install appropriate experiential interweaves; and 5) utilize resistance and setbacks to identify successive areas appropriate for experiential interweaves.
Keywords: Experiential Interweave Imaged Interventions Resistance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
471. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives: 1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model. 2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists. 3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes 4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist. 5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.
Keywords: Practice Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
472. Shapiro, F. (2011, November). L'EMDR, le traitement adaptatif de l'information et la conceptualisation de cas [EMDR, adaptive information processing and case conceptualization]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 51E-73E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.E51.

Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
L’EMDR est une approche psychothérapeutique intégrative, centrée sur le client, qui met l’accent sur le système cérébral de traitement de l’information et sur les souvenirs d’expériences perturbantes en tant que fondations des pathologies qui ne sont pas causées par un déficit ou une blessure organique. L’EMDR aborde les expériences qui contribuent aux conditions cliniques ainsi que celles qui sont nécessaires pour accompagner le client vers un état de santé psychologique robuste. L’article apporte une synthèse de l’histoire, du développement et des recherches qui ont établi l’EMDR en tant que traitement soutenu empiriquement. Après l’explication du modèle de traitement adaptatif de l’information, un exemple de cas approfondi illustre la conceptualisation de cas recommandée en EMDR et les huit phases du protocole. Cette approche est utilisée pour traiter les souvenirs antérieurs qui sont à la base de la pathologie et les situations présentes qui déclenchent le dysfonctionnement, tout en apportant les scénarios pour une action future appropriée et les comportements permettant de combler les déficits développementaux et/ ou les lacunes d’acquisition d’habiletés. Les bénéfices de l’intégration de l’EMDR avec les perspectives de la systémique familiale en vue d’apporter les effets thérapeutiques les plus complets sont décrits.

EMDR is an integrative, client-centered psychotherapy approach that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the bases of those pathologies not caused by organic deficit or insult. EMDR addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. Overviews of the history, development, and research that have established EMDR as an empirically supported treatment are provided. Subsequent to an explanation of the adaptive information processing model, an extended case example is used to illustrate the recommended EMDR case conceptualization and eight phases of treatment. This approach is used to process the early memories that set the foundation for the pathology and the present situations that trigger the dysfunction, while providing templates for appropriate future action that incorporate the information and behaviors needed to overcome skill and/or developmental deficits. The benefits of integrating EMDR and family systems perspectives to provide the most comprehensive therapeutic effects are described.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Mode Systemic Family Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Memories
Accuracy Verified: Yes
473. Nickerson, M. (2009, April). Listening to the body: Enhancing body awareness in EMDR reprocessing. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA .

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Life experience can shape how a person carries oneself (e.g. slumped shoulders, chronic scowl, etc.). Client postures and gestures can be used effectively to assist recovery from trauma. This workshop will outline specific applications of this concept including using client gestures and postures as targets for reprocessing; to enhance the connection to the NC and/or PC, as part of resource development, and as interweaves. Video recorded case material will illuminate points. Participants will practice these techniques.
Keywords: Body Awareness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
474. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, June). Listening with your eyes: Exploring visual aspects of the EMDR-process [Escuchar con los ojos: la exploración de los aspectos visuales del proceso de EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

En nuestro trabajo terapéutico con EMDR con clientes sordos o con hipoacusia, nos vemos obligados a centrarnos mucho en el mundo visual. Sin embargo, ¡el énfasis en los aspectos visuales no solo es necesario con este grupo de pacientes! Cuando trabajamos con trauma acaecido durante el período pre-‐verbal, con niños o con adultos que (aún) no dominan su lengua materna o cuando usamos EMDR con clientes que hablan un segundo idioma, tendremos que hacer uso de alternativas a las lenguas habladas. Cuando se emplea correctamente, el input visual puede enriquecer y capacitar el proceso con EMDR mucho. En esta presentación, invitamos a los visitantes a acompañarnos en nuestra exploración de los aspectos visuales y de las posibilidades del proceso con EMDR. Los visitantes se sentirán más apropiados con la utilización de la mímica y las técnicas visuales y de imagen con sus clientes. Los vídeos servirán para enriquecer nuestras presentaciones. Presentaremos en inglés y en el lenguaje de signos del neerlandés. Nuestra intérprete traducirá de lenguaje de signos neerlandés en inglés hablado.
Keywords: Visual Aspects of EMDR Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
475. Paulsen, S. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR therapists and clients (269 pp.). Baindrige Island, WA: Sandra Paulsen, Ph.D..

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.
Keywords: Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
476. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR clinicians and clients. Charleston, NC: Booksurge.

Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.[Publisher Abstract]
Keywords: Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
477. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.

Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
478. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .

Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy Somatic Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
479. Knipe J. (2008). Loving eyes: Procedures to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 181-225). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Dual attention (simultaneous awareness of both the disturbing material and a neutral or safe aspect of the present situation) is an essential element of the effectiveness of EMDR (Shapiro, 2001). That is, in EMDR therapy, the therapist assists the client in keeping "one foot in the present, one foot in the past." Metaphorically, "two feet in the past" would simply be emotionally reliving the trauma, and not therapeutic. For those clients with highly dissociated and intense affect, there is a danger with standard EMDR that uncontrolled emotion may intrude into consciousness in a way that undermines this important balance between present and past. In this chapter, several methods are described that seem to be useful in empowering clients with dissociated ego states to stay oriented to the present while processing unfinished disturbing memories. Specifically, these EMDR variations seem to enable the client to maintain the balance between emotional safety and the controlled emergence of unresolved affect, so as to avoid dissociative abreac